diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'po-man/ko.po')
| -rw-r--r-- | po-man/ko.po | 38919 |
1 files changed, 38919 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/po-man/ko.po b/po-man/ko.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a74c3f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/po-man/ko.po @@ -0,0 +1,38919 @@ +# Korean translation of the util-linux package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the util-linux package. +# 이만용 <freeyong@soback.kornet.nm.kr>, 2000. +# 이만용 <geoman@nownuri.nowcom.co.kr>, 2000. +# 임종균 <hermes44@secsm.org>, 2000. +# 한글 Manpage 프로젝트 <http://man.kldp.org>, 2000-2004. +# 윤현호 <hhyoon@kldp.org>, 2004. +# Seong-ho Cho <darkcircle.0426@gmail.com>, 2023. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.39-rc3\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: util-linux@vger.kernel.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-19 09:51+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-06-06 03:29+0900\n" +"Last-Translator: Seong-ho Cho <darkcircle.0426@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Korean <translation-team-ko@googlegroups.com>\n" +"Language: ko\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 2.3.1\n" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "REPORTING BUGS" +msgstr "버그 보고" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:3 +msgid "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues." +msgstr "https://github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues의 문제 추적 게시판에 버그를 보고하십시오." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COLORS" +msgstr "색상" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:5 +msgid "The output colorization is implemented by *terminal-colors.d*(5) functionality. Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file" +msgstr "출력의 색상 구분은 *terminal-colors.d*(5) 기능으로 구현했습니다. 빈 파일로 암시적 색상 구분을 끌 수 있습니다" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:7 +msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{command}.disable_" +msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{command}.disable_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:9 +msgid "for the *{command}* command or for all tools by" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:11 +msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_" +msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:14 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:47 +msgid "The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting." +msgstr "사용자별 설정 _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ 또는 _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_를 전역 설정 대신 적용합니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:17 +msgid "Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this case _terminal-colors.d_ directories do not have to exist yet." +msgstr "출력 색상 구분은 기본 기능으로 사용하며, 이 경우 _terminal-colors.d_ 디렉터리는 아직 없습니다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:1 ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:1 +#: ../man-common/footer.adoc:1 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AVAILABILITY" +msgstr "가용성" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{configfile}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the name of the configuration file. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:4 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive].\n" +msgstr "*{configfile}*은 https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]에서 다운로드할 수 있는 util-linux 패키지의 일부입니다.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{lib}* and {firstversion} untranslated, will be replaced with the library name and the version of util-linux where the library appeared for the first time. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:4 +msgid "The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version {firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." +msgstr "*{lib}* 라이브러리는 {firstversion} 버전부터 util-linux 패키지의 일부입니다. https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]에서 다운로드할 수 있습니다." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{command}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the command name. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/footer.adoc:4 +msgid "The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." +msgstr "*{command}* 명령은 https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]에서 다운로드할 수 있는 util-linux 패키지의 일부입니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:1 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:222 +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:45 +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-h*, *--help*" +msgstr "*-h*, *--help*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:3 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:114 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:224 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:51 +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:48 +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:39 +msgid "Display help text and exit." +msgstr "도움말 내용을 나타낸 후 나갑니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:100 +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:43 +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-V*, *--version*" +msgstr "*-V*, *--version*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:5 +msgid "Print version and exit." +msgstr "버전 정보를 출력한 후 나갑니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:2 +msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format." +msgstr "사람이 읽기 쉬운 형식이 아닌 바이트 단위 크기로 출력합니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:7 +msgid "By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 K\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part of these abbreviations." +msgstr "기본 용량 표현 단위는 바이트이며, 단위 접두사는 2^10(1024)배수 입니다.기호 약어는 더 읽기 쉽게 잘라서 나타내며, 해당 단위의 첫 글자만 남겨둡니다.예를 들면 \"1 KiB\"와 \"1 MiB\"는 각각 \"1 K\" \"1 M\"으로 나타내며, 약식 표기의 일부인 \"iB\"는 이런 용도로 생략합니다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../man-common/translation.adoc:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TRANSLATION" +msgstr "번역" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/translation.adoc:6 +msgid "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *.po file at GNU TP: https://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html" +msgstr "이 번역의 작성자분은 GNU TP의 관련 *.po 파일 헤더 부분을 참고하십시오: https://www.translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Please replace %1 with the address of the mailing list of your +#. translation team. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../man-common/translation.adoc:12 +msgid "Report man page translation bugs to: <%1>" +msgstr "맨 페이지 버그 보고 주소: <%1>" + +#. addpart.8 -- man page for addpart +#. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc. +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "addpart(8)" +msgstr "addpart(8)" + +#. type: Attribute :man manual: +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:10 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:10 +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:18 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:10 +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:11 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:4 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:4 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:8 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:11 +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:11 +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:10 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:8 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:4 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:22 +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:6 +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:4 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:14 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:8 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:6 +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:4 +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:4 +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:8 +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:4 +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:11 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:8 +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:4 +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:4 +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:4 +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:4 +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:29 +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:4 +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:4 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "System Administration" +msgstr "시스템 관리 유틸리티" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:15 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:15 +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:15 +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:17 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:9 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:9 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:13 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:16 +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:16 +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:15 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:24 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:13 +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:17 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:16 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:41 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:41 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:43 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:41 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:41 +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:17 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:26 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:13 +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:11 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:11 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:9 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:9 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:10 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:28 +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:26 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:43 +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:12 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:47 +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:15 +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:10 +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:15 +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:43 +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:9 +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:20 +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:9 +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:11 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:13 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:9 +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:11 +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:34 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:10 +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:33 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:34 +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:34 +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:43 +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:14 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:14 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:40 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:15 +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:43 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:11 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:9 +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:9 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:43 +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:10 +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:10 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:16 +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:46 +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:44 +#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:43 +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:45 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:10 +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:10 +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "이름" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:18 +msgid "addpart - tell the kernel about the existence of a partition" +msgstr "addpart - 분할 영역 존재 정보를 커널에 알립니다" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:19 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:19 +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:19 +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:21 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:13 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:13 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:17 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:20 +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:20 +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:19 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:17 +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:21 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:20 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:45 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:45 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:47 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:45 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:45 +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:21 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:30 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:17 +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:15 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:15 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:13 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:13 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:14 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:32 +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:30 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:47 +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:16 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:51 +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:19 +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:14 +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:19 +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:18 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:47 +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:13 +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:24 +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:13 +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:15 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:17 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:13 +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:15 +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:38 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:14 +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:37 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:39 +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:38 +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:47 +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:21 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:18 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:18 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:44 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:19 +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:47 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:15 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:13 +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:13 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:47 +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:48 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:14 +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:14 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:20 +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:48 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:50 +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:48 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:47 +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:14 +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:50 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:14 +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "개요" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*addpart* _device partition start length_\n" +msgstr "*addpart* _장치 분할영역 시작 길이_\n" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:27 +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:23 +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:27 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:17 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:17 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:21 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:24 +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:26 +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:23 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:21 +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:25 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:26 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:49 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:51 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:51 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:58 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:52 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:53 +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:25 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:25 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:36 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:21 +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:19 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:17 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:19 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:18 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:36 +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:53 +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:26 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:57 +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:23 +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:22 +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:22 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:23 +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:25 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:51 +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:17 +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:28 +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:17 +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:19 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:21 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:17 +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:24 +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:44 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:24 +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:43 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:45 +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:21 +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:23 +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:46 +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:51 +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:25 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:24 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:39 +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:60 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:25 +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:51 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:19 +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:31 +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:17 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:51 +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:52 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:18 +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:18 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:24 +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:52 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:52 +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:54 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:52 +#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:51 +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:53 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:18 +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:54 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:18 +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "설명" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" ioctl.\n" +msgstr "*addpart*는 지정 분할 영역의 존재 여부 정보를 리눅스 커널에 알립니다. 명령은 \"분할 영역 추가\" ioctl 관련 단순 래퍼입니다.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:28 +#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:28 +msgid "This command doesn't manipulate partitions on a block device." +msgstr "이 명령은 블록 장치의 분할 영역을 다루지 않습니다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:29 +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PARAMETERS" +msgstr "매개 변수" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_device_" +msgstr "_장치_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:33 +msgid "The disk device." +msgstr "디스크 장치." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_partition_" +msgstr "_분할영역_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:36 +msgid "The partition number." +msgstr "분할 영역 번호입니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_start_" +msgstr "_시작_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:39 +msgid "The beginning of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)." +msgstr "분할 영역 시작 지점 (512 바이트 섹터 단위)." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_length_" +msgstr "_길이_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:42 +msgid "The length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)." +msgstr "분할 영역의 길이 (512 바이트 섹터 단위)." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:145 +#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:74 +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:220 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:159 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:98 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:53 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:57 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:82 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:86 +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:114 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:135 +#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:42 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:453 +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:48 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:133 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:59 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:63 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:84 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:70 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:67 +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:80 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:63 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:126 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:161 +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:144 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:38 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:67 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:129 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:145 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:75 +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:72 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:179 +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:183 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:57 +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:67 +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:235 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:151 +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:109 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:246 +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:101 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:176 +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:653 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:108 +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:75 +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:99 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:106 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:84 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:66 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:57 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:103 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:148 +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:91 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:145 +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:54 +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:108 +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:76 +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:51 +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:191 +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:117 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:86 +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:53 +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:137 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:91 +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:373 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:49 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:88 +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:109 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:72 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1663 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:144 +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:135 +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:102 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:78 +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:95 +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:44 +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:167 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:47 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:173 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:261 +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:100 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:95 +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:161 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:75 +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:95 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:167 +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:81 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:80 +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:123 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:92 +#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:67 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:234 +#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:22 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:198 +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:142 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:64 +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "추가 참조" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*delpart*(8),\n" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*parted*(8),\n" +"*partprobe*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*delpart*(8),\n" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*parted*(8),\n" +"*partprobe*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8)\n" + +# +#. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl) +#. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "blockdev(8)" +msgstr "blockdev(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:18 +msgid "blockdev - call block device ioctls from the command line" +msgstr "blockdev - 명령행에서 블록 장치 다수의 ioctl을 호출합니다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]\n" +msgstr "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _명령_ [_명령_...] _장치_ [_장치_...]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blockdev* *--report* [_device_...]\n" +msgstr "*blockdev* *--report* [_device_...]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n" +msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:30 +msgid "The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the command line." +msgstr "*blockdev* 유틸리티는 명령행에서 블록 장치 ioctl을 호출할 수 있게합니다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:45 +#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:50 +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:52 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:45 +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:27 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:33 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:39 +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:37 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:139 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:29 +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:35 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:31 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:39 +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:27 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:25 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:25 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:33 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:50 +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:57 +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:67 +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:24 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:29 +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:32 +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:53 +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:57 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:31 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:39 +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:29 +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:39 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:35 +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:25 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:48 +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:24 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:71 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:38 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:90 +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:46 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:69 +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:27 +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:82 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:23 +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:35 +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:35 +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:35 +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:54 +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:27 +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:25 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:25 +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:74 +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:31 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:23 +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:32 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:47 +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:25 +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:25 +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:29 +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:23 +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:25 +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:52 +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:25 +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:39 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:56 +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:69 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:62 +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:30 +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:60 +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:72 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:60 +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:56 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:59 +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:57 +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:58 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:26 +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:57 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OPTIONS" +msgstr "옵션" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-q*" +msgstr "*-q*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:35 +msgid "Be quiet." +msgstr "출력하지 않음." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-v*" +msgstr "*-v*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:58 +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:44 +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:91 +msgid "Be verbose." +msgstr "장황한 모드." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--report*" +msgstr "*--report*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:41 +msgid "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors." +msgstr "지정 장치의 보고 사항을 출력합니다. 여러 장치를 지정할 수 있습니다.어떤 값도 주어지지 않았다면, _/proc/partitions_에 나타나는 모든 장치가 나타납니다. 참고로 분할 영역의 StartSec은 512 바이트 섹터 단위입니다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:61 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:23 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:44 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:100 +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMANDS" +msgstr "명령" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:47 +msgid "It is possible to give multiple devices and multiple commands." +msgstr "여러 장치와 여러 명령을 지정할 수 있습니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--flushbufs*" +msgstr "*--flushbufs*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:50 +msgid "Flush buffers." +msgstr "버퍼를 비웁니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getalignoff*" +msgstr "*--getalignoff*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:53 +msgid "Get alignment offset." +msgstr "정렬 오프셋 값을 가져옵니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getbsz*" +msgstr "*--getbsz*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:56 +msgid "Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for example) by filesystem driver on mount." +msgstr "바이트 단위 블록 크기를 출력합니다. 이 크기는 장치 토폴로지를 설명하지 않습니다. 커널 내부에서 크기 값을 활용할 수 있으며, (예를 들면) 마운트를 진행할 떄 파일 시스템 드라이버에서 수정할 수 있습니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getdiscardzeroes*" +msgstr "*--getdiscardzeroes*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:59 +msgid "Get discard zeroes support status." +msgstr "상태 정보 표시를 지원하는 버려지는 0값을 가져옵니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getdiskseq*" +msgstr "*--getdiskseq*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:62 +msgid "Get disk sequence number." +msgstr "디스크 시퀀스 번호를 가져옵니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getfra*" +msgstr "*--getfra*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:65 +msgid "Get filesystem readahead in 512-byte sectors." +msgstr "512 바이트 섹터를 미리 읽은 파일시스템 정보를 가져옵니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getiomin*" +msgstr "*--getiomin*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:68 +msgid "Get minimum I/O size." +msgstr "최소 입출력 단위 크기를 가져옵니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getioopt*" +msgstr "*--getioopt*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:71 +msgid "Get optimal I/O size." +msgstr "최소 입출력 용량을 가져옵니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getmaxsect*" +msgstr "*--getmaxsect*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:74 +msgid "Get max sectors per request." +msgstr "요청당 최대 섹터 수를 가져옵니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getpbsz*" +msgstr "*--getpbsz*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:77 +msgid "Get physical block (sector) size." +msgstr "물리 블록(섹터) 크기를 가져옵니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getra*" +msgstr "*--getra*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:80 +msgid "Print readahead (in 512-byte sectors)." +msgstr "(512 바이트 섹터를) 미리 읽어온 정보를 출력합니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getro*" +msgstr "*--getro*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:83 +msgid "Get read-only. Print 1 if the device is read-only, 0 otherwise." +msgstr "읽기 전용 여부를 가져옵니다. 장치가 읽기 전용이면 1, 아니면 0을 출력합니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getsize64*" +msgstr "*--getsize64*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:86 +msgid "Print device size in bytes." +msgstr "바이트 딘위 장치 크기를 출력합니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getsize*" +msgstr "*--getsize*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:89 +msgid "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* option." +msgstr "섹터 단위 장치 크기(32비트!)를 출력합니다. *--getsz* 옵션을 선호하는 문제로 더 이상 사용하지 않습니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getss*" +msgstr "*--getss*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:92 +msgid "Print logical sector size in bytes - usually 512." +msgstr "바이트 단위 논리 섹터 크기를 출력합니다. 보통 512입니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getsz*" +msgstr "*--getsz*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:95 +msgid "Get size in 512-byte sectors." +msgstr "512 바이트 단위 섹터 크기를 가져옵니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--rereadpt*" +msgstr "*--rereadpt*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:98 +msgid "Reread partition table" +msgstr "분할 영역 배치를 다시 읽어옵니다" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--setbsz* _bytes_" +msgstr "*--setbsz* _바이트_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:101 +msgid "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once *blockdev* exits." +msgstr "블록 크기를 설정합니다. 참고로 블록 장치를 열 때 현재 파일 서술자에 따라 블록 크기를 결정하므로, *blockdev*에서 장치를 여는 동안 바뀐 블록 크기를 그대로 유지하며 *blockdev*에서 나가면 값을 잃습니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--setfra* _sectors_" +msgstr "*--setfra* _섹터_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:104 +msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same as *--setra* on 2.6 kernels)." +msgstr "파일 시스템 미리 읽기를 설정합니다(2.6 커널의 *--setra*와 유사함)." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--setra* _sectors_" +msgstr "*--setra* _섹터_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:107 +msgid "Set readahead (in 512-byte sectors)." +msgstr "미리 읽기를 설정합니다(512 바이트 섹터 단위)." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--setro*" +msgstr "*--setro*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:110 +msgid "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode will not be affected. The change applies after remount." +msgstr "읽기 전용 여부를 설정합니다. 장치로의 현재 활성 접근은 값이 바뀐다고 하여 영향을 받지는 않습니다. 예를 들어, 이미 읽기-쓰기 모드로 마운트한 파일 시스템은 영향을 받지 않습니다. 다시 마운트 한 후에만 바뀐 내용을 적용합니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--setrw*" +msgstr "*--setrw*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:113 +msgid "Set read-write." +msgstr "읽기-쓰기 여부를 설정합니다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:114 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:139 +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:213 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:154 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:94 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:128 +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:57 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:447 +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:44 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:123 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:55 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:59 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:80 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:66 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:63 +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:76 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:59 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:122 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:157 +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:139 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:34 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:63 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:70 +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:175 +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:49 +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:231 +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:102 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:242 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:171 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:648 +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:104 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:69 +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:95 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:62 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:53 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:99 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:143 +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:86 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:136 +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:70 +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:48 +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:47 +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:185 +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:113 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:81 +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:49 +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:87 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:383 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:84 +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:114 +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:154 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:103 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:45 +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:86 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1659 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:61 +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:139 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:131 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:122 +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:89 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:110 +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:41 +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:256 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:68 +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:95 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:334 +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:62 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:79 +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHORS" +msgstr "저작자" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:117 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak.\n" +msgstr "*blockdev*는 Andries E. Brouwer가 작성했으며, Karel Zak이 재작성했습니다.\n" + +# +# +#. cfdisk.8 -- man page for cfdisk +#. Copyright 1994 Kevin E. Martin (martin@cs.unc.edu) +#. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +#. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +#. preserved on all copies. +#. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +#. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +#. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a +#. permission notice identical to this one. +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cfdisk(8)" +msgstr "cfdisk(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:26 +msgid "cfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table" +msgstr "cfdisk - 디스크 분할 영역 배치를 나타내거나 다룹니다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*cfdisk* [options] [_device_]\n" +msgstr "*cfdisk* [<<옵션>>] [_장치_]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*cfdisk* is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The default device is _/dev/sda_.\n" +msgstr "*cfdisk*는 블록 장치를 분할하는 curses 기반 프로그램입니다. 기본 장치는 _/dev/sda_입니다.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:36 +msgid "Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead." +msgstr "참고로 *cfdisk*는 사용자 친화 인터페이스로 기본 분할 기능을 제공합니다.고급 기능이 필요하다면, 대신 *fdisk*(8)를 활용하십시오." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:38 +msgid "All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using the write command." +msgstr "모든 디스크 레이블은 메모리에만 남겨두며, 바뀐 내용을 기록하기로 결정하기 전까지는 디스크 상태가 바뀌지 않습니다. 기록 명령을 활용하기 전 유의하십시오." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:40 +msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices." +msgstr "2.25 버전부터 *cfdisk*는 MBR(DOS), GPT, SUN, SGI 디스크 레이블을 지원하나, CHS(실린더-헤드-섹터) 주소 지정 기능은 더 이상 제공하지 않습니다. CHS방식은 리눅스에서도 더이상 중요하지 않거니와 새 장치에서의 이런 주소 개념은 어떤 의미 조차도 해당하지 않습니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:42 +msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and *lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way." +msgstr "2.25 버전부터 *cfdisk*는 'print' 명령을 더 아상 제공하지 않습니다. *partx*(8), *lsblk*(8) 유틸리티에서 매우 간편하고 우아한 방식으로 기능을 제공합니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:44 +msgid "If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)." +msgstr "장치에서 이전 분할 영역 배치를 제거하려면 *wipefs*(8)를 활용하십시오." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__when__]" +msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__시기__]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:51 +msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section." +msgstr "출력을 색상으로 구분합니다. 개별 인자 _시기_는 *auto*, *never*, *always* 중 하나일 수 있습니다 _시기_ 인자를 생략하면 *auto*를 기본값으로 취합니다. 색상 구분 출력을 끌 수도 있습니다. 현재 내장 기본 값은 *--help* 출력을 참고하십시오. *색상* 섹션도 참고하십시오." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:64 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:49 +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:158 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--lock*[=_mode_]" +msgstr "*--lock*[=_모드_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:66 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:51 +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:57 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:160 +msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *yes*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with *systemd-udevd*(8) or other tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:89 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:392 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--read-only*" +msgstr "*-r*, *--read-only*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:57 +msgid "Forced open in read-only mode." +msgstr "읽기 전용으로 강제로 엽니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-z*, *--zero*" +msgstr "*-z*, *--zero*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:60 +msgid "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible script." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:64 +msgid "The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key (pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the available commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*b*" +msgstr "*b*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:67 +msgid "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be available for all partition label types." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*d*" +msgstr "*d*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:70 +msgid "Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:71 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*h*" +msgstr "*h*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:73 +msgid "Show the help screen." +msgstr "도움말 화면을 표시합니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:56 +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:61 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*n*" +msgstr "*n*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:76 +msgid "Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the entire available free space at the current position." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:78 +msgid "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*q*" +msgstr "*q*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:81 +msgid "Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the disk." +msgstr "프로그램을 끝냅니다. 이 동작은 디스크에 어떤 데이터도 기록하지 않고 프로그램을 빠져나갑니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*r*" +msgstr "*r*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:84 +msgid "Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized." +msgstr "현재 분할 영역의 공간을 줄이거나 더 크게 합니다. *cfdisk*는 분할 영역에 새 크기를 할당할 지 여부를 묻습니다. 기본 크기는 현재 크기입니다. 분할 영역은 빈 공간으로 나타나며, 사용할 수 없는 공간으로 표시한 구역은 크기를 다시 조절할 수 없습니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that partition.*\n" +msgstr "*분할 영역 공간 크기 감소 동작은 분할 영역의 데이터를 깨뜨릴 수 있음을 참고하십시오.*\n" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:87 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*s*" +msgstr "*s*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:89 +msgid "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match." +msgstr "시작 섹터 지점 순으로 분할 영역을 오름차순 정렬합니다. 분할 영역을 삭제하거나 추가할 경우 디스크 분할 영역의 숫자 매김은 더이상 의미가 없을 수도 있습니다. 이 명령은 해당 일치 여부를 복원합니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*t*" +msgstr "*t*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:92 +msgid "Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ partitions." +msgstr "분할 영역 형식을 바꿉니다. 기본적으로 새 분할 영역은 _리눅스_ 분할 영역으로 만듭니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*u*" +msgstr "*u*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:95 +msgid "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an **sfdisk**(8)-compatible script file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:97 +msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:99 +msgid "It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* command-line option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*W*" +msgstr "*W*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:102 +msgid "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition table from the disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:104 +msgid "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using *partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*x*" +msgstr "*x*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:107 +msgid "Toggle extra information about a partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_Up Arrow_, _Down Arrow_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:110 +msgid "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next (previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) partition displayed on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_Left Arrow_, _Right Arrow_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:113 +msgid "Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the currently selected item." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:115 +msgid "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters (except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the _Esc_ key to return to the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*cfdisk* does not support color customization with a color-scheme file.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:119 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:193 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:128 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:70 +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:84 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:101 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:405 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:39 +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:129 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:66 +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:171 +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:188 +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:77 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:148 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:112 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:352 +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:128 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1605 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:123 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:150 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:127 +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:177 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:164 +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:117 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENVIRONMENT" +msgstr "환경" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all" +msgstr "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:123 +msgid "enables cfdisk debug output." +msgstr "cfdisk 디버깅 출력을 켭니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:124 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:198 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:409 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all" +msgstr "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:126 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:200 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:411 +msgid "enables libfdisk debug output." +msgstr "libfdisk 디버깅 출력을 켭니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:127 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:201 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:411 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:153 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1613 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all" +msgstr "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:129 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:203 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:146 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:88 +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:105 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:413 +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:62 +msgid "enables libblkid debug output." +msgstr "libblkid 디버깅 출력을 켭니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:130 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:204 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:413 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:199 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:159 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all" +msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:132 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:206 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:415 +msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output." +msgstr "libsmartcols 디버깅 출력을 켭니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:133 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:207 +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:202 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on" +msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:135 +msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*." +msgstr "보이는 여백 문자를 활용합니다. *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG* 사용 설정이 필요합니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:136 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:210 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:415 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<mode>" +msgstr "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<모드>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:138 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:212 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:74 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:91 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:417 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:87 +msgid "use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:142 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:450 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:234 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:102 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:50 +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:188 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:89 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1662 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:64 +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:65 +msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:144 +msgid "The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*parted*(8),\n" +"*partprobe*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8),\n" +"*sfdisk*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*parted*(8),\n" +"*partprobe*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8),\n" +"*sfdisk*(8)\n" + +#. delpart.8 -- man page for delpart +#. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc. +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "delpart(8)" +msgstr "delpart(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:18 +msgid "delpart - tell the kernel to forget about a partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*delpart* _device partition_\n" +msgstr "*delpart* _장치 분할 영역_\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*delpart* asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified _partition_ (a number) on the specified _device_. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"del partition\" ioctl.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*addpart*(8),\n" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*parted*(8),\n" +"*partprobe*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*addpart*(8),\n" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*parted*(8),\n" +"*partprobe*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8)\n" + +#. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fdformat(8)" +msgstr "fdformat(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:16 +msgid "fdformat - low-level format a floppy disk" +msgstr "fdformat - 플로피 디스크를 저수준으로 포맷합니다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fdformat* [options] _device_\n" +msgstr "*fdformat* [옵션] _장치이름_\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is shown for informational purposes only):\n" +msgstr "*fdformat* 명령은 지정한 __장치이름__에 연결된 플로피 디스크를 저수준으로 포멧하는데, 사용된다. __장치이름__은 일반적으로 다음 것들이 사용된다 (장치 번호 major = 2, minor는 다음 숫자들.).\n" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"/dev/fd0d360 (minor = 4)\n" +"/dev/fd0h1200 (minor = 8)\n" +"/dev/fd0D360 (minor = 12)\n" +"/dev/fd0H360 (minor = 12)\n" +"/dev/fd0D720 (minor = 16)\n" +"/dev/fd0H720 (minor = 16)\n" +"/dev/fd0h360 (minor = 20)\n" +"/dev/fd0h720 (minor = 24)\n" +"/dev/fd0H1440 (minor = 28)\n" +msgstr "" +"/dev/fd0d360 (minor = 4)\n" +"/dev/fd0h1200 (minor = 8)\n" +"/dev/fd0D360 (minor = 12)\n" +"/dev/fd0H360 (minor = 12)\n" +"/dev/fd0D720 (minor = 16)\n" +"/dev/fd0H720 (minor = 16)\n" +"/dev/fd0h360 (minor = 20)\n" +"/dev/fd0h720 (minor = 24)\n" +"/dev/fd0H1440 (minor = 28)\n" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"/dev/fd1d360 (minor = 5)\n" +"/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n" +"/dev/fd1D360 (minor = 13)\n" +"/dev/fd1H360 (minor = 13)\n" +"/dev/fd1D720 (minor = 17)\n" +"/dev/fd1H720 (minor = 17)\n" +"/dev/fd1h360 (minor = 21)\n" +"/dev/fd1h720 (minor = 25)\n" +"/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n" +msgstr "" +"/dev/fd1d360 (minor = 5)\n" +"/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n" +"/dev/fd1D360 (minor = 13)\n" +"/dev/fd1H360 (minor = 13)\n" +"/dev/fd1D720 (minor = 17)\n" +"/dev/fd1H720 (minor = 17)\n" +"/dev/fd1h360 (minor = 21)\n" +"/dev/fd1h720 (minor = 25)\n" +"/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The generic floppy devices, /dev/fd0 and /dev/fd1, will fail to work with fdformat when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use B<setfdprm>(8) to load the disk parameters." +msgid "The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load the disk parameters." +msgstr "일반적인 플로피 디스크 장치인, /dev/fd0, /dev/fd1 장치명을 지정할 경우에는, 그 포멧방식을 자동 검색하지 못할 경우나, 비표준 포멧방식이면, 포멧을 할 수 없게된다. 이런 경우에는 디스크 사양을 지정하는 B<setfdprm>(8) 명령을 사용해야한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-f>, B<--from> I<N>" +msgid "*-f*, *--from* _N_" +msgstr "B<-f>, B<--from> I<숫자>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start at the track I<N> (default is 0)." +msgid "Start at the track _N_ (default is 0)." +msgstr "I<숫자>번 트랙에서 시작 (기본값: 0)." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *--to* _N_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stop at the track I<N>." +msgid "Stop at the track _N_." +msgstr "I<숫자>번 트랙에서 정지." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:58 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-r>, B<--repair> I<N>" +msgid "*-r*, *--repair* _N_" +msgstr "B<-r>, B<--repair> I<숫자>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max I<N> retries)." +msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max _N_ retries)." +msgstr "검증 과정에 실패한 트랙 복구 시도 횟수 지정 (최대 I<숫자>회 재시도)." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--no-verify*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--no-verify*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:63 +msgid "Skip the verification that is normally performed after the formatting." +msgstr "검사하지 않음. 이 옵션은 포멧한 뒤에 디스크 표면 검사를 하지 않는다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:92 +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:47 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:418 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:114 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:118 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:53 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:133 +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:144 +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:96 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:165 +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:100 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:83 +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:137 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:68 +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:33 +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:97 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:94 +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:127 +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:171 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:63 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:124 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:110 +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:110 +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:139 +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:64 +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:146 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:134 +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:73 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:86 +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NOTES" +msgstr "주의" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:69 +msgid "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:73 +msgid "mailto:almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch[Werner Almesberger]" +msgstr "mailto:almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch[Werner Almesberger]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*fd*(4),\n" +"*emkfs*(8),\n" +"*mkfs*(8),\n" +"*setfdprm*(8),\n" +"*ufiformat*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*fd*(4),\n" +"*emkfs*(8),\n" +"*mkfs*(8),\n" +"*setfdprm*(8),\n" +"*ufiformat*(8)\n" + +#. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) +#. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl) +#. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org> +#. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fdisk(8)" +msgstr "fdisk(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:20 +msgid "fdisk - manipulate disk partition table" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fdisk* [options] _device_\n" +msgstr "*fdisk* [옵션] _장치_\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fdisk* *-l* [_device_...]\n" +msgstr "*fdisk* *-l* [_장치_...]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fdisk* is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:32 +msgid "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called _partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk slices' and a `disklabel'.)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:35 +msgid "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. *fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-<size>{M,G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:37 +msgid "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S <n> -H <n>* advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:39 +msgid "Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should always be backward compatible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _sectorsize_" +msgstr "*-b*, *--sector-size* _섹터 크기_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:44 +msgid "Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and 4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This option changes both sector sizes to _sectorsize_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-B*, *--protect-boot*" +msgstr "*-B*, *--protect-boot*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:47 +msgid "Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_mode_]" +msgstr "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_모드_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:50 +msgid "Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:78 +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-L*, *--color*[=_when_]" +msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[=_시기_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:151 +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:119 +msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:47 +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:78 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:98 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--list*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--list*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:58 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List the partition tables for the specified devices and then exit." +msgstr "현재 시스템의 파티션 테이블을 나열하고 마친다. 계산되는 장치는 다음과 같다. B</dev/hda>, B</dev/hdb>, B</dev/sda>, B</dev/sdb>, B</dev/sdc>, B</dev/sdd>, B</dev/sde>, B</dev/sdf>, B</dev/sdg>, B</dev/sdh>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:60 +msgid "If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/partitions_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--list-details*" +msgstr "*-x*, *--list-details*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:63 +msgid "Like *--list*, but provides more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:69 +msgid "Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', 'g', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:69 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:195 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:69 +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:37 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:97 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:86 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:50 +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:25 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:28 +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:43 +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *--output* _list_" +msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _목록_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:197 +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:58 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:67 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:45 +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:74 +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--getsz*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--getsz*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:78 +msgid "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:79 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:29 +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:38 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *--type* _type_" +msgstr "*-t*, *--type* _형식_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:81 +msgid "Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable support for all other types." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--units*[=_unit_]" +msgstr "*-u*, *--units*[=_단위_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:84 +msgid "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the *-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '**-u=**__cylinders__'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:85 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-C*, *--cylinders* _number_" +msgstr "*-C*, *--cylinders* _숫자_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:87 +msgid "Specify the _number_ of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody would want to do so." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-H*, *--heads* _number_" +msgstr "*-H*, *--heads* _숫자_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:90 +msgid "Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 and 16." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S*, *--sectors* _number_" +msgstr "*-S*, *--sectors* _숫자_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:93 +msgid "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable value is 63." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:94 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:213 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-k>, B<--keep>" +msgid "*-w*, *--wipe* _when_" +msgstr "B<-k>, B<--keep>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:96 +msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:97 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _when_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:99 +msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:102 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:117 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:221 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:44 +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display version information and exit." +msgstr "버전 정보를 출력합니다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEVICES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:106 +msgid "The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ (IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The I<partition> is a I<device> name followed by a partition number. For example, B</dev/hda1> is the first partition on the first hard disk in the system." +msgid "The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt_ file)." +msgstr "I<파티션> 값은 I<장치이름> 값의 파티션번호를 말한다. 예를 들어, B</dev/hda1> 값은 첫번째 하드디스크의 첫번째 파티션을 말한다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SIZES" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:114 +msgid "The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of sectors or by {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:118 +msgid "If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the partition)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:120 +msgid "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:124 +msgid "The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:126 +msgid "For backward compatibility *fdisk* also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes are deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:127 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgid "SCRIPT FILES" +msgstr "설명" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fdisk* allows reading (by 'I' command) *sfdisk*(8) compatible script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the device.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:132 +msgid "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to the script file by command 'O'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:134 +msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DISK LABELS" +msgstr "디스크 레이블" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*GPT (GUID Partition Table)*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:139 +msgid "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:141 +msgid "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-recognizing and overwriting GPT disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:143 +msgid "GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a UEFI boot loader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*DOS-type (MBR)*" +msgstr "*DOS-type (MBR)*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:146 +msgid "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called `primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting from 5." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:148 +msgid "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in 32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be unsupported in some later *fdisk* version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.* *fdisk* does not care about cylinder boundaries by default.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*BSD/Sun-type*" +msgstr "*BSD/Sun-type*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:154 +msgid "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*IRIX/SGI-type*" +msgstr "*IRIX/SGI-type*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:157 +msgid "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled `volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:159 +msgid "A *sync*(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:160 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "DOS 6.x WARNING" +msgid "DOS mode and DOS 6.x WARNING" +msgstr "DOS 6.x 경고" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things like* *geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really want* *DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and cylinder* *units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk command-line options.*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:165 +msgid "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:167 +msgid "The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk*(8) to change the size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fdisk* usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:171 +msgid "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Whenever a partition table is printed out, a consistency check is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that the partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first partition)." +msgid "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first partition)." +msgstr "파티션 테이블이 출력될 때마다, 그 파티션 테이블에 오류가 없는지, 항상 확인을 한다. 이 오류 검사는 물리적, 논리적 파티션 테이블의 시작과 끝 위치 확인과 실린더 경계가 바른지 검사한다.(첫번째 파티션은 제외된다.)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:175 +msgid "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine." +msgstr "어떤 MS-DOS 버전에서는 첫번째 파티션을 실런더 경계에서 시작하는 것이 아니라, 첫번째 실린터의 섹터 2에서 만든다. 실린터 1에서 시작하는 파티션은 실린더 경계에서 시작할 수 없다. 하지만, OS/2가 없이는 이런 현상이 드물게 나타난다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:177 +msgid "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) programs." +msgstr "좋은 결과를 얻기 위해서는, 항상 해당 OS 용 파티션 테이블 풀그림을 사용하는 것이 가장 좋다. 예를 들어, DOS 파티션을 관리하려면, DOS 용 FDISK를, 리눅스 파티션을 관리하며면, 리눅스 *fdisk*, 또는 *cfdisk*(8) 풀그림을 사용한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:180 +msgid "The logical color names supported by *fdisk* are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:181 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:398 +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:159 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*header*" +msgstr "*header*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:183 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:400 +msgid "The header of the output tables." +msgstr "출력 배치 헤더." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*help-title*" +msgstr "*help-title*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:186 +msgid "The help section titles." +msgstr "도움말 섹션 제목." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:187 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:400 +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:175 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*warn*" +msgstr "*warn*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:189 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:402 +msgid "The warning messages." +msgstr "경고 메시지." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:190 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:402 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*welcome*" +msgstr "*welcome*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:192 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:404 +msgid "The welcome message." +msgstr "환영 메시지." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:195 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all" +msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:197 +msgid "enables fdisk debug output." +msgstr "fdisk 디버깅 출력을 설정합니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:209 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:204 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:164 +msgid "use visible padding characters." +msgstr "보이는 여백 문자를 활용합니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:217 +msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" +msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:219 +msgid "The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and others." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*cfdisk*(8),\n" +"*mkfs*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8),\n" +"*sfdisk*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*cfdisk*(8),\n" +"*mkfs*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8),\n" +"*sfdisk*(8)\n" + +#. Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o. All Rights Reserved. +#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fsck(8)" +msgstr "fsck(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mkfs - build a Linux filesystem" +msgid "fsck - check and repair a Linux filesystem" +msgstr "mkfs - 리눅스 파일 시스템 만들기" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_]] [*-t* _fstype_] [_filesystem_...] [*--*] [_fs-specific-options_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux filesystems. _filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), a mount point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or an filesystem label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or LABEL=root). Normally, the *fsck* program will try to handle filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of time needed to check all of them.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:26 +msgid "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The exit status returned by B<fsck.minix> is the sum of the following:" +msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:" +msgstr "B<fsck.minix> 에서 만들어지는 마침 코드(리턴값)는 다음과 같다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:42 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:80 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:35 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:77 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:48 +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43 +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:89 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:68 +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:61 +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:58 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1569 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:98 +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*0*" +msgstr "*0*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:82 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:81 +msgid "No errors" +msgstr "오류 없음" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37 +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53 +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:71 +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:64 +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:61 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1572 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:46 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*1*" +msgstr "*1*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filesystem errors left uncorrected" +msgid "Filesystem errors corrected" +msgstr "파일 시스템 오류를 수정하지 못한 것이 남아 있음." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:55 +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:74 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:48 +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:83 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:870 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1575 +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*2*" +msgstr "*2*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "logger System rebooted\n" +msgid "System should be rebooted" +msgstr "logger System rebooted\n" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:44 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:77 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1578 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*4*" +msgstr "*4*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86 +msgid "Filesystem errors left uncorrected" +msgstr "파일 시스템 오류를 수정하지 않은 채로 남았습니다" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:46 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:79 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1581 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*8*" +msgstr "*8*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:83 +msgid "Operational error" +msgstr "처리 오류" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48 +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1584 +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*16*" +msgstr "*16*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:92 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:85 +msgid "Usage or syntax error" +msgstr "사용법 또는 문법 오류" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1587 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:49 +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*32*" +msgstr "*32*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43 +msgid "Checking canceled by user request" +msgstr "사용자 요청으로 검사를 취소했습니다" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*128*" +msgstr "*128*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:45 +msgid "Shared-library error" +msgstr "공유 라이브러리 오류" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:47 +msgid "The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "In actuality, B<mkfs> is simply a front-end for the various file system builders (B<mkfs>.I<fstype>) available under Linux. The file system-specific builder is searched for in /sbin/fs first, then in /sbin, and finally in the directories listed in the PATH environment variable. Please see the file system-specific builder manual pages for further details." +msgid "In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is undefined then fallback to _/sbin_." +msgstr "실질적으로, B<mkfs> 명령은 파일 시스템을 만드는데 각각 그 특정 파일 시스템을 만드는 명령을 사용한다. 그 풀그림들의 이름은 대게 B<mkfs.파일시스템이름> 형식으로 되어 있다. 그 풀그림들은 먼저 /etc/fs 경로안에 있거나, 아니면, /sbin 경로안에 있게 된다. 특정 파일 시스템을 생성하는 풀그림에 대한 보다 자세한 사항은 각 파일 시스템을 만드는 각 풀그림들의 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:51 +msgid "Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:47 +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*" +msgstr "*-l*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:56 +msgid "Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/<diskname>.lock_) for whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or DM) - this feature is not implemented yet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r* [_fd_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:59 +msgid "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck run. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:63 +msgid "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine parsable format. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:59 +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:397 +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*" +msgstr "*-s*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:68 +msgid "Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: *e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if you do not.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t* _fslist_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:71 +msgid "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those listed filesystems will be checked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:73 +msgid "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:75 +msgid "For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:77 +msgid "For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of *loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified as an argument to the *-t* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:79 +msgid "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-A*" +msgstr "*-A*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:82 +msgid "Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:84 +msgid "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, *fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fsck* does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel with any other device. See below for *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* setting. The _/sys_ filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:88 +msgid "Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive paging is a concern." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fsck* normally does not check whether the device actually exists before calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may be used to have *fsck* skip non-existing devices. *fsck* also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem type *auto*.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-C* [_fd_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:93 +msgid "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:94 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-M*" +msgstr "*-M*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:96 +msgid "Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted filesystems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-N*" +msgstr "*-N*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:99 +msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-P*" +msgstr "*-P*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:102 +msgid "When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is really the right solution)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-R*" +msgstr "*-R*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:105 +msgid "When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. (This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-write.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*" +msgstr "*-T*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:108 +msgid "Don't show the title on startup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-V*" +msgstr "*-V*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:111 +msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-?*, *--help*" +msgstr "*-?*, *--help*" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--version*" +msgstr "*--version*" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:118 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS" +msgid "FILESYSTEM SPECIFIC OPTIONS" +msgstr "화일 시스템 개별적인 마운트 옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-specific checker!*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:123 +msgid "These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:125 +msgid "Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:127 +msgid "Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E<.Nm More> utilizes the following environment variables, if they exist:" +msgid "The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment variables:" +msgstr "E<.Nm More> 명령은 다음 환경 변수가 지정되어 있으면 그 값을 이용한다:" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*" +msgstr "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:134 +msgid "If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*FSCK_MAX_INST*" +msgstr "*FSCK_MAX_INST*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:137 +msgid "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run based on gathering accounting data from the operating system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*PATH*" +msgstr "*PATH*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:140 +msgid "The *PATH* environment variable is used to find filesystem checkers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*FSTAB_FILE*" +msgstr "*FSTAB_FILE*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:143 +msgid "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers who are testing *fsck*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all*" +msgstr "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all*" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*" +msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:149 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:56 +msgid "enables libmount debug output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:150 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:134 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:109 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:137 +#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:29 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:111 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:119 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:82 +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:50 +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:122 +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:360 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:133 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1619 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:56 +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:114 +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:59 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:158 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:76 +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:305 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILES" +msgstr "파일" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:153 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:50 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1623 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:136 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/fstab_" +msgstr "_/etc/fstab_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:158 +msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:172 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*fstab*(5),\n" +"*mkfs*(8),\n" +"*fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8),\n" +"*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n" +"*fsck.jfs*(8),\n" +"*fsck.nfs*(8),\n" +"*fsck.minix*(8),\n" +"*fsck.msdos*(8),\n" +"*fsck.vfat*(8),\n" +"*fsck.xfs*(8),\n" +"*reiserfsck*(8)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fsck.cramfs(8)" +msgstr "fsck.cramfs(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:12 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "fsck.minix - a file system consistency checker for Linux" +msgid "fsck.cramfs - fsck compressed ROM file system" +msgstr "fsck.minix - minix 파일 시스템 검사" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "*fsck.cramfs* [options] _file_\n" +msgstr "*fsck.cramfs* [options] _파일_\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fsck.cramfs* is used to check the cramfs file system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:56 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:96 +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:102 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:39 +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:28 +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:26 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:101 +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:83 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:52 +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:49 +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:64 +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:168 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:95 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:441 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:51 +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:42 +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:89 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:111 +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-v*, *--verbose*" +msgstr "*-v*, *--verbose*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:25 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:37 +msgid "Enable verbose messaging." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-b*, *--blocksize* _blocksize_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:28 +msgid "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at creation time. Only used for *--extract*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--extract*[=_directory_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:31 +msgid "Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the _file_ to _directory_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*" +msgstr "*-a*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:37 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:46 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These options are accepted but ignored." +msgid "This option is silently ignored." +msgstr "이 옵션을 사용할 수는 있으나 무시된다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-y*" +msgstr "*-y*" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:76 +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:53 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:75 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:75 +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:72 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:55 +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:97 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:106 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:148 +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:49 +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:182 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:85 +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:186 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:134 +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:40 +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:55 +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:181 +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:93 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:88 +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:342 +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:120 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:86 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1565 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:94 +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:72 +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXIT STATUS" +msgstr "종료 상태" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37 +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:79 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:50 +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:138 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:46 +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:61 +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:78 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1571 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:100 +msgid "success" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filesystem errors left uncorrected" +msgid "file system was left uncorrected" +msgstr "파일 시스템 오류를 수정하지 못한 것이 남아 있음." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:81 +msgid "operation error, such as unable to allocate memory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "usage information was printed" +msgstr "버전 정보를 출력합니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*mount*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.cramfs*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*mount*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.cramfs*(8)\n" + +#. Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) +#. May be freely distributed. +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fsck.minix(8)" +msgstr "fsck.minix(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "fsck.minix - a file system consistency checker for Linux" +msgid "fsck.minix - check consistency of Minix filesystem" +msgstr "fsck.minix - minix 파일 시스템 검사" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:20 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<fsck.minix> [options] I<device>" +msgid "*fsck.minix* [options] _device_\n" +msgstr "B<fsck.minix> [옵션] I<장치>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:24 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<fsck.minix> performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem." +msgid "*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem.\n" +msgstr "B<fsck.minix> 풀그림은 리눅스용 MINIX 파일시스템을 검사하는 풀그림이다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The program assumes the file system is quiescent. B<fsck.minix> should not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it (and remember that the kernel can write to it when it searches for files)." +msgid "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files." +msgstr "이 풀그림은 현재 그 해당 파일 시스템을 사용하지 않고 있을 때 사용할 수 있다.즉 현재 마운트 되어 있는 파일시스템에 대해서는 검사할 수 없다. 이것은 누군가가 그 파일시스템에 쓰기를 할 수도 있기 때문." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The device will usually have the following form:" +msgid "The _device_ name will usually have the following form:" +msgstr "I<장치이름>으로 사용될 파일은 일반적으로 다음과 같다:" + +#. type: Table +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:36 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE disk 1)\n" +#| "/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE disk 2)\n" +#| "/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI disk 1)\n" +#| "/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI disk 2)\n" +msgid "" +"|/dev/hda[1-63] |IDE disk 1\n" +"|/dev/hdb[1-63] |IDE disk 2\n" +"|/dev/sda[1-15] |SCSI disk 1\n" +"|/dev/sdb[1-15] |SCSI disk 2\n" +msgstr "" +"/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE disk 1)\n" +"/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE disk 2)\n" +"/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI disk 1)\n" +"/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI disk 2)\n" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If the file system was changed (i.e., repaired), then B<fsck.minix> will print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2) three times before exiting. Since Linux does not currently have raw devices, there is I<no> need to reboot at this time (versus a system which I<does> have raw devices)." +msgid "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check." +msgstr "파일 시스템이 바뀌었다면(가령, 수정된 경우), \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" 메시지를 보이고, 종료되기 전에 세번 B<sync>(2) 한다. 처음으로 파일시스템을 만들고, 검사하는 것이 아니라면, 다시 리부팅을 할 필요는 없다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:31 +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "주의" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:44 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem. Using B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion." +msgid "*fsck.minix* should *not* be used on a mounted filesystem. Using *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion.\n" +msgstr "B<fsck.minix> 명령을 마운트된 파일시스템을 대상으로 사용해서는 안된다. 만약 이렇게 사용해 버리면, 사용하고 있는 파일이 지워지거나, 오히려 아무 문제 없는 파일 시스템에 손상을 가하는 결과를 초래할지도 모른다. 그런데 부득이하게 마운트된 것을 검사해야 할 경우(가령, 루트 파일시스템이 minix인 경우)에는 검사하는 동안 디스크 쓰기를 하지 말아야하며, \"zombies\" 파일(유령파일, 고아파일)이 없어야 한다." + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:49 +msgid "List all filenames." +msgstr "검사하는 파일시스템 안에 있는 모든 파일이름을 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--repair*" +msgstr "*-r*, *--repair*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:52 +msgid "Perform interactive repairs." +msgstr "사용자에게 어떻게 할 것인지 물어본다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, *--auto*" +msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:55 +msgid "Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage." +msgstr "사용자에게 물어보지 않고 문제가 있으면 자동으로 고친다. 이것은 *--repair* 옵션을 사용했을 때 초기값으로 지정된 그값으로 처리한다. 이 옵션은 파일 시스템 오류의 예외적인 현상에 대해서는 제대로 처리 못할 경우도 있다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--super*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--super*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:61 +msgid "Output super-block information." +msgstr "슈퍼-블럭 정보를 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--uncleared*" +msgstr "*-m*, *--uncleared*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:64 +msgid "Activate MINIX-like \"mode not cleared\" warnings." +msgstr "\"mode not cleared\" 경고 메시지를 활성화 한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:65 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:44 +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:152 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:46 +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:95 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--force*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--force*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:67 +msgid "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted." +msgstr "사용 중인 표시가 있는 파일 시스템에 대해서도 강제로 파일 시스템 검사를 한다. (이런 표시는 파일 시스템이 언마운트되었을 때, 커널에 의해서 표시된다.)" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:70 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:330 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" +msgstr "진단" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:73 +msgid "There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most commonly seen in normal usage." +msgstr "여러가지 검사 메시지가 있는데, 일반적으로 사용할 때 나타난다." + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If the device does not exist, B<fsck.minix> will print \"unable to read super block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, B<fsck.minix> will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"." +msgid "If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"." +msgstr "지정한 장치가 없을 때(즉, 그런 드라이브, 파티션이 없을 때)는 \"unable to read super block\" 메시지를 보여주고, 지정한 장치가 있으나, 그것이 MINIX 파일 시스템이 아닐 때는 \"bad magic number in super-block\" 메시지를 보여준다." + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:79 +msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck.minix* is the sum of the following:" +msgstr "*fsck.minix*에서 반환하는 종료 상태 값은 다음 결과의 합입니다:" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:82 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*3*" +msgstr "*3*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84 +msgid "Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was mounted" +msgstr "파일 시스템 오류를 수정했고 파일 시스템을 마운팅한 상태라면 시스템을 다시 부팅해야합니다" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*7*" +msgstr "*7*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88 +msgid "Combination of exit statuses 3 and 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:97 +msgid "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*fsck*(8),\n" +"*fsck.ext2*(8),\n" +"*mkfs*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.minix*(8),\n" +"*reboot*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*fsck*(8),\n" +"*fsck.ext2*(8),\n" +"*mkfs*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.minix*(8),\n" +"*reboot*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "isosize(8)" +msgstr "isosize(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:12 +msgid "isosize - output the length of an iso9660 filesystem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*isosize* [options] _iso9660_image_file_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:20 +msgid "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e.g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a large number (>> 4 GB)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--sectors*" +msgstr "*-x*, *--sectors*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:25 +msgid "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:26 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:42 +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--divisor* _number_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:28 +msgid "Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the block size then the shown value will be the block count." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:30 +msgid "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the end of an iso9660 image." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39 +msgid "generic failure, such as invalid usage" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:82 +msgid "all failed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:93 +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:65 +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1590 +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*64*" +msgstr "*64*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:43 +msgid "some failed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mkfs(8)" +msgstr "mkfs(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:12 +msgid "mkfs - build a Linux filesystem" +msgstr "mkfs - 리눅스 파일 시스템 만들기" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mkfs> [ B<-V> ] [ B<-t> I<fstype> ] [ B<fs-options> ] I<filesys> [ I<blocks> ]" +msgid "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_fs-options_] _device_ [_size_]\n" +msgstr "B<mkfs> [ B<-V> ] [ B<-t> I<형태> ] [ B<fs-options> ] I<장치이름> [ I<블럭> ]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs.<type> utils.*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:22 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mkfs> is used to build a Linux file system on a device, usually a hard disk partition. I<filesys> is either the device name (e.g. /dev/hda1, /dev/sdb2) or the mount point (e.g. /, /usr, /home) for the file system. I<blocks> is the number of blocks to be used for the file system." +msgid "*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem.\n" +msgstr "B<mkfs> 명령은 한 장치(보통 한 하드디스크 파티션)를 리눅스 파일 시스템으로 만드는데 사용된다. I<장치이름> 은 /dev/hda1, /dev/sdb2 이런 식의 디스크 장치 이름이거나, /, /usr/, /home 같은 파일시스템을 위한 마운트 경로가 사용된다. I<블럭> 인자는 그 파일 시스템을 위해 사용되는 블럭의 갯수이다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The exit code returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure." +msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs* is 0 on success and 1 on failure." +msgstr "성공적으로 끝나면, 0, 실패하면, 1을 리턴한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "In actuality, B<mkfs> is simply a front-end for the various file system builders (B<mkfs>.I<fstype>) available under Linux. The file system-specific builder is searched for in /sbin/fs first, then in /sbin, and finally in the directories listed in the PATH environment variable. Please see the file system-specific builder manual pages for further details." +msgid "In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details." +msgstr "실질적으로, B<mkfs> 명령은 파일 시스템을 만드는데 각각 그 특정 파일 시스템을 만드는 명령을 사용한다. 그 풀그림들의 이름은 대게 B<mkfs.파일시스템이름> 형식으로 되어 있다. 그 풀그림들은 먼저 /etc/fs 경로안에 있거나, 아니면, /sbin 경로안에 있게 된다. 특정 파일 시스템을 생성하는 풀그림에 대한 보다 자세한 사항은 각 파일 시스템을 만드는 각 풀그림들의 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specifies the type of file system to be built. If not specified, the type is deduced by searching for I<filesys> in I</etc/fstab> and using the corresponding entry. If the type can not be deduced, the default file system type (currently minix) is used." +msgid "Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used." +msgstr "만들어질 파일 시스템의 I<형태>를 지정한다. 이 옵션이 지정되지 않으면, I</etc/fstab> 파일에서 그 해당 파일시스템을 찾고, 여기서도 못 찾으면, 기본적으로 minix 파일 시스템을 사용한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:32 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<fs-options>" +msgid "_fs-options_" +msgstr "B<fs-options>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system-specific options to be passed to the real file system builder. Although not guaranteed, the following options are supported by most file system builders." +msgid "Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder." +msgstr "이것은 각 특정 파일 시스템을 만드는 풀그림에서 사용되는 옵션을 말한다. 대부분 같은 형식의 옵션이다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-V*, *--verbose*" +msgstr "*-V*, *--verbose*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:37 +msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing." +msgstr "정보를 자세하게 보여준다. 여기에는 실행되는 특정 파일 시스템을 만드는 풀그림에 대한 정보도 모두 포함된다. 이 옵션이 한번 이상 사용되면 특정 파일 시스템을 만드는데 사용될 그 풀그림의 정보만 보여주고 실질적으로 실행은 되지 않는다. 이것은 실질적으로 검사하는 것에만 유용하게 쓰인다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:40 +msgid "(Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:51 +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:151 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:67 +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:177 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:141 +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:138 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:50 +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:91 +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:95 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1645 +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:67 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:322 +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:155 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:163 +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:70 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:185 +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "버그" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All generic options must precede and not be combined with file system-specific options. Some file system-specific programs do not support the I<-v> (verbose) option, nor return meaningful exit codes. Also, some file system-specific programs do not automatically detect the device size and require the I<blocks> parameter to be specified." +msgid "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified." +msgstr "공통되는 일반적인 옵션은 항상 그 특정 파일 시스템을 만드는 풀그림의 옵션 보다 먼저 사용되어야 한다. 특정 파일 시스템을 만드는 어떤 풀그림에서는 I<-v> 옵션을 지원하지 않는 경우도 있고, 리턴값이 틀리게 나올 수도 있다. 또한 어떤 풀그림은 자동으로 I<블럭> 갯수를 계산해 내지 못하는 것도 있어, 이때는 직접 I<블럭갯수>를 지정해 주어야한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:50 +msgid "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]." +msgstr "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:52 +msgid "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the ext2 filesystem." +msgstr "이 매뉴얼 페이지는 ext2 파일 시스템을 위한 Remy Card의 매뉴얼 페이지를 뻔뻔스럽게(?) 차용했다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*fs*(5),\n" +"*badblocks*(8),\n" +"*fsck*(8),\n" +"*mkdosfs*(8),\n" +"*mke2fs*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.bfs*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.ext3*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.ext4*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.minix*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.vfat*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.xfs*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*fs*(5),\n" +"*badblocks*(8),\n" +"*fsck*(8),\n" +"*mkdosfs*(8),\n" +"*mke2fs*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.bfs*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.ext3*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.ext4*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.minix*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.vfat*(8),\n" +"*mkfs.xfs*(8)\n" + +#. Copyright 1999 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl) +#. May be freely distributed. +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mkfs.bfs(8)" +msgstr "mkfs.bfs(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mkfs - make a Linux MINIX filesystem" +msgid "mkfs.bfs - make an SCO bfs filesystem" +msgstr "mkfs.minix - 리눅스용 MINIX 파일 시스템 만들기" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mkfs.bfs* [options] _device_ [_block-count_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:24 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mkfs> creates a Linux MINIX file-system on a device (usually a disk partition)." +msgid "*mkfs.bfs* creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk partition or a file accessed via the loop device).\n" +msgstr "B<mkfs.minix> 명령은 지정한 장치(일반적으로 디스크의 한 파티션)를 리눅스용 MINIX 파일시스템으로 만든다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:26 +msgid "The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:29 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" +msgid "*-N*, *--inodes* _number_" +msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:31 +msgid "Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on the size of the partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-V*, *--vname* _label_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem." +msgid "Specify the volume _label_. I have no idea if/where this is used." +msgstr "파일 시스템의 inode 갯수를 지정한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-F*, *--fname* _name_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:37 +msgid "Specify the filesystem _name_. I have no idea if/where this is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:43 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Explain what is being done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:44 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*" +msgstr "*-c*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:52 +msgid "Option *-V* only works as *--version* when it is the only option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The exit code returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure." +msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when something went wrong." +msgstr "성공적으로 끝나면, 0, 실패하면, 1을 리턴한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mkfs*(8)\n" +msgstr "*mkfs*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mkfs.cramfs(8)" +msgstr "mkfs.cramfs(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:12 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mkfs - make a Linux MINIX filesystem" +msgid "mkfs.cramfs - make compressed ROM file system" +msgstr "mkfs.minix - 리눅스용 MINIX 파일 시스템 만들기" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mkfs.cramfs* [options] _directory file_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:20 +msgid "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:22 +msgid "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:24 +msgid "File sizes are limited to less than 16 MB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:26 +msgid "Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:27 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:134 +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:35 +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ARGUMENTS" +msgstr "인수" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:30 +msgid "The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to generate a compressed filesystem out of." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:32 +msgid "The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-E*" +msgstr "*-E*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:40 +msgid "Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-b* _blocksize_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:43 +msgid "Use defined block size, which has to be divisible by page size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e* _edition_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:46 +msgid "Use defined file system edition number in superblock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-N* _big, little, host_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:49 +msgid "Use defined endianness. Value defaults to _host_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i* _file_" +msgstr "*-i* _파일_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:52 +msgid "Insert a _file_ to cramfs file system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n* _name_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I</etc/mtab> table of mounted file systems" +msgid "Set name of the cramfs file system." +msgstr "I</etc/mtab> 마운트된 화일 시스템에 대한 테입르" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:56 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*" +msgstr "*-p*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:58 +msgid "Pad by 512 bytes for boot code." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:61 +msgid "This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry sorting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-z*" +msgstr "*-z*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:64 +msgid "Make explicit holes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*[=_mode_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:72 +msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be _yes_, _no_ (or 1 and 0) or _nonblock_. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to _\"yes\"_. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n" +"*mount*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n" +"*mount*(8)\n" + +#. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) +#. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl) +#. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org> +#. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mkfs.minix(8)" +msgstr "mkfs.minix(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:19 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mkfs - make a Linux MINIX filesystem" +msgid "mkfs.minix - make a Minix filesystem" +msgstr "mkfs.minix - 리눅스용 MINIX 파일 시스템 만들기" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:23 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mkswap [ -c ]> I<device>B< [>I<size-in-blocks>B<]>" +msgid "*mkfs.minix* [options] _device_ [_size-in-blocks_]\n" +msgstr "B<mkswap [ -c ]> I<장치이름>B< [>I<블럭크기>B<]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:27 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mkfs> creates a Linux MINIX file-system on a device (usually a disk partition)." +msgid "*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk partition).\n" +msgstr "B<mkfs.minix> 명령은 지정한 장치(일반적으로 디스크의 한 파티션)를 리눅스용 MINIX 파일시스템으로 만든다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The I<device> is usually of the following form:" +msgid "The _device_ is usually of the following form:" +msgstr "사용되는 I<장치이름>은 일반적으로 다음과 같다:" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE disk 1)\n" +"/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE disk 2)\n" +"/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI disk 1)\n" +"/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI disk 2)\n" +msgstr "" +"/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE disk 1)\n" +"/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE disk 2)\n" +"/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI disk 1)\n" +"/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI disk 2)\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:38 +msgid "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed." +msgstr "I<블럭크기> 인자는 블럭단위의 파일 시스템 크기를 말한다. 이 정보는 B<fdisk>(8) 명령으로 조사할 수 있다. 이 값은 10보다 크고 65536보다 작아야한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:41 +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--check*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--check*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:45 +msgid "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are found, the count is printed." +msgstr "파일 시스템을 만들기 전에 블량 블럭(bad bloock)을 검사한다. 만약 불량블럭이 발견되면 그 갯수를 출력한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:46 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-n>I< namelength>" +msgid "*-n*, *--namelength* _length_" +msgstr "B<-n>I< 이름길이>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:48 +msgid "Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only value 60. The default is 30." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" +msgid "*-i*, *--inodes* _number_" +msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:54 +msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem." +msgstr "파일 시스템의 inode 갯수를 지정한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:55 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-l>, B<--badblocks> I<filename>" +msgid "*-l*, *--badblocks* _filename_" +msgstr "B<-l>, B<--badblocks> I<파일이름>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the bad blocks list from I<filename>. The file has one bad block number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed." +msgid "Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed." +msgstr "I<파일이름> 으로부터 불량 블럭 목록을 읽는다. 이 파일은 한줄에 하나의 블량 블럭 번호를 가진다. 읽혀진 불량 블럭의 갯수가 출력된다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-1*" +msgstr "*-1*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:60 +msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem. This is the default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-2*, *-v*" +msgstr "*-2*, *-v*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:63 +msgid "Make a Minix version 2 filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-3*" +msgstr "*-3*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mkfs - make a Linux MINIX filesystem" +msgid "Make a Minix version 3 filesystem." +msgstr "mkfs.minix - 리눅스용 MINIX 파일 시스템 만들기" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:69 +msgid "The long option cannot be combined with other options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:89 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:85 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=E<lt>modeE<gt>" +msgid "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<mode>" +msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=E<lt>모드E<gt>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The exit code returned by B<mkfs.minix> is one of the following:" +msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.minix* is one of the following:" +msgstr "B<mkfs.minix> 풀그림이 종료될 때 돌려주는(return) 값은 다음과 같다:" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:79 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:109 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:136 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:76 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "16" +msgstr "16" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*fsck*(8),\n" +"*mkfs*(8),\n" +"*reboot*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*fsck*(8),\n" +"*mkfs*(8),\n" +"*reboot*(8)\n" + +#. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl) +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mkswap(8)" +msgstr "mkswap(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:16 +msgid "mkswap - set up a Linux swap area" +msgstr "mkswap - 리눅스 스왑 영역을 설정합니다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:20 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mkswap [ -c ]> I<device>B< [>I<size-in-blocks>B<]>" +msgid "*mkswap* [options] _device_ [_size_]\n" +msgstr "B<mkswap [ -c ]> I<장치이름>B< [>I<블럭크기>B<]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mkswap* sets up a Linux swap area on a device or in a file.\n" +msgstr "*mkswap* 명령은 지정한 특정 장치나, 파일을 리눅스용 스왑 영역으로 지정한다.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:26 +msgid "The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type 82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:28 +msgid "The _size_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:30 +msgid "After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon*(8) command to start using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:34 +msgid "The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to use a separate partition for a Linux swap area." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mkswap*, like many others mkfs-like utils, *erases the first partition block to make any previous filesystem invisible.*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:38 +msgid "However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk label (SUN, BSD, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:43 +msgid "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:46 +msgid "Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap area larger than the file or partition it resides on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:48 +msgid "Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on a device with a partition table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:49 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:201 +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:84 +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:49 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:43 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:99 +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-q*, *--quiet*" +msgstr "*-q*, *--quiet*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:51 +msgid "Suppress output and warning messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:33 +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:331 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "*-L*, *--label* _label_" +msgstr "B<-h>,B< --help>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:54 +msgid "Specify a _label_ for the device, to allow *swapon*(8) by label." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--pagesize* _size_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:60 +msgid "Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:61 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_" +msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:65 +msgid "Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: \"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*clear*" +msgstr "*clear*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68 +msgid "clear the filesystem UUID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*random*" +msgstr "*random*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70 +msgid "generate a new randomly-generated UUID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*time*" +msgstr "*time*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:72 +msgid "generate a new time-based UUID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--endianness* _ENDIANNESS_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:75 +msgid "Specify the _ENDIANNESS_ to use, valid arguments are *native*, *little* or *big*. The default is *native*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*" +msgstr "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:78 +msgid "Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:79 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:171 +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:83 +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--verbose*" +msgstr "*--verbose*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:81 +msgid "Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about detected problems during swap area set up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:86 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:103 +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:60 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all" +msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:95 +msgid "The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the kernel version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:97 +msgid "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap device is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:99 +msgid "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the file _/proc/swaps_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mkswap* refuses areas smaller than 10 pages.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able to look it up with \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\"." +msgid "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it up with *getconf PAGESIZE*." +msgstr "만약 page 크기를 모른다면, \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\" 명령으로 알아 볼 수 있다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like" +msgstr "스왑 파일을 설정하기 위해서는 먼저 그 파일을 만들어야 한다. 스왑 파일의 사용은 일반적으로 다음과 같은 과정으로 처리된다." + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n" +msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:111 +msgid "to create 8GiB swapfile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:113 +msgid "Please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* (holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*swapon*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*swapon*(8)\n" + +#. partx.8 -- man page for partx +#. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc. +#. Copyright 2010 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org> +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partx(8)" +msgstr "partx(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:19 +msgid "partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] _disk_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disk_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:29 +msgid "Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions from its bookkeeping." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:31 +msgid "The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:34 +msgid "partx --show - /dev/sda3" +msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sda3" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:37 +msgid "This will see sda3 as a whole-disk rather than as a partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*partx is not an fdisk program* - adding and removing partitions does not change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, *--add*" +msgstr "*-a*, *--add*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:44 +msgid "Add the specified partitions, or read the disk and add all partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:34 +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:39 +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:69 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-b*, *--bytes*" +msgstr "*-b*, *--bytes*" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--delete*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--delete*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:50 +msgid "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-g*, *--noheadings*" +msgstr "*-g*, *--noheadings*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:53 +msgid "Do not print a header line with *--show* or *--raw*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:56 +msgid "List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly written scripts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:59 +msgid "Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format __M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_M_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62 +msgid "Specifies just one partition (e.g. *--nr 3*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "__M__**:**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64 +msgid "Specifies the lower limit only (e.g. *--nr 2:*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**:**__N__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66 +msgid "Specifies the upper limit only (e.g. *--nr :4*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "__M__**:**_N_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:68 +msgid "Specifies the lower and upper limits (e.g. *--nr 2:4*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:71 +msgid "Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:72 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:72 +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:103 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:54 +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:92 +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:48 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:74 +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--output-all*" +msgstr "*--output-all*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:74 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:93 +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:106 +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:50 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:76 +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:55 +msgid "Output all available columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:106 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:37 +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-P*, *--pairs*" +msgstr "*-P*, *--pairs*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:77 +msgid "List the partitions using the KEY=\"value\" format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:78 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:78 +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:132 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:100 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:57 +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:60 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:59 +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:71 +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:58 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--raw*" +msgstr "*-r*, *--raw*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:80 +msgid "List the partitions using the raw output format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--show*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--show*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:83 +msgid "List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:86 +msgid "Specify the partition table type." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--list-types*" +msgstr "*--list-types*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List supported partition types and exit." +msgstr "현재 시스템의 파티션 테이블을 나열하고 마친다. 계산되는 장치는 다음과 같다. B</dev/hda>, B</dev/hdb>, B</dev/sda>, B</dev/sdb>, B</dev/sdc>, B</dev/sdd>, B</dev/sde>, B</dev/sdf>, B</dev/sdg>, B</dev/sdh>" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--update*" +msgstr "*-u*, *--update*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:92 +msgid "Update the specified partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:93 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>" +msgid "*-S*, *--sector-size* _size_" +msgstr "B<-V>,B< --version>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:95 +msgid "Overwrite default sector size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:97 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:443 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:57 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:113 +msgid "Verbose mode." +msgstr "자세한 출력 모드." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:106 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:142 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:67 +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:141 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:37 +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:77 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:64 +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:81 +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:194 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLE" +msgstr "예제" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3" +msgstr "partx --show /dev/sdb3" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb" +msgstr "partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3 /dev/sdb" +msgstr "partx --show /dev/sdb3 /dev/sdb" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:112 +msgid "All three commands list partition 3 of _/dev/sdb_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partx --show - /dev/sdb3" +msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sdb3" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:115 +msgid "Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:118 +msgid "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on _/dev/sdb_ without header." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:121 +msgid "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/sda_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd" +msgstr "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:124 +msgid "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on _/dev/sdd_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd" +msgstr "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:127 +msgid "Removes the last partition on _/dev/sdd_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:132 +msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:134 +msgid "The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*addpart*(8),\n" +"*delpart*(8),\n" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*parted*(8),\n" +"*partprobe*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*addpart*(8),\n" +"*delpart*(8),\n" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*parted*(8),\n" +"*partprobe*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "raw(8)" +msgstr "raw(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:12 +msgid "raw - bind a Linux raw character device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _<major>_ _<minor>_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _/dev/<blockdev>_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*raw* *-qa*\n" +msgstr "*raw* *-qa*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*raw* is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module later).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*raw* is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ is the device name of an existing raw device node in the filesystem. The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified either in terms of its _major_ and _minor_ device numbers, or as a path name _/dev/<blockdev>_ to an existing block device file.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:30 +msgid "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:32 +msgid "Unbinding can be done by specifying major and minor 0." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:34 +msgid "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at all is required to complete the I/O." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:36 +msgid "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 bytes for most devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-q*, *--query*" +msgstr "*-q*, *--query*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:41 +msgid "Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a new one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:36 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:34 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:43 +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:33 +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:303 +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:27 +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, *--all*" +msgstr "*-a*, *--all*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:44 +msgid "With *-q*, specify that all bound raw devices should be queried." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:50 +msgid "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer *open*(2) devices, such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:54 +msgid "The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages (*EINVAL*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:56 +msgid "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:60 +msgid "mailto:sct@redhat.com[Stephen Tweedie]" +msgstr "mailto:sct@redhat.com[Stephen Tweedie]" + +#. resizepart.8 -- man page for resizepart +#. Copyright 2012 Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com> +#. Copyright 2012 Red Hat, Inc. +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "resizepart(8)" +msgstr "resizepart(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:18 +msgid "resizepart - tell the kernel about the new size of a partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*resizepart* _device partition length_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*resizepart* tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" ioctl.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:39 +msgid "The new length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*addpart*(8),\n" +"*delpart*(8),\n" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*parted*(8),\n" +"*partprobe*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*addpart*(8),\n" +"*delpart*(8),\n" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*parted*(8),\n" +"*partprobe*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8)\n" + +# +# +#. sfdisk.8 -- man page for sfdisk +#. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +#. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +#. preserved on all copies. +#. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +#. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +#. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a +#. permission notice identical to this one. +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sfdisk(8)" +msgstr "sfdisk(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:27 +msgid "sfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _device_ [*-N* _partition-number_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _command_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk* is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a terminal).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:39 +msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk* protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The option *--wipe always* disables this protection. Note that *fdisk*(8) and *cfdisk*(8) completely erase this area by default.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk* (since version 2.26) *aligns the start and end of partitions* to block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:45 +msgid "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows specified numbers without any optimization." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk* does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN disk labels like *fdisk*(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all partitions including whole-disk system partitions.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk* uses *BLKRRPART* (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also *--no-reread*). It's possible that this feature or another *sfdisk* activity races with *systemd-udevd*(8). The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is to use *--lock* option. The exclusive lock will cause *systemd-udevd* to skip the event handling on the device.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:51 +msgid "The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if *-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:55 +msgid "The commands are mutually exclusive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[*-N* _partition-number_] __device__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:58 +msgid "The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition table according to the specification. See below for the description of the input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an interactive session." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:60 +msgid "If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the partition are not modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:62 +msgid "Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-A*, *--activate* __device__ [__partition-number__...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:65 +msgid "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on all partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:67 +msgid "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:69 +msgid "If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an enabled flag." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--backup-pt-sectors* _device_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:72 +msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--delete* _device_ [__partition-number__...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:75 +msgid "Delete all or the specified partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--dump* _device_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:78 +msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to *sfdisk*. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__device__...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:81 +msgid "List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same meaning as this one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-J*, *--json* _device_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:84 +msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not able to use JSON as input format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:85 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--list* [__device__...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be used together with *--verify*." +msgstr "현재 시스템의 파티션 테이블을 나열하고 마친다. 계산되는 장치는 다음과 같다. B</dev/hda>, B</dev/hdb>, B</dev/sda>, B</dev/sdb>, B</dev/sdc>, B</dev/sdd>, B</dev/sde>, B</dev/sdf>, B</dev/sdg>, B</dev/sdh>" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-F*, *--list-free* [__device__...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List the free unpartitioned areas on all or the specified devices." +msgstr "현재 시스템의 파티션 테이블을 나열하고 마친다. 계산되는 장치는 다음과 같다. B</dev/hda>, B</dev/hdb>, B</dev/sda>, B</dev/sdb>, B</dev/sdc>, B</dev/sdd>, B</dev/sde>, B</dev/sdf>, B</dev/sdg>, B</dev/sdh>" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--part-attrs* _device partition-number_ [__attributes__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:93 +msgid "Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently supported attribute bits are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96 +msgid "If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98 +msgid "EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read from it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Bit 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:100 +msgid "The partition may be bootable by legacy BIOS firmware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Bits 3-47*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102 +msgid "Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the UEFI specification." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Bits 48-63*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:104 +msgid "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, 61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to disable automount." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--part-label* _device partition-number_ [__label__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:107 +msgid "Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then print the current partition label." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--part-type* _device partition-number_ [__type__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:110 +msgid "Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the current partition type." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:112 +msgid "The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. \"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--part-uuid* _device partition-number_ [__uuid__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:115 +msgid "Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the current partition UUID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--disk-id* _device_ [__id__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:118 +msgid "Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--reorder* _device_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:121 +msgid "Renumber the partitions, ordering them by their start offset." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--show-size* [__device__...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:124 +msgid "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--list-types*" +msgstr "*-T*, *--list-types*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:127 +msgid "Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified by *--label*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-V*, *--verify* [__device__...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:130 +msgid "Test whether the partition table and partitions seem correct." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:131 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--relocate* _oper_ _device_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:133 +msgid "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT header only. The argument _oper_ can be:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*gpt-bak-std*" +msgstr "*gpt-bak-std*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136 +msgid "Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*gpt-bak-mini*" +msgstr "*gpt-bak-mini*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:138 +msgid "Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:141 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, *--append*" +msgstr "*-a*, *--append*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:143 +msgid "Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:145 +msgid "Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in the partition table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:146 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-b*, *--backup*" +msgstr "*-b*, *--backup*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:148 +msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*. See section *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:149 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<--color>[=I<when>]" +msgid "*--color*[**=**__when__]" +msgstr "B<--color>[=I<시기>]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:154 +msgid "Disable all consistency checking." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--Linux*" +msgstr "*--Linux*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:157 +msgid "Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux (and other modern operating systems) is the default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:161 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:31 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--no-act*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--no-act*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:163 +msgid "Do everything except writing to the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--no-reread*" +msgstr "*--no-reread*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:166 +msgid "Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is in use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--no-tell-kernel*" +msgstr "*--no-tell-kernel*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:169 +msgid "Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-O*, *--backup-file* _path_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:172 +msgid "Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset are always appended to the file name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--move-data*[**=**__path__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:175 +msgid "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:177 +msgid "The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word \"@default\" as a _path_ forces *sfdisk* to use _~/sfdisk-<devname>.move_ for the log. The log is optional since v2.35." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:179 +msgid "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup your data!*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:181 +msgid "See also *--move-use-fsync*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:183 +msgid "In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original sdc1 will become sdc2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n" +msgstr "*sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:192 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--move-use-fsync*" +msgstr "*--move-use-fsync*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:194 +msgid "Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new location by *--move-data*." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:199 +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:203 +msgid "Suppress extra info messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--unit S*" +msgstr "*-u*, *--unit S*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:206 +msgid "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not supported when using the *--show-size* command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-X*, *--label* _type_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:209 +msgid "Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the current label may be overwritten by the \"label: <name>\" script header line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-Y*, *--label-nested* _type_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:212 +msgid "Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on devices with GPT." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:215 +msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the *always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also the *wipefs*(8) command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:218 +msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-v*, *--version*" +msgstr "*-v*, *--version*" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:225 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INPUT FORMATS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:228 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk* supports two input formats and generic header lines.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Header lines" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:232 +msgid "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the partition table. The header-line format is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:234 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mode=>I<value>" +msgid "*<name>: <value>*\n" +msgstr "B<mode=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:236 +msgid "The currently recognized headers are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*unit*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:239 +msgid "Specify the partitioning unit. The only supported unit is *sectors*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:239 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*label*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:241 +msgid "Specify the partition table type. For example *dos* or *gpt*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*label-id*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:243 +msgid "Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number (with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:243 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*first-lba*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:245 +msgid "Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored if the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses label specific default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*last-lba*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:247 +msgid "Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored if the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses label specific default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*table-length*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:249 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem." +msgid "Specify the maximal number of GPT partitions." +msgstr "파일 시스템의 inode 갯수를 지정한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:249 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*grain*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:251 +msgid "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not modify this variable if you're not sure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sector-size*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:253 +msgid "Specify sector size. *sfdisk* always uses device sector size. Since version 2.39 *sfdisk* recalculates sizes from dump if the script and device sector size differ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:255 +msgid "Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition is specified in the input." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unnamed-fields format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:260 +msgid "_start size type bootable_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:263 +msgid "where each line fills one partition descriptor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:265 +msgid "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each field is its previous value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:267 +msgid "The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, a '{plus}' can be used to enlarge partition by move start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:270 +msgid "The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note '{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; existing partitions will be resized as required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:272 +msgid "The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) it tries shortcuts as the last possibility." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:274 +msgid "Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:276 +msgid "Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:278 +msgid "Supported shortcuts and aliases:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:279 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*L - alias 'linux'*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:281 +msgid "Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:282 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*S - alias 'swap'*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:284 +msgid "swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Ex - alias 'extended'*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:287 +msgid "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*H - alias 'home'*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:290 +msgid "home partition; means 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 for GPT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*U - alias 'uefi'*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:293 +msgid "EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:294 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*R - alias 'raid'*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:296 +msgid "Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:297 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*V - alias 'lvm'*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:299 +msgid "LVM; means 8E for MBR and E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 for GPT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:301 +msgid "The default _type_ value is _linux_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:303 +msgid "The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour of 'Ex'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:306 +msgid "_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and for other operating systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:307 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Named-fields format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:310 +msgid "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format to keep your scripts more readable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:313 +msgid "[_device_ *:*] _name_[**=**__value__], ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:316 +msgid "The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:318 +msgid "The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition name\"). The fields *start=* and *size=* support '{plus}' and '-' in the same way as *Unnamed-fields format*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:320 +msgid "The currently supported fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:321 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**start=**__number__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:323 +msgid "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:324 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**size=**__number__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:326 +msgid "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to device I/O limits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*bootable*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:329 +msgid "Mark the partition as bootable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:330 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**attrs=**__string__" +msgstr "**attrs=**__문자열__" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:332 +msgid "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:333 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**uuid=**__string__" +msgstr "**uuid=**__문자열__" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:335 +msgid "GPT partition UUID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:336 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**name=**__string__" +msgstr "**name=**__문자열__" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:338 +msgid "GPT partition name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**type=**__code__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:341 +msgid "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields format for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the same meaning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EMPTY DISK LABEL" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:345 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk* does not create partition table without partitions by default. The lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: <name>\" script header line without any partitions lines. For example:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:351 +msgid "creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this feature." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:352 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:355 +msgid "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two ways." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:356 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dump in sfdisk compatible format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:360 +msgid "Use the *--dump* command to save a description of the device layout to a text file. The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk --dump /dev/sda > sda.dump*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:365 +msgid "This can later be restored by:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:367 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk /dev/sda < sda.dump*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:369 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Full binary backup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:372 +msgid "If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition table is stored, then use the *--backup-pt-sectors* command. It writes the sectors to _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_ files. The default name of the backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files contain only raw data from the _device_. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:375 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:378 +msgid "The GPT header can later be restored by:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:381 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$\\((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:385 +msgid "It's also possible to use the *--backup* option to create the same backup immediately after startup for other *sfdisk* commands. For example, backup partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:387 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:391 +msgid "The same concept of backup files is used by *wipefs*(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:393 +msgid "Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:397 +msgid "The logical color names supported by *sfdisk* are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:407 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*SFDISK_DEBUG*=all" +msgstr "*SFDISK_DEBUG*=all" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:409 +msgid "enables *sfdisk* debug output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:421 +msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --rereadpt* instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:423 +msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:424 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:205 +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:128 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:233 +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:94 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:69 +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:83 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:58 +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:117 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:88 +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:106 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:72 +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:114 +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:96 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:100 +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:150 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:50 +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:67 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:83 +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:209 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgstr "폐제" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:426 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:428 +msgid "Print protective MBR on device with GPT disk label." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:429 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*echo -e ',10M,L\\n,10M,L\\n,+,\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:431 +msgid "Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*echo -e 'size=10M, type=L\\n size=10M, type=L\\n size=+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:434 +msgid "The same as the previous example, but in named-fields format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:435 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*echo -e 'type=swap' | sfdisk -N 3 /dev/sdc*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:437 +msgid "Set type of the 3rd partition to 'swap'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:438 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:440 +msgid "The same as the previous example, but without script use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:441 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:443 +msgid "Delete 2nd partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:444 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*echo \"\\+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:446 +msgid "Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the partition, and move partition data too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:452 +msgid "The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from Andries E. Brouwer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:460 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*cfdisk*(8),\n" +"*parted*(8),\n" +"*partprobe*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*fdisk*(8),\n" +"*cfdisk*(8),\n" +"*parted*(8),\n" +"*partprobe*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8)\n" + +#. Copyright 2010 Jason Borden <jborden@bluehost.com> +#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. +#. type: Title = +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "swaplabel(8)" +msgstr "swaplabel(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:16 +msgid "swaplabel - print or change the label or UUID of a swap area" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*swaplabel* [*-L* _label_] [*-U* _UUID_] _device_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*swaplabel* will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition located on _device_ (or regular file).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:26 +msgid "If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:28 +msgid "If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the label or UUID on an actively used swap device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:35 +msgid "Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most 16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* will truncate it and print a warning message." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:38 +msgid "Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard 8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*swaplabel* was written by mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*uuidgen*(1),\n" +"*mkswap*(8),\n" +"*swapon*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*uuidgen*(1),\n" +"*mkswap*(8),\n" +"*swapon*(8)\n" + +#. terminal-colors.d.5 -- +#. Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala <ooprala@redhat.com> +#. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. Copyright 2014 Red Hat, Inc. +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "terminal-colors.d(5)" +msgstr "terminal-colors.d(5)" + +#. type: Attribute :man manual: +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:12 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:61 +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File formats" +msgstr "파일 포맷" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:20 +msgid "terminal-colors.d - configure output colorization for various utilities" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I</etc/terminal-colors.d/disable>" +msgid "/etc/terminal-colors.d/_[[name][@term].][type]_" +msgstr "I</etc/terminal-colors.d/disable>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:28 +msgid "Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when coloring output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:30 +msgid "The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:32 +msgid "The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the *TERM* environment variable). The terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified terminals." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:34 +msgid "The _type_ is a file type. Supported file types are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*disable*" +msgstr "*disable*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:37 +msgid "Turns off output colorization for all compatible utilities." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*enable*" +msgstr "*enable*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:40 +msgid "Turns on output colorization; any matching *disable* files are ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*scheme*" +msgstr "*scheme*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:43 +msgid "Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the utility, the default format is described below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:45 +msgid "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEFAULT SCHEME FILES FORMAT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The following options are available:" +msgid "The following statement is recognized:" +msgstr "사용할 수 있는 옵션은 다음과 같다:" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*name color-sequence*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:57 +msgid "The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:59 +msgid "The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape sequences." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Color names" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:63 +msgid "black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ANSI color sequences" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:67 +msgid "The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by semicolons. The most common codes are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|0 |to restore default color\n" +"|1 |for brighter colors\n" +"|4 |for underlined text\n" +"|5 |for flashing text\n" +"|30 |for black foreground\n" +"|31 |for red foreground\n" +"|32 |for green foreground\n" +"|33 |for yellow (or brown) foreground\n" +"|34 |for blue foreground\n" +"|35 |for purple foreground\n" +"|36 |for cyan foreground\n" +"|37 |for white (or gray) foreground\n" +"|40 |for black background\n" +"|41 |for red background\n" +"|42 |for green background\n" +"|43 |for yellow (or brown) background\n" +"|44 |for blue background\n" +"|45 |for purple background\n" +"|46 |for cyan background\n" +"|47 |for white (or gray) background\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Escape sequences" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:97 +msgid "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-escaped notation can be used:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|*\\a* |Bell (ASCII 7)\n" +"|*\\b* |Backspace (ASCII 8)\n" +"|*\\e* |Escape (ASCII 27)\n" +"|*\\f* |Form feed (ASCII 12)\n" +"|*\\n* |Newline (ASCII 10)\n" +"|*\\r* |Carriage Return (ASCII 13)\n" +"|*\\t* |Tab (ASCII 9)\n" +"|*\\v* |Vertical Tab (ASCII 11)\n" +"|*\\?* |Delete (ASCII 127)\n" +"|*\\_* |Space\n" +"|*\\\\* |Backslash (\\)\n" +"|*\\^* |Caret (^)\n" +"|*\\#* |Hash mark (#)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:118 +msgid "Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as the first character." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:120 +msgid "For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of *dmesg*(1), use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:125 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<continue>" +msgid "Comments" +msgstr "B<continue>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:128 +msgid "Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:131 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all" +msgstr "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:116 +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:132 +msgid "enables debug output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:137 +msgid "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_" +msgstr "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:139 +msgid "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_" +msgstr "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:141 +msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_" +msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:145 +msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utilities:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:148 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n" +msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:151 +msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils on a vt100 terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n" +msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:157 +msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except *dmesg*(1):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n" +msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:164 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:112 +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:159 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMPATIBILITY" +msgstr "호환" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:167 +msgid "The *terminal-colors.d* functionality is currently supported by all util-linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility." +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright 2001 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com) +#. This man page was created for libblkid.so.1.0 from e2fsprogs-1.24. +#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License. +#. Created Wed Sep 14 12:02:12 2001, Andreas Dilger +#. type: Title = +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "libblkid(3)" +msgstr "libblkid(3)" + +#. type: Attribute :man manual: +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:10 ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:35 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:35 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:37 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:35 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Programmer's Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:19 +msgid "libblkid - block device identification library" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*#include <blkid.h>*\n" +msgstr "*#include <blkid.h>*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*cc* _file.c_ *-lblkid*\n" +msgstr "*cc* _file.c_ *-lblkid*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:29 +msgid "The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-coding specific block device names into configuration files. See list of all available tags in *TAGS* section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:31 +msgid "The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information about partitions and block device topology." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:33 +msgid "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:35 +msgid "In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you are not able to read the block device directly)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:37 +msgid "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine *LABEL/UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or reads information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:39 +msgid "If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and the on-disk cache will be updated if possible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:41 +msgid "In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the use of the cache file is *required* in this situation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:158 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "CONFIGURATION" +msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE" +msgstr "설정" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:45 +msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config file see *blkid*(8) man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TAGS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:49 +msgid "All available tags are listed below. Not all tags are supported for all file systems. To enable a tag, set one of the following flags with *blkid_probe_set_superblocks_flags*():" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_TYPE" +msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_TYPE" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "filesystem table" +msgid "TYPE - filesystem type" +msgstr "화일 시스템 테이블" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_SECTYPE" +msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_SECTYPE" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:57 +msgid "SEC_TYPE - secondary filesystem type" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_LABEL" +msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_LABEL" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "filesystem table" +msgid "LABEL - filesystem label" +msgstr "화일 시스템 테이블" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_LABELRAW" +msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_LABELRAW" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:65 +msgid "LABEL_RAW - raw label from FS superblock" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_UUID" +msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_UUID" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:69 +msgid "UUID - filesystem UUID (lower case)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:71 +msgid "UUID_SUB - subvolume uuid (e.g. btrfs)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:73 +msgid "LOGUUID - external log UUID (e.g. xfs)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_UUIDRAW" +msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_UUIDRAW" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:77 +msgid "UUID_RAW - raw UUID from FS superblock" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_USAGE" +msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_USAGE" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:81 +msgid "USAGE - usage string: \"raid\", \"filesystem\", etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_VERSION" +msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_VERSION" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:85 +msgid "VERSION - filesystem version" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_MAGIC" +msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_MAGIC" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:89 +msgid "SBMAGIC - super block magic string" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:91 +msgid "SBMAGIC_OFFSET - offset of SBMAGIC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_FSINFO" +msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_FSINFO" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:98 +msgid "FSSIZE - size of filesystem. Note that for XFS this will return the same value as lsblk (without XFS's metadata), but for ext4 it will return the size with metadata and for BTRFS will not count overhead of RAID configuration (redundant data)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:100 +msgid "FSLASTBLOCK - last fsblock/total number of fsblocks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:102 +msgid "FSBLOCKSIZE - file system block size" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:103 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "The following options are available:" +msgid "The following tags are always enabled" +msgstr "사용할 수 있는 옵션은 다음과 같다:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:106 +msgid "BLOCK_SIZE - minimal block size accessible by file system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:108 +msgid "MOUNT - cluster mount name (ocfs only)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:110 +msgid "EXT_JOURNAL - external journal UUID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:112 +msgid "SYSTEM_ID - ISO9660 system identifier" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:114 +msgid "VOLUME_SET_ID - ISO9660 volume set identifier" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:116 +msgid "DATA_PREPARER_ID - ISO9660 data identifier" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:118 +msgid "PUBLISHER_ID - ISO9660 publisher identifier" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:120 +msgid "APPLICATION_ID - ISO9660 application identifier" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:122 +msgid "BOOT_SYSTEM_ID - ISO9660 boot system identifier" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*libblkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem utilities, with input from Ted Ts'o. The library was subsequently heavily modified by Ted Ts'o.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:128 +msgid "The low-level probing code was rewritten by Karel Zak." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COPYING" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*libblkid* is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:137 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*blkid*(8),\n" +"*findfs*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*blkid*(8),\n" +"*findfs*(8)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca) +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety, +#. including the disclaimer of warranties. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote +#. products derived from this software without specific prior +#. written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED +#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF +#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE +#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT +#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE +#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +#. DAMAGE. +#. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger +#. type: Title = +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "uuid(3)" +msgstr "uuid(3)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:44 +msgid "uuid - DCE compatible Universally Unique Identifier library" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:48 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:48 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:50 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:48 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*#include <uuid.h>*\n" +msgstr "*#include <uuid.h>*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:52 +msgid "The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:54 +msgid "The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:76 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:59 +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:229 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:54 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:82 +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:223 +#, no-wrap +msgid "CONFORMING TO" +msgstr "호환" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:79 +msgid "This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:58 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:62 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:83 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:69 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:66 +msgid "Theodore Y. Ts'o" +msgstr "Theodore Y. Ts'o" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_time*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" +msgstr "" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_time*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca) +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety, +#. including the disclaimer of warranties. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote +#. products derived from this software without specific prior +#. written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED +#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF +#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE +#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT +#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE +#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +#. DAMAGE. +#. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger +#. type: Title = +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "uuid_clear(3)" +msgstr "uuid_clear(3)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:44 +msgid "uuid_clear - reset value of UUID variable to the NULL value" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*void uuid_clear(uuid_t __uu__);*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:54 +msgid "The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable _uu_ to the NULL value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" +msgstr "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca) +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety, +#. including the disclaimer of warranties. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote +#. products derived from this software without specific prior +#. written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED +#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF +#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE +#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT +#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE +#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +#. DAMAGE. +#. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger +#. type: Title = +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "uuid_compare(3)" +msgstr "uuid_compare(3)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:44 +msgid "uuid_compare - compare whether two UUIDs are the same" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*int uuid_compare(uuid_t __uu1__, uuid_t __uu2__)*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:54 +msgid "The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ and _uu2_ to each other." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:55 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:72 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:58 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:55 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:108 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "EXIT CODES" +msgid "RETURN VALUE" +msgstr "마침 코드값" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:58 +msgid "Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater than _uu2_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" +msgstr "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca) +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety, +#. including the disclaimer of warranties. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote +#. products derived from this software without specific prior +#. written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED +#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF +#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE +#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT +#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE +#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +#. DAMAGE. +#. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger +#. type: Title = +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "uuid_copy(3)" +msgstr "uuid_copy(3)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:44 +msgid "uuid_copy - copy a UUID value" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __src__);*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:54 +msgid "The *uuid_copy*() function copies the UUID variable _src_ to _dst_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:58 +msgid "The copied UUID is returned in the location pointed to by _dst_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" +msgstr "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca) +#. %Begin-Header% +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety, +#. including the disclaimer of warranties. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote +#. products derived from this software without specific prior +#. written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED +#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF +#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE +#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT +#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE +#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +#. DAMAGE. +#. %End-Header% +#. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger +#. type: Title = +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "uuid_generate(3)" +msgstr "uuid_generate(3)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:46 +msgid "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*void uuid_generate(uuid_t __out__);* +\n" +"*void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t __out__);* +\n" +"*void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t __out__);* +\n" +"*int uuid_generate_time_safe(uuid_t __out__);* +\n" +"*void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);* +\n" +"*void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:61 +msgid "The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier (UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from *getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and random data generated using a pseudo-random generator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:63 +msgid "The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs generated in this fashion." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:65 +msgid "The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or the *uuidd*(8) daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, use *uuid_generate_time_safe*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:67 +msgid "The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to *uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:69 +msgid "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:71 +msgid "The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:75 +msgid "The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by _out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*uuidgen*(1),\n" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_time*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3),\n" +"*uuidd*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*uuidgen*(1),\n" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_time*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3),\n" +"*uuidd*(8)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca) +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety, +#. including the disclaimer of warranties. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote +#. products derived from this software without specific prior +#. written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED +#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF +#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE +#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT +#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE +#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +#. DAMAGE. +#. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger +#. type: Title = +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "uuid_is_null(3)" +msgstr "uuid_is_null(3)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:44 +msgid "uuid_is_null - compare the value of the UUID to the NULL value" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*int uuid_is_null(uuid_t __uu__);*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:54 +msgid "The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 is returned, otherwise 0 is returned." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_time*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" +msgstr "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_time*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca) +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety, +#. including the disclaimer of warranties. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote +#. products derived from this software without specific prior +#. written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED +#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF +#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE +#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT +#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE +#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +#. DAMAGE. +#. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger +#. type: Title = +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "uuid_parse(3)" +msgstr "uuid_parse(3)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:44 +msgid "uuid_parse - convert an input UUID string into binary representation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*int uuid_parse(char *__in__, uuid_t __uu__);* +\n" +"*int uuid_parse_range(char *__in_start__, char *__in_end__, uuid_t __uu__);*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:55 +msgid "The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:57 +msgid "The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:61 +msgid "Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:65 +msgid "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_time*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" +msgstr "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_time*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca) +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety, +#. including the disclaimer of warranties. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote +#. products derived from this software without specific prior +#. written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED +#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF +#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE +#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT +#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE +#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +#. DAMAGE. +#. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger +#. type: Title = +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "uuid_time(3)" +msgstr "uuid_time(3)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:44 +msgid "uuid_time - extract the time at which the UUID was created" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*time_t uuid_time(uuid_t __uu__, struct timeval *__ret_tv__)*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:54 +msgid "The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the *uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:58 +msgid "The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT (the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" +msgstr "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3),\n" +"*uuid_unparse*(3)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca) +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety, +#. including the disclaimer of warranties. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote +#. products derived from this software without specific prior +#. written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED +#. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +#. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF +#. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE +#. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +#. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT +#. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +#. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +#. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +#. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE +#. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +#. DAMAGE. +#. Created Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger +#. type: Title = +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "uuid_unparse(3)" +msgstr "uuid_unparse(3)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:44 +msgid "uuid_unparse - convert a UUID from binary representation to a string" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*void uuid_unparse(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n" +"*void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n" +"*void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:56 +msgid "The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by *uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-dependent local default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:58 +msgid "If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions *uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:62 +msgid "This library unparses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_time*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3)\n" +msgstr "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuid_clear*(3),\n" +"*uuid_compare*(3),\n" +"*uuid_copy*(3),\n" +"*uuid_generate*(3),\n" +"*uuid_time*(3),\n" +"*uuid_is_null*(3),\n" +"*uuid_parse*(3)\n" + +# +#. chfn.1 -- change your finger information +#. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu> +#. This program is free software. You can redistribute it and +#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License. +#. There is no warranty. +#. type: Title = +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "chfn(1)" +msgstr "chfn(1)" + +#. type: Attribute :man manual: +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:12 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:12 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:8 +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:6 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:6 +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:4 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:4 +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:41 +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:9 +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:10 +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:38 +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:9 +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:4 +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:6 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:8 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:6 +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:38 +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:28 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:4 +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:26 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:28 +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:8 +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:12 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:4 +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:8 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:8 +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:4 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:4 +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:4 +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:4 +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:6 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:4 +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:38 +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:4 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:4 +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:11 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:39 +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:41 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:41 +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:38 +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:38 +#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:5 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:41 +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:5 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:38 +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "User Commands" +msgstr "사용자 명령" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:20 +msgid "chfn - change your finger information" +msgstr "chfn - 지문 정보를 바꿉니다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:24 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<chfn> [B<-f> I<full-name>] [B<-o> I<office>] [B<-p> I<office-phone>] [B<-h> I<home-phone>] [B<-u>] [B<-v>] [I<username>]" +msgid "*chfn* [*-f* _full-name_] [*-o* _office_] [*-p* _office-phone_] [*-h* _home-phone_] [*-u*] [*-V*] [_username_]\n" +msgstr "B<chfn> [B<-f> I<성명>] [B<-o> I<회사>] [B<-p> I<전화>] [B<-h> I<전화>] [B<-u>] [B<-v>] [I<사용자이름>]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:28 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<chfn> is used to change your finger information. This information is stored in the I</etc/passwd> file, and is displayed by the B<finger> program. The Linux B<finger> command will display four pieces of information that can be changed by B<chfn>: your real name, your work room and phone, and your home phone." +msgid "*chfn* is used to change your finger information. This information is stored in the _/etc/passwd_ file, and is displayed by the *finger* program. The Linux *finger* command will display four pieces of information that can be changed by *chfn*: your real name, your work room and phone, and your home phone.\n" +msgstr "B<chfn> 명령은 사용자의 finger 정보를 바꾼다. 이것은 I</etc/passwd> 파일의 정보를 바꾼다. B<finger> 명령이 사용될 때 바로 이 파일을 참조하기 때문이다. B<finger> 명령은 B<chfn> 명령에서 바뀐 실재이름, 직장, 직장전화, 집전화번호를 보여준다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:30 +msgid "Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:32 +msgid "In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chfn* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:37 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-f>, B<--full-name> I<full-name>" +msgid "*-f*, *--full-name* _full-name_" +msgstr "B<-f>, B<--full-name> I<성명>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:39 +msgid "Specify your real name." +msgstr "실제 이름을 지정합니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o>, B<--office> I<office>" +msgid "*-o*, *--office* _office_" +msgstr "B<-o>, B<--office> I<회사>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:42 +msgid "Specify your office room number." +msgstr "직장 호실 번호를 지정합니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-p>, B<--office-phone> I<office-phone>" +msgid "*-p*, *--office-phone* _office-phone_" +msgstr "B<-p>, B<--office-phone> I<전화>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:45 +msgid "Specify your office phone number." +msgstr "직장 전화번호를 지정합니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:46 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-h>, B<--home-phone> I<home-phone>" +msgid "*-h*, *--home-phone* _home-phone_" +msgstr "B<-h>, B<--home-phone> I<전화>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:48 +msgid "Specify your home phone number." +msgstr "자택 전화번호를 지정합니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--help*" +msgstr "*-u*, *--help*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:46 +msgid "Print version and exit. The short options *-V* have been used since version 2.39; old versions use deprecated *-v*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:58 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:57 +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "CONFIG FILE ITEMS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chfn* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (e.g., shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *chfn*:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_" +msgstr "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _문자열_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:65 +msgid "Indicate which fields are changeable by *chfn*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:67 +msgid "The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that also the Full Name is changeable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:69 +msgid "Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, *CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:71 +msgid "If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. This is the default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:58 +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:96 +msgid "Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command syntax was not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:79 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:62 +msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente]" +msgstr "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*chsh*(1),\n" +"*finger*(1),\n" +"*login.defs*(5),\n" +"*passwd*(5)\n" +msgstr "" +"*chsh*(1),\n" +"*finger*(1),\n" +"*login.defs*(5),\n" +"*passwd*(5)\n" + +# +#. chsh.1 -- change your login shell +#. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu> +#. This program is free software. You can redistribute it and +#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License. +#. There is no warranty. +#. type: Title = +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "chsh(1)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:20 +msgid "chsh - change your login shell" +msgstr "chsh - 사용자 로그인 쉘을 바꿉니다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:24 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<chsh> [B<-s> I<shell>] [B<-l>] [B<-h>] [B<-v>] [I<username>]" +msgid "*chsh* [*-s* _shell_] [*-l*] [*-h*] [*-V*] [_username_]\n" +msgstr "B<chsh> [B<-s> I<셸>] [B<-l>] [B<-h>] [B<-v>] [I<사용자이름>]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:28 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "*chsh* is used to change your login shell. If a shell is not given on the command line, *chsh* prompts for one.\n" +msgstr "B<chsh> 명령은 사용자가 사용하고 있는 로그인 쉘을 바꾸는데, 사용된다. (이말은 exit 명령을 사용했을 때 로그아웃되는 쉘을 말한다.) 명령행에서 쉘을 지정하지 않으면, 사용자에게 물어본다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chsh* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--shell* _shell_" +msgstr "*-s*, *--shell* _셸_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:35 +msgid "Specify your login shell." +msgstr "지정하는 쉘을 앞으로 사용할 로그인 쉘로 바꾼다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--list-shells*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--list-shells*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Print the list of shells listed in I</etc/shells> and exit." +msgid "Print the list of shells listed in _/etc/shells_ and exit." +msgstr "I</etc/shells> 파일 안에 지정된 쉘을 나열하고 마친다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:42 +msgid "Display help text and exit. The short options *-h* have been used since version 2.30; old versions use deprecated *-u*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VALID SHELLS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chsh* will accept the full pathname of any executable file on the system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "B<chsh> will accept the full pathname of any executable file on the system. The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in the I</etc/shells> file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users." +msgid "The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users." +msgstr "B<chsh> 명령에서는 절대 경로를 지정하는 어떠한 실행파일도 지정이 가능하다. 하지만, I</etc/shells> 파일에서 지정되어 있지 않는 풀그림을 사용할 경우에는 경고 메시지를 보여준다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*login*(1),\n" +"*login.defs*(5),\n" +"*passwd*(5),\n" +"*shells*(5)\n" +msgstr "" +"*login*(1),\n" +"*login.defs*(5),\n" +"*passwd*(5),\n" +"*shells*(5)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (C) 1998-2004 Miquel van Smoorenburg. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +#. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +#. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +#. (at your option) any later version. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +#. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA +#. type: Title = +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "last(1)" +msgstr "last(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:29 +msgid "last, lastb - show a listing of last logged in users" +msgstr "last, lastb - 사용자들의 마지막 로그인했는 기록 목록을 보여준다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*last* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lastb* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:39 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<Last> searches back through the file B</var/log/wtmp> (or the file designated by the B<-f> flag) and displays a list of all users logged in (and out) since that file was created. Names of users and tty's can be given, in which case B<last> will show only those entries matching the arguments. Names of ttys can be abbreviated, thus B<last 0> is the same as B<last tty0>." +msgid "*last* searches back through the _/var/log/wtmp_ file (or the file designated by the *-f* option) and displays a list of all users logged in (and out) since that file was created. One or more _usernames_ and/or _ttys_ can be given, in which case *last* will show only the entries matching those arguments. Names of _ttys_ can be abbreviated, thus *last 0* is the same as *last tty0*.\n" +msgstr "B<Last> 명령은 B</var/log/wtmp> 파일이나, B<-f> 옵션에서 지정한 파일을 통해서 사용자의 로그인, 로그아웃 시간을 보여준다. 특정 사용자의 이름이나, tty를 지정할 수 있으며, 이렇게 지정되면, 해당 사용자의 로그인 정보만을 보여준다. tty의 이름은 생략될 수 있어, B<last 0> 명령은 B<last tty0> 명령과 같은 기능을 한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "When B<last> catches a \\s-2SIGINT\\s0 signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually control-C) or a \\s-2SIGQUIT\\s0 signal (generated by the quit key, usually control-\\e), B<last> will show how far it has searched through the file; in the case of the \\s-2SIGINT\\s0 signal B<last> will then terminate." +msgid "When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually control-C) or a *SIGQUIT* signal, *last* will show how far it has searched through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then terminate." +msgstr "B<last>가 실행 중에 \\s-2SIGINT\\s0(인터럽트 글쇠, 주로 Ctrl-C에 의해서 만들어지는 신호)가 감지되거나, \\s-2SIGQUIT\\s0(마침 글쇠, 주로 Ctrl-\\e에 의해서 만들어지는 신호)가 감지되면, 실행을 마친다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The pseudo user B<reboot> logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus B<last reboot> will show a log of all reboots since the log file was created." +msgid "The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus *last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was created." +msgstr "접속 사용자 이름에 B<reboot>라고 나오는 것은 시스템이 reboot된 것을 나타낸다. 즉 B<last reboot> 명령으로 기록 파일이 만들어진 후부터 reboot 되었는 기록을 모두 볼 수 있다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:45 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<Lastb> is the same as B<last>, except that by default it shows a log of the file B</var/log/btmp>, which contains all the bad login attempts." +msgid "*lastb* is the same as *last*, except that by default it shows a log of the _/var/log/btmp_ file, which contains all the bad login attempts.\n" +msgstr "B<Lastb> 명령은 접속 실패를 기록하는 파일인 B</var/log/btmp> 파일을 대상으로 한다는 것을 제외하고는 B<last> 명령과 같다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, *--hostlast*" +msgstr "*-a*, *--hostlast*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the next flag." +msgid "Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--dns* option." +msgstr "B<hostname> 필드를 마지막에 보여줌. 이 옵션은 다음 옵션과 함께 요용하게 쓰임." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--dns*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--dns*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back into a hostname." +msgstr "다른 호스트에서 접속한 것만 보여줌." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:67 +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--file* _file_" +msgstr "*-f*, *--file* _파일_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:56 +msgid "Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files will be processed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-F*, *--fulltimes*" +msgstr "*-F*, *--fulltimes*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:59 +msgid "Print full login and logout times and dates." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--ip*" +msgstr "*-i*, *--ip*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:62 +msgid "Like *--dns ,* but displays the host's IP number instead of the name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**-**__number__; *-n*, *--limit* _number_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tell *last* how many lines to show." +msgstr "I<num> 만큼의 줄만 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:66 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>" +msgid "*-p*, *--present* _time_" +msgstr "B<-V>,B< --version>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:68 +msgid "Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-R*, *--nohostname*" +msgstr "*-R*, *--nohostname*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:71 +msgid "Suppresses the display of the hostname field." +msgstr "B<hostname> 필드를 보여주지 않음." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:72 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>" +msgid "*-s*, *--since* _time_" +msgstr "B<-V>,B< --version>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:74 +msgid "Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e.g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option is often combined with *--until*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:75 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-t*, *--until* _time_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:77 +msgid "Display the state of logins until the specified _time_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--time-format* _format_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:80 +msgid "Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The _iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are investigated outside of the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-w*, *--fullnames*" +msgstr "*-w*, *--fullnames*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:83 +msgid "Display full user names and domain names in the output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--system*" +msgstr "*-x*, *--system*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:86 +msgid "Display the system shutdown entries and run level changes." +msgstr "시스템 끄기 항목과 런레벨 변경 내용을 표시합니다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TIME FORMATS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:92 +msgid "The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n" +"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n" +"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n" +"|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n" +"|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n" +"|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n" +"|now |\n" +"|yesterday |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n" +"|today |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n" +"|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n" +"|+5min |\n" +"|-5days |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:113 +msgid "_/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/btmp_" +msgstr "_/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/btmp_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The files I<wtmp> and I<btmp> might not be found. The system only logs information in these files if they are present. This is a local configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created with a simple B<touch>(1) command (for example, I<touch /var/log/wtmp>)." +msgid "The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs information in these files if they are present. This is a local configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)." +msgstr "I<wtmp> 파일이나, I<btmp> 파일이 없을 수도 있다. 시스템은 이런 파일이 있을 경우에만, 로그인 정보를 그 파일에 기록한다. 만약 없는데, 이제부터 last 명령을 사용하고 싶다면, 단지 간단하게 B<touch>(1) 명령을 사용해서 각 파일을 만들어 놓으면 된다. (예를 들면, I<touch /var/log/wtmp>)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:119 +msgid "An empty entry is a valid type of wtmp entry. It means that an empty file or file with zeros is not interpreted as an error." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:121 +msgid "The utmp file format uses fixed sizes of strings, which means that very long strings are impossible to store in the file and impossible to display by *last*. The usual limits are 32 bytes for a user and line name and 256 bytes for a hostname." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:125 +msgid "mailto:miquels@cistron.nl[Miquel van Smoorenburg]" +msgstr "mailto:miquels@cistron.nl[Miquel van Smoorenburg]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*login*(1),\n" +"*wtmp*(5),\n" +"*init*(8),\n" +"*shutdown*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*login*(1),\n" +"*wtmp*(5),\n" +"*init*(8),\n" +"*shutdown*(8)\n" + +#. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "login(1)" +msgstr "login(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:16 +msgid "login - begin session on the system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* _username_|_username_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:24 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "*login* is used when signing onto a system. If no argument is given, *login* prompts for the username.\n" +msgstr "B<login> 풀그림은 한 시스템에 접속처리를 하는 풀그림이다. 또한 현재 접속 중에서도 한 사용자에서 다른 사용자로 바꾸고자 할 때도 사용될 수 있다. (한편, 대부분의 요즘 만들어진 쉘은 그 쉘 내부적으로 이러한 기능을 제공하고 있기도 하다.)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:26 +msgid "The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in the *CONFIG FILE ITEMS* section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:28 +msgid "If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to *passwd*(1) for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:30 +msgid "The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, *$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:32 +msgid "The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:34 +msgid "The environment variables defined by PAM are always preserved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:36 +msgid "Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If there is no home directory specified in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check as described below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:38 +msgid "If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login time is printed, and the current login is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Used by B<getty>(8) to tell B<login> not to destroy the environment." +msgid "Used by *getty*(8) to tell *login* to preserve the environment." +msgstr "B<login> 실행할 때 이전 환경들을 그대로 사용하도록 B<getty>(8) 명령에 의해 사용된다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:94 +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*" +msgstr "*-f*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:46 +msgid "Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the *getty*(8) autologin feature." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-h*" +msgstr "*-h*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Used by other servers (i.e., B<telnetd>(8)) to pass the name of the remote host to login so that it may be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the superuser may use this option." +msgid "Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the superuser is allowed use this option." +msgstr "리모트 호스트 로그인시(가령, B<telnetd>(8) 사용) 계정 입력을 통과한다. 물론 utmp, wtmp 기록은 있다. 이 옵션은 단지 root만이 사용할 수 있다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:51 +msgid "Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is _remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-H*" +msgstr "*-H*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:54 +msgid "Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also *LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*login* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *login*:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*MOTD_FILE* (string)" +msgstr "*MOTD_FILE* (문자열)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:63 +msgid "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from the directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:65 +msgid "The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the *MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:67 +msgid "The directories in the *MOTD_FILE* are supported since version 2.36." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:69 +msgid "Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in system tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*MOTD_FIRSTONLY* (boolean)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:74 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* (boolean)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:77 +msgid "Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default value is _no_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LOGIN_TIMEOUT* (number)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:81 +msgid "Maximum time in seconds for login. The default value is _60_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LOGIN_RETRIES* (number)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:85 +msgid "Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value is _3_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LOGIN_KEEP_USERNAME* (boolean)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:89 +msgid "Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, but the username is valid. The default value is _no_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:90 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*FAIL_DELAY* (number)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:93 +msgid "Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login failure. The default value is _5_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "*TTYPERM* (문자열)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:97 +msgid "The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*TTYGROUP* (string)" +msgstr "*TTYGROUP* (문자열)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:101 +msgid "The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set to the user's primary group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:103 +msgid "The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*HUSHLOGIN_FILE* (string)" +msgstr "*HUSHLOGIN_FILE* (문자열)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:107 +msgid "If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will be enabled for all users." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:109 +msgid "If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the file exists in the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:111 +msgid "The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/.hushlogin_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:113 +msgid "If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*DEFAULT_HOME* (boolean)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:117 +msgid "Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is _yes_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LASTLOG_UID_MAX* (unsigned number)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:121 +msgid "Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default value is _ULONG_MAX_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LOG_UNKFAIL_ENAB* (boolean)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:125 +msgid "Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The default value is _no_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:127 +msgid "Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters their password instead of their login name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:128 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:85 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ENV_PATH* (string)" +msgstr "*ENV_PATH* (문자열)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:131 +msgid "If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:132 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:88 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (string)" +msgstr "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (문자열)" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:133 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:89 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ENV_SUPATH* (string)" +msgstr "*ENV_SUPATH* (문자열)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:136 +msgid "If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:150 +msgid "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_" +msgstr "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:154 +msgid "The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by some *rlogind*(8) programs." +msgstr "문서로 정리하지 않은 BSD *-r* 옵션은 지원하지 않습니다. *rlogind*(8) 프로그램 일부에서 필요할 수도 있습니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:156 +msgid "A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by *vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:160 +msgid "Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:172 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*mail*(1),\n" +"*passwd*(1),\n" +"*passwd*(5),\n" +"*utmp*(5),\n" +"*environ*(7),\n" +"*getty*(8),\n" +"*init*(8),\n" +"*lastlog*(8),\n" +"*shutdown*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*mail*(1),\n" +"*passwd*(1),\n" +"*passwd*(5),\n" +"*utmp*(5),\n" +"*environ*(7),\n" +"*getty*(8),\n" +"*init*(8),\n" +"*lastlog*(8),\n" +"*shutdown*(8)\n" + +#. Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala (ondrej.oprala@gmail.com) +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:4 +#, no-wrap +msgid "lslogins(1)" +msgstr "lslogins(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems" +msgid "lslogins - display information about known users in the system" +msgstr "fstab - 화일 시스템에 대한 고정적인 정보 저장" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lslogins* [options] [*-s*|*-u*[=_UID_]] [*-g* _groups_] [*-l* _logins_] [_username_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:22 +msgid "Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ and output the desired data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:24 +msgid "The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as an error." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:26 +msgid "The default action is to list info about all the users in the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:30 +msgid "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*" +msgstr "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:33 +msgid "Display data about the date of last password change and the account expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--btmp-file* _path_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:36 +msgid "Alternate path for btmp." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--colon-separate*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--colon-separate*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:39 +msgid "Separate info about each user with a colon instead of a newline." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--export*" +msgstr "*-e*, *--export*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:42 +msgid "Output data in the format of NAME=VALUE. See also option *--shell*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--failed*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--failed*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:45 +msgid "Display data about the users' last failed login attempts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-G*, *--supp-groups*" +msgstr "*-G*, *--supp-groups*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:48 +msgid "Show information about supplementary groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o>, B<--output>=I<\\,FILE\\/>" +msgid "*-g*, **--groups**=_groups_" +msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output>=I<\\,파일\\/>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:51 +msgid "Only show data of users belonging to _groups_. More than one group may be specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown group names are ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:53 +msgid "Note that the relation between user and group may be invisible for the primary group if the user is not explicitly specified as group member (e.g., in _/etc/group_). If the command *lslogins* scans for groups then it uses the groups database only, and the user database with primary GID is not used at all." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-L*, *--last*" +msgstr "*-L*, *--last*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:56 +msgid "Display data containing information about the users' last login sessions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, **--logins**=_logins_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:59 +msgid "Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or user IDs). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown login names are ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--newline*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--newline*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:58 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display each piece of information on a separate line." +msgstr "버전 정보를 출력합니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:59 +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--noheadings*" +msgstr "*--noheadings*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:92 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:85 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:47 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:55 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:57 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:44 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:45 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:32 +msgid "Do not print a header line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:60 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--notruncate*" +msgstr "*--notruncate*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:64 +msgid "Don't truncate output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:71 +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:74 +msgid "Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--pwd*" +msgstr "*-p*, *--pwd*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:77 +msgid "Display information related to login by password (see also *-afL*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Raw output (no columnation)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--system-accs*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--system-accs*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:83 +msgid "Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between 101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters *SYS_UID_MIN* and *SYS_UID_MAX* in the file _/etc/login.defs_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--time-format* _type_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:79 +msgid "Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time format is designed to be space efficient and human readable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--user-accs*" +msgstr "*-u*, *--user-accs*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:89 +msgid "Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX in the file _/etc/login.defs_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--wtmp-file* _path_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:94 +msgid "Alternate path for wtmp." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--lastlog* _path_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:97 +msgid "Alternate path for *lastlog*(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*y-*, *--shell*" +msgstr "*y-*, *--shell*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:85 +msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--export*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--export* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:101 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-Z*, *--context*" +msgstr "*-Z*, *--context*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Display help text and exit." +msgid "Display the users' security context." +msgstr "도움말을 보여주고 마친다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-z*, *--print0*" +msgstr "*-z*, *--print0*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:106 +msgid "Delimit user entries with a nul character, instead of a newline." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:90 +msgid "if OK," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:112 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:103 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:112 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:139 +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:290 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1" +msgstr "1" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:93 +msgid "if incorrect arguments specified," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:115 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:293 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:117 +msgid "if a serious error occurs (e.g., a corrupt log)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:121 +msgid "The default UID thresholds are read from _/etc/login.defs_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Password status" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:125 +msgid "Multiple fields describe password status." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*\"Password is locked\"*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:128 +msgid "The password is prefixed by '!!', and the user cannot login although the password is set or empty. This is common for new accounts without a set password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*\"Password not required (empty)\"*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:131 +msgid "The password is not set (hash is missing); this is common for locked system accounts. Not requiring a password does not mean the user can log-in without a password. It depends on the password \"lock\" status." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*\"Login by password disabled\"*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:134 +msgid "'yes' means that there is no valid password. The password hash is missing, or the hash method is unknown or contains invalid chars." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:135 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:59 +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:125 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:141 +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:173 +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:90 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:644 +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:133 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:97 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1641 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:92 +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:163 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:169 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:91 +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:151 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:77 +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:119 +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:63 +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:181 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:186 +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "HISTORY" +msgstr "이력" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:138 +msgid "The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first appeared in FreeBSD 4.10." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:143 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:105 +msgid "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*group*(5),\n" +"*passwd*(5),\n" +"*shadow*(5),\n" +"*utmp*(5)\n" +msgstr "" +"*group*(5),\n" +"*passwd*(5),\n" +"*shadow*(5),\n" +"*utmp*(5)\n" + +#. Original author unknown. This man page is in the public domain. +#. Modified Sat Oct 9 17:46:48 1993 by faith@cs.unc.edu +#. type: Title = +#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:4 +#, no-wrap +msgid "newgrp(1)" +msgstr "newgrp(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:14 +msgid "newgrp - log in to a new group" +msgstr "newgrp - 새 그룹으로 로그인하도록 합니다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:18 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<newgrp [ >I<group>B< ]>" +msgid "*newgrp* [_group_]\n" +msgstr "B<newgrp [ >I<group>B< ]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:22 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "*newgrp* changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to *login*(1). The same person remains logged in, and the current directory is unchanged, but calculations of access permissions to files are performed with respect to the new group ID.\n" +msgstr "B<Newgrp> 명령은 changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to B<login>(1). 명령으로 로그인 할 때 식별되는 그룹을 바꾼다. I<group>으로 사용될 수 있는 값은 /etc/group 파일안에 있는 그룹의 이름이나, GID 값이여야 하며, 명령행 인자에서 이 값을 특별히 지정하지 않으면, 현재 자신의 그룹으로 바꾼다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:24 +msgid "If no group is specified, the GID is changed to the login GID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:33 +msgid "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_" +msgstr "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:37 +msgid "Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*login*(1),\n" +"*group*(5)\n" +msgstr "" +"*login*(1),\n" +"*group*(5)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "nologin(8)" +msgstr "nologin(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:12 +msgid "nologin - politely refuse a login" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nologin* [*-V*] [*-h*]\n" +msgstr "*nologin* [*-V*] [*-h*]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nologin* displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field to deny login access to an account.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:22 +msgid "If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to the user instead of the default message." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The exit code returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure." +msgid "The exit status returned by *nologin* is always 1." +msgstr "성공적으로 끝나면, 0, 실패하면, 1을 리턴한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:28 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-Q>, B<--no-warn>" +msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_\n" +msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--no-warn>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--init-file*\n" +msgstr "*--init-file*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i* *--interactive*\n" +msgstr "*-i* *--interactive*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--init-file* _file_\n" +msgstr "*--init-file* _파일_\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*\n" +msgstr "*-i*, *--interactive*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--login*\n" +msgstr "*-l*, *--login*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--noprofile*\n" +msgstr "*--noprofile*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--norc*\n" +msgstr "*--norc*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--posix*\n" +msgstr "*--posix*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--rcfile* _file_\n" +msgstr "*--rcfile* _file_\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--restricted*\n" +msgstr "*-r*, *--restricted*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:50 +msgid "These shell command-line options are ignored to avoid *nologin* error." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nologin* is a per-account way to disable login (usually used for system accounts like http or ftp). *nologin* uses _/etc/nologin.txt_ as an optional source for a non-default message, the login access is always refused independently of the file.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*pam_nologin*(8) PAM module usually prevents all non-root users from logging into the system. *pam_nologin*(8) functionality is controlled by _/var/run/nologin_ or the _/etc/nologin_ file.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The E<.Nm> command appeared in E<.Bx 4.3 Reno>." +msgid "The *nologin* command appeared in 4.4BSD." +msgstr "E<.Nm> 명령은 E<.Bx 4.3 Reno> 에서 처음 나타났다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*login*(1),\n" +"*passwd*(5),\n" +"*pam_nologin*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*login*(1),\n" +"*passwd*(5),\n" +"*pam_nologin*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "runuser(1)" +msgstr "runuser(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:12 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "su - run a shell with substitute user and group IDs" +msgid "runuser - run a command with substitute user and group ID" +msgstr "su - 사용자와 그룹 ID 를 교체하여 쉘을 실행한다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*runuser* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*runuser* can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group ID. If the option *-u* is not given, *runuser* falls back to *su*-compatible semantics and a shell is executed. The difference between the commands *runuser* and *su* is that *runuser* does not ask for a password (because it may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a different PAM configuration. The command *runuser* does not have to be installed with set-user-ID permissions.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:24 +msgid "If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use the *setpriv*(1) command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:26 +msgid "When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:28 +msgid "For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version of *runuser* uses PAM for session management." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:30 +msgid "Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:32 +msgid "Since version 2.38 *runuser* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:35 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-Q>, B<--no-warn>" +msgid "*-c*, *--command*=_command_" +msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--no-warn>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:37 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Pass _command_ to the shell with the *-c* option." +msgstr "대화형 쉘을 시작하지 않고 I<-c> 옵션을 쉘에 주어서 한 개의 명령만을 수행하도록 한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--fast*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:40 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:41 +msgid "Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:41 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o>, B<--output>=I<\\,FILE\\/>" +msgid "*-g*, *--group*=_group_" +msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output>=I<\\,파일\\/>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:43 +msgid "The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-G*, *--supp-group*=_group_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:47 +msgid "Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary group if the option *--group* is not specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:47 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*" +msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:49 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:50 +msgid "Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:51 +msgid "clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:53 +msgid "initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:53 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:54 +msgid "changes to the target user's home directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:54 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:55 +msgid "sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-P*, *--pty*" +msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:57 +msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty* *-u* _username_ *--* _command_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:59 +msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | runuser --pty -u* _user_), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:60 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*" +msgstr "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:62 +msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:63 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "I<-s, --shell shell>" +msgid "*-s*, *--shell*=_shell_" +msgstr "I<-s, --shell shell>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:65 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:66 +msgid "Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is selected according to the following rules, in order:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:67 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:68 +msgid "the shell specified with *--shell*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:68 +msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-environment* option is used" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:69 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:70 +msgid "the shell listed in the passwd entry of the target user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:70 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:71 +msgid "/bin/sh" +msgstr "/bin/sh" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:72 +msgid "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:73 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**--session-command=**__command__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:76 +msgid "Same as *-c*, but do not create a new session. (Discouraged.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-w*, *--whitelist-environment*=_list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:78 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:79 +msgid "Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated _list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:81 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "CONFIG FILES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*runuser* reads the _/etc/default/runuser_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *runuser*:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:87 +msgid "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:91 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:100 +msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:92 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (boolean)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:94 +msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:96 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:105 +msgid "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and _/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*runuser* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *runuser* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:102 +msgid "Exit status generated by *runuser* itself:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:105 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114 +msgid "Generic error before executing the requested command" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:105 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "126" +msgstr "126" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116 +msgid "The requested command could not be executed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "127" +msgstr "127" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:109 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:118 +msgid "The requested command was not found" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser_" +msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/runuser_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:115 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "configuration file" +msgid "default PAM configuration file" +msgstr "설정 파일" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser-l_" +msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/runuser-l_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:118 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:126 +msgid "PAM configuration file if *--login* is specified" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/default/runuser_" +msgstr "_/etc/default/runuser_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:121 +msgid "runuser specific logindef config file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:122 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/login.defs_" +msgstr "_/etc/login.defs_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:124 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:132 +msgid "global logindef config file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:128 +msgid "This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by Dan Walsh." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*setpriv*(1),\n" +"*su*(1),\n" +"*login.defs*(5),\n" +"*shells*(5),\n" +"*pam*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*setpriv*(1),\n" +"*su*(1),\n" +"*login.defs*(5),\n" +"*shells*(5),\n" +"*pam*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "su(1)" +msgstr "su(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:13 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "su - run a shell with substitute user and group IDs" +msgid "su - run a command with substitute user and group ID" +msgstr "su - 사용자와 그룹 ID 를 교체하여 쉘을 실행한다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:21 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "su - run a shell with substitute user and group IDs" +msgid "*su* allows commands to be run with a substitute user and group ID.\n" +msgstr "su - 사용자와 그룹 ID 를 교체하여 쉘을 실행한다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:23 +msgid "When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional __argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:25 +msgid "For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side effects caused by mixing environments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:27 +msgid "This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*su* is mostly designed for unprivileged users, the recommended solution for privileged users (e.g., scripts executed by root) is to use non-set-user-ID command *runuser*(1) that does not require authentication and provides separate PAM configuration. If the PAM session is not required at all then the recommended solution is to use command *setpriv*(1).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:31 +msgid "Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:33 +msgid "Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:36 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-Q>, B<--no-warn>" +msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__" +msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--no-warn>" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:42 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o>, B<--output>=I<\\,FILE\\/>" +msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__" +msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output>=I<\\,파일\\/>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:44 +msgid "Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__group__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:52 +msgid "clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:58 +msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:61 +msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __username__ *-c* _application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:63 +msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:64 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "I<-s, --shell shell>" +msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__" +msgstr "I<-s, --shell shell>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:69 +msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-environment* option is used" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:73 +msgid "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__list__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:82 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:123 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "SIGNALS" +msgstr "시그널(SIGNALS)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:85 +msgid "Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su*{colon}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:93 +msgid "Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a non-negative integer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:96 +msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:103 +msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *su* initializes *PATH*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*su* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *su* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:111 +msgid "Exit status generated by *su* itself:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su_" +msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su_" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_" +msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/default/su_" +msgstr "_/etc/default/su_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:129 +msgid "command specific logindef config file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:136 +msgid "For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the _btmp_ file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ file as well. For example by:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:139 +msgid "session required pam_lastlog.so nowtmp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:144 +msgid "This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been refactored by Karel Zak." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*setpriv*(1),\n" +"*login.defs*(5),\n" +"*shells*(5),\n" +"*pam*(8),\n" +"*runuser*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*setpriv*(1),\n" +"*login.defs*(5),\n" +"*shells*(5),\n" +"*pam*(8),\n" +"*runuser*(1)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (C) 1998-2006 Miquel van Smoorenburg. +#. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +#. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +#. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +#. (at your option) any later version. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +#. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA +#. type: Title = +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sulogin(8)" +msgstr "sulogin(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:31 +msgid "sulogin - single-user login" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:35 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<sulogin> [B< -t timeout >] [B< tty-device >]" +msgid "*sulogin* [options] [_tty_]\n" +msgstr "B<sulogin> [B< -t timeout >] [B< tty-device >]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sulogin* is invoked by *init* when the system goes into single-user mode.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The user is prompted:" +msgstr "이 때 로그인 프롬프트는 다음과 같이 나타난다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Give root password for system maintenance" +msgid "Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal startup):" +msgstr "Give root password for system maintenance" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:45 +msgid "If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "I<sulogin> will connected to the current terminal, or to the optional device that can be specified on the command line (typically B</dev/console>)." +msgid "*sulogin* will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional _tty_ device that can be specified on the command line (typically _/dev/console_).\n" +msgstr "I<sulogin>은 현재 터미날에 연결하거나, 명령행의 옵션으로 지정한 특정 터미날 장치로 연결한다. (전형적으로 B</dev/console>)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "After the user exits the single-user shell, or presses control-d at the prompt, the system will (continue to) boot to the default runlevel." +msgid "When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the prompt, the system will continue to boot." +msgstr "단일 사용자 쉘에서 사용자가 로그아웃하거나, 프롬프트 상에서 Ctrl-d가 입력되면, 시스템은 초기 runlevel로 부팅 작업을 한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--force*" +msgstr "*-e*, *--force*" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:54 +msgid "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via *getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* will *start a root shell without asking for a password*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:57 +msgid "Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected against unauthorized access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--login-shell*" +msgstr "*-p*, *--login-shell*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:60 +msgid "Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a login shell." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:29 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _seconds_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:63 +msgid "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, *sulogin* will wait forever." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:69 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "I<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it will try to execute root's shell from /etc/passwd. If that fails it will fall back to B</bin/sh>." +msgid "*sulogin* looks for the environment variable *SUSHELL* or *sushell* to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it will try to execute root's shell from _/etc/passwd_. If that fails, it will fall back to _/bin/sh_.\n" +msgstr "I<sulogin>은 사용할 쉘을 지정하기 위해 B<SUSHELL>이나, B<sushell> 환경 변수 값을 찾는다. 이 값이 지정되어 있지 않으면, /etc/passwd 파일에서 지정한 사용자 쉘을 사용하고, 이 값도 지정되어 있지 않으면, B</bin/sh>을 사용한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sulogin* was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg for sysvinit and later ported to util-linux by Dave Reisner and Karel Zak.\n" +msgstr "" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (C) 2010 Michael Krapp +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +#. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +#. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +#. (at your option) any later version. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +#. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA +#. type: Title = +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "utmpdump(1)" +msgstr "utmpdump(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:29 +msgid "utmpdump - dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*utmpdump* [options] _filename_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*utmpdump* is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format, so they can be examined. *utmpdump* reads from stdin unless a _filename_ is passed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--follow*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--follow*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:42 +msgid "Output appended data as the file grows." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *--output* _file_" +msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _파일_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:45 +msgid "Write command output to _file_ instead of standard output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--reverse*" +msgstr "*-r*, *--reverse*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:48 +msgid "Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*utmpdump* can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries. It can dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to remove bogus entries, and reintegrated using:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*utmpdump -r < ascii_file > wtmp*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:60 +msgid "But be warned, *utmpdump* was written for debugging purposes only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:64 +msgid "Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may become incompatible in future." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:66 +msgid "The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift amount of timezone offset." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:70 +msgid "You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal use, but for debugging only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:74 +msgid "Michael Krapp" +msgstr "Michael Krapp" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*last*(1),\n" +"*w*(1),\n" +"*who*(1),\n" +"*utmp*(5)\n" +msgstr "" +"*last*(1),\n" +"*w*(1),\n" +"*who*(1),\n" +"*utmp*(5)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991 The Regents of the University of California. +#. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)vipw.8 6.7 (Berkeley) 3/16/91 +#. type: Title = +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "vipw(8)" +msgstr "vipw(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:46 +msgid "vipw, vigr - edit the password or group file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*vipw* [options]\n" +msgstr "*vipw* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*vigr* [options]\n" +msgstr "*vigr* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*vipw* edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the password file is already locked for editing by another user, *vipw* will ask you to try again later. The default editor for *vipw* and *vigr* is *vi*(1). *vigr* edits the group file in the same manner as *vipw* does the passwd file.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by E<.Nm script>:" +msgid "If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* and *vigr*:" +msgstr "다음은 E<.Nm script>에서 사용되는 환경변수들이다:" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:65 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*EDITOR*" +msgstr "*편집기*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:67 +msgid "The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the default editor *vi*(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:71 +msgid "The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-Linux 2.6." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*vi*(1),\n" +"*passwd*(1),\n" +"*flock*(2),\n" +"*passwd*(5)\n" +msgstr "" +"*vi*(1),\n" +"*passwd*(1),\n" +"*flock*(2),\n" +"*passwd*(5)\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:81 +msgid "The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright 2000 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com) +#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:4 +#, no-wrap +msgid "blkid(8)" +msgstr "blkid(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:15 +msgid "blkid - locate/print block device attributes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkid* *--label* _label_ | *--uuid* _uuid_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _offset_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* _size_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-types* _list_] [*--usages* _list_] [*--no-part-details*] _device_...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkid* *--info* [*--output format*] [*--match-tag* _tag_] _device_...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:29 +msgid "The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the *libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes (tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID fields)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It is recommended to use* *lsblk*(8) *command to get information about block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or* *findmnt*(8) *to search in already mounted filesystems.*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lsblk*(8) provides more information, better control on output formatting, easy to use in scripts and it does not require root permissions to get actual information. *blkid* reads information directly from devices and for non-root users it returns cached unverified information. *blkid* is mostly designed for system services and to test *libblkid*(3) functionality.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:37 +msgid "When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkid* has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more specified devices.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:41 +msgid "For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:45 +msgid "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--cache-file* _cachefile_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:48 +msgid "Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see the *CONFIGURATION FILE* section for more details). If you want to start with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--no-encoding*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--no-encoding*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:51 +msgid "Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-D*, *--no-part-details*" +msgstr "*-D*, *--no-part-details*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:54 +msgid "Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-level probing mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-g*, *--garbage-collect*" +msgstr "*-g*, *--garbage-collect*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:57 +msgid "Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which no longer exist." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-H*, *--hint* _setting_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:62 +msgid "Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is \"session_offset=_number_\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--info*" +msgstr "*-i*, *--info*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:65 +msgid "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the *--probe* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-k*, *--list-filesystems*" +msgstr "*-k*, *--list-filesystems*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:68 +msgid "List all known filesystems and RAIDs and exit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--list-one*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--list-one*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:71 +msgid "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the *--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search parameter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:73 +msgid "This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in *--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils (like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:76 +msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option works on systems with and without udev." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:78 +msgid "Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--match-types* _list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:81 +msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the types which should be ignored. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:85 +msgid "probes for vfat, ext3 and ext4 filesystems, and" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:89 +msgid "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is only useful together with *--probe*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:90 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "File formats" +msgid "*-o*, *--output* _format_" +msgstr "파일 포맷" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:92 +msgid "Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*full*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95 +msgid "print all tags (the default)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*value*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:97 +msgid "print the value of the tags" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*list*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:99 +msgid "print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101 +msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED* in favour of the *lsblk*(8) command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*device*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103 +msgid "print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--label* and *--uuid* options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*udev*" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {underscore} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:106 +msgid "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with '{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe chars." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:108 +msgid "The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions including empty partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:110 +msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*export*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:112 +msgid "print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are requested." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:114 +msgid "The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all potentially unsafe characters are escaped." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:115 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o>,B< --offset >I<offset>" +msgid "*-O*, *--offset* _offset_" +msgstr "B<-o>,B< --offset >I<오프셋>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:117 +msgid "Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be used together with the *--info* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--probe*" +msgstr "*-p*, *--probe*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:120 +msgid "Switch to low-level superblock probing mode (bypassing the cache)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:122 +msgid "Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--match-tag* _tag_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:125 +msgid "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no other options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:126 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:158 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>" +msgid "*-S*, *--size* _size_" +msgstr "B<-V>,B< --version>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:128 +msgid "Override the size of device/file (only useful with *--probe*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *--match-token* _NAME=value_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:131 +msgid "Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value _value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the specified devices are searched." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--usages* _list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:134 +msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of \"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types which should be ignored. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:138 +msgid "probes for all filesystem and other (e.g., swap) formats, and" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:142 +msgid "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful together with *--probe*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:143 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:438 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-U>,B< --uuid >I<uuid>" +msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _uuid_" +msgstr "B<-U>,B< --uuid >I<uuid>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:145 +msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see the *--label* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:151 +msgid "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:153 +msgid "If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:155 +msgid "For usage or other errors, an exit status of 4 is returned." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:157 +msgid "If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-p*), an exit status of 8 is returned." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:161 +msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. The following options control the libblkid library:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_SEND_UEVENT=<yes|not>_" +msgstr "_SEND_UEVENT=<yes|not>_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:164 +msgid "Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. Default is \"yes\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_CACHE_FILE=<path>_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:167 +msgid "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_EVALUATE=<methods>_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:170 +msgid "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:174 +msgid "Setting _LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all_ enables debug output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by Theodore Ts'o and Karel Zak.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*libblkid*(3),\n" +"*findfs*(8),\n" +"*lsblk*(8),\n" +"*wipefs*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*libblkid*(3),\n" +"*findfs*(8),\n" +"*lsblk*(8),\n" +"*wipefs*(8)\n" + +# +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 +#. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +#. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +#. Kim Letkeman. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)cal.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "cal(1)" +msgstr "cal(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:50 +msgid "cal - display a calendar" +msgstr "cal - 달력을 나타냅니다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:54 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<cal> [options] [[[I<day>] I<month>] I<year>]" +msgid "*cal* [options] [[[_day_] _month_] _year_]\n" +msgstr "B<cal> [옵션] [[[I<일>] I<월>] I<년>]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:56 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<cal> [options] [I<timestamp>|I<monthname>]" +msgid "*cal* [options] [_timestamp_|_monthname_]\n" +msgstr "B<cal> [옵션] [I<타임스탬프>|I<월_이름>]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:60 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<cal> displays a simple calendar. If no arguments are specified, the current month is displayed." +msgid "*cal* displays a simple calendar. If no arguments are specified, the current month is displayed.\n" +msgstr "B<cal> 명령은 간단한 달력을 보여준다. 아무런 명령행 인자가 없으면, 시스템의 현재 달을 보여준다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:62 +msgid "The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an abbreviated month name according to the current locales." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:64 +msgid "Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:66 +msgid "Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-1*, *--one*" +msgstr "*-1*, *--one*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:71 +msgid "Display single month output. (This is the default.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-3*, *--three*" +msgstr "*-3*, *--three*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:74 +msgid "Display three months spanning the date." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:75 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-n , --months> I<number>" +msgid "*-n , --months* _number_" +msgstr "B<-n , --months> I<숫자>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:77 +msgid "Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S, --span*" +msgstr "*-S, --span*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:80 +msgid "Display months spanning the date." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--sunday*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--sunday*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:83 +msgid "Display Sunday as the first day of the week." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--monday*" +msgstr "*-m*, *--monday*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:86 +msgid "Display Monday as the first day of the week." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:87 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-v*, *--vertical*" +msgstr "*-v*, *--vertical*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:89 +msgid "Display using a vertical layout (aka *ncal*(1) mode)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--iso*" +msgstr "*--iso*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:92 +msgid "Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-j*, *--julian*" +msgstr "*-j*, *--julian*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:95 +msgid "Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--reform* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:97 +msgid "Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar system. See *DESCRIPTION* above." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:98 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<--reform> I<val>" +msgid "*--reform* _val_" +msgstr "B<--reform> I<값>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:100 +msgid "This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can be:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:102 +msgid "_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:103 +msgid "_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar system's creation use extrapolated values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:104 +msgid "_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic Gregorian calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:105 +msgid "_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Julian calendar system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgid "See *DESCRIPTION* above." +msgstr "설명" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-y*, *--year*" +msgstr "*-y*, *--year*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Display a calendar for the current year." +msgid "Display a calendar for the whole year." +msgstr "현재 년도 모든 달을 모두 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-Y, --twelve*" +msgstr "*-Y, --twelve*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Display a calendar for the current year." +msgid "Display a calendar for the next twelve months." +msgstr "현재 년도 모든 달을 모두 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:114 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-w>, B<--week>[=I<number>]" +msgid "*-w*, *--week*[=_number_]" +msgstr "B<-w>, B<--week>[=I<숫자>]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:116 +msgid "Display week numbers in the calendar (US or ISO-8601). See the *NOTES* section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:117 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<--color>[=I<when>]" +msgid "*--color*[=_when_]" +msgstr "B<--color>[=I<시기>]" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c, --columns*=_columns_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:122 +msgid "Number of columns to use. *auto* uses as many as fit the terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Single digits-only parameter (e.g., 'cal 2020')*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:129 +msgid "Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: *cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Single string parameter (e.g., 'cal tomorrow' or 'cal August')*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:132 +msgid "Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to the current locales." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:134 +msgid "The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:136 +msgid "The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week ago')." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Two parameters (e.g., 'cal 11 2020')*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:140 +msgid "Denote the _month_ (1 - 12) and _year_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Three parameters (e.g., 'cal 25 11 2020')*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:143 +msgid "Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, the current month's calendar is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:147 +msgid "A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:149 +msgid "The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number 1." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:152 +msgid "The logical color names supported by *cal* are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*today*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:155 +msgid "The current day." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*weeknumber*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:158 +msgid "The number of the week." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:161 +msgid "The header of a month." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*workday*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:164 +msgid "Days that fall within the work-week." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*weekend*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:167 +msgid "Days that fall outside the work-week." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:169 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:282 +msgid "For example:" +msgstr "예시:" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:171 +msgid "echo -e 'weekend 35\\ntoday 1;41\\nheader yellow' > $HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d/cal.scheme" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A B<cal> command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX." +msgid "A *cal* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX." +msgstr "B<cal> 명령은 Version 6 AT&T UNIX에서 처음 나타났다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:180 +msgid "The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:182 +msgid "Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*terminal-colors.d*(5)\n" +msgstr "*terminal-colors.d*(5)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fadvise(1)" +msgstr "fadvise(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:12 +msgid "fadvise - utility to use the posix_fadvise system call" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fadvise* [*-a* _advice_] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fadvise* [*-a* _advice_] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] -d _file-descriptor_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*fadvise* is a simple command wrapping posix_fadvise system call\n" +"that is for predeclaring an access pattern for file data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--fd* _file-descriptor_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:29 +msgid "Apply the advice to the file specified with the file descriptor instead of open a file specified with a file name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, *--advice* _advice_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:33 +msgid "See the command output with *--help* option for available values for advice. If this option is omitted, \"dontneed\" is used as default advice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:64 +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:56 +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:74 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o>,B< --offset >I<offset>" +msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _offset_" +msgstr "B<-o>,B< --offset >I<오프셋>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:37 +msgid "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes. If this option is omitted, 0 is used as default advice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:37 +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:50 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-l*, *--length* _length_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:41 +msgid "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes. If this option is omitted, 0 is used as default advice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fadvise* has the following exit status values:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:52 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:48 +msgid "unspecified failure" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:56 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:52 +msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]" +msgstr "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*posix_fadvise*(2)\n" +msgstr "*posix_fadvise*(2)\n" + +# +#. Copyright 2017 Red Hat, Inc. +#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fincore(1)" +msgstr "fincore(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:18 +msgid "fincore - count pages of file contents in core" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:22 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<echo> [B<-neE>] [I<arg> ...]" +msgid "*fincore* [options] _file_...\n" +msgstr "B<echo> [B<-neE>] [I<인수> ...]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fincore* counts pages of file contents being resident in memory (in core), and reports the numbers. If an error occurs during counting, then an error message is printed to the stderr and *fincore* continues processing the rest of files listed in a command line.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:28 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:34 +msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:31 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:90 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:83 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:47 +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:53 +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:25 +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:40 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:30 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:36 +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--noheadings*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--noheadings*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:49 +msgid "Do not print a header line in status output." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:39 +msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:56 +msgid "Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:72 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:44 +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:50 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:72 +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:113 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:66 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:34 +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:34 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-J*, *--json*" +msgstr "*-J*, *--json*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:46 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:74 +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:46 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:44 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:52 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:51 +#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:41 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File formats" +msgid "Use JSON output format." +msgstr "파일 포맷" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*mincore*(2),\n" +"*getpagesize*(2),\n" +"*getconf*(1p)\n" +msgstr "" +"*mincore*(2),\n" +"*getpagesize*(2),\n" +"*getconf*(1p)\n" + +#. Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o. All Rights Reserved. +#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:4 +#, no-wrap +msgid "findfs(8)" +msgstr "findfs(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:14 +msgid "findfs - find a filesystem by label or UUID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findfs* *NAME*=_value_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findfs* will search the block devices in the system looking for a filesystem or partition with specified tag. The currently supported tags are:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LABEL*=_<label>_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "filesystem table" +msgid "Specifies filesystem label." +msgstr "화일 시스템 테이블" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:26 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "UUID=I<uuid>" +msgid "*UUID*=_<uuid>_" +msgstr "UUID=I<uuid>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:28 +msgid "Specifies filesystem UUID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:29 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "PARTUUID=I<uuid>" +msgid "*PARTUUID*=_<uuid>_" +msgstr "PARTUUID=I<uuid>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:31 +msgid "Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*PARTLABEL*=_<label>_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:34 +msgid "Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:36 +msgid "If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on stdout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:38 +msgid "The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for example by" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lsblk --fs*\n" +msgstr "*lsblk --fs*\n" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*partx --show <disk>*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkid*\n" +msgstr "*blkid*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:55 +msgid "label or uuid cannot be found" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:57 +msgid "usage error, wrong number of arguments or unknown option" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findfs* was originally written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] and re-written for the util-linux package by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*blkid*(8),\n" +"*lsblk*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*blkid*(8),\n" +"*lsblk*(8),\n" +"*partx*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "findmnt(8)" +msgstr "findmnt(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:13 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mount - mount a filesystem" +msgid "findmnt - find a filesystem" +msgstr "mount - 화일 시스템 마운트" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findmnt* [options]\n" +msgstr "*findmnt* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findmnt* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _device_ [*--target* _path_|*--mountpoint* _mountpoint_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findmnt* will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem. The *findmnt* command is able to search in _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If _device_ or _mountpoint_ is not given, all filesystems are shown.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:27 +msgid "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows *mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint (and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are not specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:29 +msgid "The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then *findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:31 +msgid "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by default. The default output, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default output in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output columns-list* in environments where a stable output is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:33 +msgid "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why *findmnt* provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another tag specified in _fstab_ when executed with *--fstab* and *--evaluate*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-A*, *--all*" +msgstr "*-A*, *--all*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:38 +msgid "Disable all built-in filters and print all filesystems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, *--ascii*" +msgstr "*-a*, *--ascii*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:41 +msgid "Use ascii characters for tree formatting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*" +msgstr "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:47 +msgid "Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--canonicalize*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--canonicalize*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:50 +msgid "Canonicalize all printed paths." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--deleted*" +msgstr "*--deleted*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:53 +msgid "Print filesystems where target (mountpoint) is marked as deleted by kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-D*, *--df*" +msgstr "*-D*, *--df*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:56 +msgid "Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use *--all* to print all filesystems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--direction* _word_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:59 +msgid "The search direction, either *forward* or *backward*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--evaluate*" +msgstr "*-e*, *--evaluate*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:62 +msgid "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding device names for the SOURCE column. It's an unusual situation, but the same tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there is SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for _fstab_ only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-F*, *--tab-file* _path_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:65 +msgid "Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--first-only*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--first-only*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only." +msgid "Print the first matching filesystem only." +msgstr "화일 시스템을 읽기만 가능하게 한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--invert*" +msgstr "*-i*, *--invert*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:71 +msgid "Invert the sense of matching." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-k*, *--kernel*" +msgstr "*-k*, *--kernel*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:77 +msgid "Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by kernel (see also *--mtab*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:80 +msgid "Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option *-F*) is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:81 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>" +msgid "*-M*, *--mountpoint* _path_" +msgstr "B<-V>,B< --version>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:83 +msgid "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--mtab*" +msgstr "*-m*, *--mtab*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:86 +msgid "Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--tree*). The output may include user space mount options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-N*, *--task* _tid_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:89 +msgid "Use alternative namespace _/proc/<tid>/mountinfo_ rather than the default _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-O*, *--options* _list_" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:95 +msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:99 +msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:101 +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:105 +msgid "Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are not included." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:49 +msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--poll*[_=list_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:111 +msgid "Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:113 +msgid "The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--timeout* or *--first-only* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:115 +msgid "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ACTION*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118 +msgid "mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*OLD-TARGET*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:120 +msgid "available for umount and move actions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:120 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "OPTIONS" +msgid "*OLD-OPTIONS*" +msgstr "옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:122 +msgid "available for umount and remount actions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--pseudo*" +msgstr "*--pseudo*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mount - mount a filesystem" +msgid "Print only pseudo filesystems." +msgstr "mount - 화일 시스템 마운트" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--shadow*" +msgstr "*--shadow*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:128 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:155 +msgid "Print only filesystems over-mounted by another filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-R*, *--submounts*" +msgstr "*-R*, *--submounts*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:131 +msgid "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:134 +msgid "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--real*" +msgstr "*--real*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:137 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mount - mount a filesystem" +msgid "Print only real filesystems." +msgstr "mount - 화일 시스템 마운트" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S*, *--source* _spec_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:140 +msgid "Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, __maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, **PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--fstab*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--fstab*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:143 +msgid "Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--target* _path_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:146 +msgid "Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a strictly specified mountpoint." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:147 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:75 +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *--types* _list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken. (This can be meaningful with the B<-a> option.)" +msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)." +msgstr "콤마로 분리하여 하나 이상의 유형을 명시할 수 있다. 화일 시스템 유형 앞에 B<no> 을 붙이면 아무런 작용도 하지 못하게 만드는 것이다. ( 보통 B<-a> 이라는 옵션을 사용할 때 쓸모있다. )" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--tree*" +msgstr "*--tree*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:152 +msgid "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., _fstab_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--shadowed*" +msgstr "*--shadowed*" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-U*, *--uniq*" +msgstr "*-U*, *--uniq*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:158 +msgid "Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping over-mounted mount points." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:159 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:63 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--notruncate*" +msgstr "*-u*, *--notruncate*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:161 +msgid "Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the *TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This option disables text truncation also in all other columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-v*, *--nofsroot*" +msgstr "*-v*, *--nofsroot*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:164 +msgid "Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs subvolumes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:165 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-w*, *--timeout* _milliseconds_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:167 +msgid "Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in milliseconds." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--verify*" +msgstr "*-x*, *--verify*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:170 +msgid "Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option *--verbose* forces *findmnt* to print more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:173 +msgid "Force *findmnt* to print more information (*--verify* only for now)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--vfs-all*" +msgstr "*--vfs-all*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:176 +msgid "When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS kernel mount options which are normally not listed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:177 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:125 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-y*, *--shell*" +msgstr "*-y*, *--shell*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:179 +msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:187 +msgid "The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for example if no filesystem is found based on the user's filter specification, or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:190 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1607 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LIBMOUNT_FSTAB*=<path>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:192 +msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:193 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all" +msgid "*LIBMOUNT_MTAB*=<path>" +msgstr "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:195 +msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:196 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:156 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1610 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:54 +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:125 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG*=all" +msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG*=all" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:198 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1612 +msgid "enables libmount debug output" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:201 +msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findmnt --fstab -t nfs*" +msgstr "*findmnt --fstab -t nfs*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:209 +msgid "Prints all NFS filesystems defined in _/etc/fstab_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findmnt --fstab /mnt/foo*" +msgstr "*findmnt --fstab /mnt/foo*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:212 +msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/foo*" +msgstr "*findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/foo*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:215 +msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*" +msgstr "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:218 +msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to the real device names." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:219 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:221 +msgid "Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:222 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/foo*" +msgstr "*findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/foo*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:224 +msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on _/mnt/foo_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:225 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/foo*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:227 +msgid "Waits for _/mnt/foo_ unmount." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:228 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:230 +msgid "Monitors remounts to read-only mode on all ext3 filesystems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:239 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*fstab*(5),\n" +"*mount*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*fstab*(5),\n" +"*mount*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "getopt(1)" +msgstr "getopt(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:13 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "parse command options" +msgid "getopt - parse command options (enhanced)" +msgstr "명령행 옵션 분석" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*getopt* _optstring_ _parameters_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _optstring_ _parameters_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] _parameters_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*getopt* is used to break up (_parse_) options in command lines for easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the GNU *getopt*(3) routines to do this.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:27 +msgid "The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:29 +msgid "If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first _parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see the *COMPATIBILITY* section for more information)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:31 +msgid "Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell (usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the *SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, *--alternative*" +msgstr "*-a*, *--alternative*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:36 +msgid "Allow long options to start with a single '*-*'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:37 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" +msgid "*-l*, *--longoptions* _longopts_" +msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:39 +msgid "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>" +msgid "*-n*, *--name* _progname_" +msgstr "B<-V>,B< --version>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:42 +msgid "The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from getopt." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-c>, B<--stdout>, B<--to-stdout>" +msgid "*-o*, *--options* _shortopts_" +msgstr "B<-c>, B<--stdout>, B<--to-stdout>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:45 +msgid "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see the *SCANNING MODES* section for details)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:49 +msgid "Disable error reporting by *getopt*(3)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-Q*, *--quiet-output*" +msgstr "*-Q*, *--quiet-output*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:52 +msgid "Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), unless you also use *-q*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:55 +msgid "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not given, the *BASH* conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--test*" +msgstr "*-T*, *--test*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:58 +msgid "Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--unquoted*" +msgstr "*-u*, *--unquoted*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:61 +msgid "Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) implementations)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PARSING" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:67 +msgid "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of *getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:69 +msgid "The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option parameter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:71 +msgid "A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character if present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:73 +msgid "It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:75 +msgid "A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the *BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:77 +msgid "Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:79 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:68 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OUTPUT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:82 +msgid "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ (_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see *QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain whitespace or special characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:84 +msgid "If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a non-zero error status is returned." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:86 +msgid "For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:88 +msgid "If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be present in the output as a separate parameter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:90 +msgid "For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with short options." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:92 +msgid "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of '*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "QUOTING" +msgstr "따옴표 표시" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:97 +msgid "In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into separate parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:99 +msgid "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is found." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:101 +msgid "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two 'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SCANNING MODES" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:105 +msgid "The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the *SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:108 +msgid "If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as non-option parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:111 +msgid "If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:115 +msgid "This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without any modifications, and with some advantages." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:117 +msgid "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', *getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:120 +msgid "The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and *POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. Usually, though, neither is needed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:122 +msgid "In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short options string are ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:124 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "EXIT CODES" +msgid "RETURN CODES" +msgstr "마침 코드값" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*getopt* returns error code *0* for successful parsing, *1* if *getopt*(3) returns errors, *2* if it does not understand its own parameters, *3* if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and *4* if it is called with *-T*.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{package-docdir}_. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:132 +msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:135 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*" +msgstr "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:137 +msgid "This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE*" +msgstr "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:140 +msgid "Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the *SYNOPSIS*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*getopt*(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This *getopt*(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not present.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:146 +msgid "The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:147 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:144 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AUTHOR" +msgstr "저작자" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:150 +msgid "mailto:frodo@frodo.looijaard.name[Frodo Looijaard]" +msgstr "mailto:frodo@frodo.looijaard.name[Frodo Looijaard]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*bash*(1),\n" +"*tcsh*(1),\n" +"*getopt*(3)\n" +msgstr "" +"*bash*(1),\n" +"*tcsh*(1),\n" +"*getopt*(3)\n" + +# +#. SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT +#. Copyright (C) 2008 - 2012 Julian Andres Klode. See hardlink.c for license. +#. Copyright (C) 2021 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "hardlink(1)" +msgstr "hardlink(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:18 +msgid "hardlink - link multiple copies of a file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hardlink* [options] [_directory_|_file_]...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*hardlink* is a tool that replaces copies of a file with either hardlinks\n" +"or copy-on-write clones, thus saving space.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*hardlink* first creates a binary tree of file sizes and then compares\n" +"the content of files that have the same size. There are two basic content\n" +"comparison methods. The *memcmp* method directly reads data blocks from\n" +"files and compares them. The other method is based on checksums (like SHA256);\n" +"in this case for each data block a checksum is calculated by the Linux kernel\n" +"crypto API, and this checksum is stored in userspace and used for file\n" +"comparisons.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:40 +msgid "For each file also an \"intro\" buffer (32 bytes) is cached. This buffer is used independently from the comparison method and requested cache-size and io-size. The \"intro\" buffer dramatically reduces operations with data content as files are very often different from the beginning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c* *--content*" +msgstr "*-c* *--content*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:47 +msgid "Consider only file content, not attributes, when determining whether two files are equal. Same as *-pot*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>" +msgid "*-b*, *--io-size* _size_" +msgstr "B<-V>,B< --version>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:56 +msgid "The size of the *read*(2) or *sendfile*(2) buffer used when comparing file contents. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB, MiB, etc. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\". The default is 8KiB for memcmp method and 1MiB for the other methods. The only memcmp method uses process memory for the buffer, other methods use zero-copy way and I/O operation is done in the kernel. The size may be altered on the fly to fit a number of cached content checksums." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--respect-dir*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--respect-dir*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:59 +msgid "Only try to link files with the same directory name. The top-level directory (as specified on the hardlink command line) is ignored. For example, *hardlink --respect-dir /foo /bar* will link _/foo/some/file_ with _/bar/some/file_, but not _/bar/other/file_. If combined with *--respect-name*, then entire paths (except the top-level directory) are compared." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--respect-name*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--respect-name*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:62 +msgid "Only try to link files with the same (base)name. It's strongly recommended to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way by other *hardlink* implementations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--include* _regex_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:65 +msgid "A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern are included." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--maximize*" +msgstr "*-m*, *--maximize*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:68 +msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the highest link count." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-M*, *--minimize*" +msgstr "*-M*, *--minimize*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:71 +msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the lowest link count." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--dry-run*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--dry-run*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:74 +msgid "Do not act, just print what would happen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*" +msgstr "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:77 +msgid "Link and compare files even if their owner information (user and group) differs. Results may be unpredictable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*" +msgstr "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:80 +msgid "Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of modification." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*" +msgstr "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:83 +msgid "Link and compare files even if their mode is different. Results may be slightly unpredictable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:86 +msgid "Quiet mode, don't print anything." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--cache-size* _size_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:92 +msgid "The size of the cache for content checksums. All non-memcmp methods calculate checksum for each file content block (see *--io-size*), these checksums are cached for the next comparison. The size is important for large files or a large sets of files of the same size. The default is 10MiB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:95 +msgid "The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S*, *--maximum-size* _size_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:98 +msgid "The maximum size to consider. By default this is 0 and 0 has the special meaning of unlimited. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *--ignore-time*" +msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore-time*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:101 +msgid "Link and compare files even if their time of modification is different. This is usually a good choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:104 +msgid "Verbose output, explain to the user what is being done. If specified once, every hardlinked file is displayed. If specified twice, it also shows every comparison." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:107 +msgid "A regular expression which excludes files from being compared and linked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*" +msgstr "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:110 +msgid "Only try to link files with the same extended attributes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-y*, *--method* _name_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:117 +msgid "Set the file content comparison method. The currently supported methods are sha256, sha1, crc32c and memcmp. The default is sha256, or memcmp if Linux Crypto API is not available. The methods based on checksums are implemented in zero-copy way, in this case file contents are not copied to the userspace and all calculation is done in kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--reflink*[=_when_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:123 +msgid "Create copy-on-write clones (aka reflinks) rather than hardlinks. The reflinked files share only on-disk data, but the file mode and owner can be different. It's recommended to use it with *--ignore-owner* and *--ignore-mode* options. This option implies *--skip-reflinks* to ignore already cloned files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:129 +msgid "The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always*, or *auto*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*, in this case, *hardlink* checks filesystem type and uses reflinks on BTRFS and XFS only, and fallback to hardlinks when creating reflink is impossible. The argument *always* disables filesystem type detection and fallback to hardlinks, in this case, only reflinks are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--skip-reflinks*" +msgstr "*--skip-reflinks*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:132 +msgid "Ignore already cloned files. This option may be used without *--reflink* when creating classic hardlinks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hardlink* takes one or more directories which will be searched for files to be linked.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:141 +msgid "The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no more supported by the current *hardlink*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hardlink* assumes that the trees it operates on do not change during operation. If a tree does change, the result is undefined and potentially dangerous. For example, if a regular file is replaced by a device, *hardlink* may start reading from the device. If a component of a path is replaced by a symbolic link or file permissions change, security may be compromised. Do not run *hardlink* on a changing tree or on a tree controlled by another user.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:147 +msgid "There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode." +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu) +#. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "kill(1)" +msgstr "kill(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "terminate or signal a process" +msgid "kill - terminate a process" +msgstr "프로세스를 종료시킨다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*kill* [**-**_signal_|*-s* _signal_|*-p*] [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*kill* *-l* [_number_] | *-L*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:28 +msgid "The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes or process groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:30 +msgid "If no signal is specified, the *TERM* signal is sent. The default action for this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in preference to the *KILL* signal (number 9), since a process may install a handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a *TERM* signal has been sent, then the *KILL* signal may be used; be aware that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:32 +msgid "Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, are local extensions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:34 +msgid "If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still performed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:38 +msgid "The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_pid_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The I<option-name> can be one of the following:" +msgid "Each _pid_ can be expressed in one of the following ways:" +msgstr "I<옵션-이름>은 다음 중 한 가지이다:" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_n_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43 +msgid "where _n_ is larger than 0. The process with PID _n_ is signaled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45 +msgid "All processes in the current process group are signaled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47 +msgid "All processes with a PID larger than 1 are signaled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**-**__n__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:49 +msgid "where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to send." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:50 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "I<h_name>" +msgid "_name_" +msgstr "I<h_name>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:52 +msgid "All processes invoked using this _name_ will be signaled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:55 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-a>, B<--all>" +msgid "*-s*, *--signal* _signal_" +msgstr "B<-a>, B<--all>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57 +msgid "The signal to send. It may be given as a name or a number." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" +msgid "*-l*, *--list* [_number_]" +msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59 +msgid "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a name. The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-L*, *--table*" +msgstr "*-L*, *--table*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61 +msgid "Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding numbers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63 +msgid "Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the same UID as the present process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:98 +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:77 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:74 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--pid*" +msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65 +msgid "Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any signals." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--require-handler*" +msgstr "*-r*, *--require-handler*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67 +msgid "Do not send the signal if it is not caught in userspace by the signalled process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69 +msgid "Print PID(s) that will be signaled with *kill* along with the signal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" +msgid "*-q*, *--queue* _value_" +msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:71 +msgid "Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of the _siginfo_t_ structure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--timeout* _milliseconds signal_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes *kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no longer exists." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:75 +msgid "Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that used a recycled PID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:77 +msgid "The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be combined with the *--queue* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:79 +msgid "As an example, the following command sends the signals *QUIT*, *TERM* and *KILL* in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the signals:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\\n" +" --signal QUIT 12345\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*kill* has the following exit status values:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:93 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:141 +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:63 +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:80 +msgid "failure" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:95 +msgid "partial success (when more than one process specified)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:99 +msgid "Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of *CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:101 +msgid "Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:106 +msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:108 +msgid "The original version was taken from BSD 4.4." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:117 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*bash*(1),\n" +"*tcsh*(1),\n" +"*sigaction*(2),\n" +"*kill*(2),\n" +"*sigqueue*(3),\n" +"*signal*(7)\n" +msgstr "" +"*bash*(1),\n" +"*tcsh*(1),\n" +"*sigaction*(2),\n" +"*kill*(2),\n" +"*sigqueue*(3),\n" +"*signal*(7)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993 +#. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)logger.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "logger(1)" +msgstr "logger(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "make entries in the system log" +msgid "logger - enter messages into the system log" +msgstr "system log 기록" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*logger* [options] _message_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:54 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "make entries in the system log" +msgid "*logger* makes entries in the system log.\n" +msgstr "system log 기록" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:56 +msgid "When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard input is logged." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--udp*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--udp*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:61 +msgid "Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:174 +msgid "See also *--server* and *--socket* to specify where to connect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--skip-empty*" +msgstr "*-e*, *--skip-empty*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:66 +msgid "Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix (e.g., *<13>*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:69 +msgid "Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined with a command-line message." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*" +msgstr "*-i*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Log the process id of the logger process with each line." +msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line." +msgstr "매 줄마다 logger의 프로세스 ID를 기록한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--id*[**=**__id__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:75 +msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that send several messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:77 +msgid "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are not modified and the problem is silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--journald*[**=**__file__]" +msgstr "*--journald*[**=**__파일__]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:80 +msgid "Write a *systemd* journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a field that is accepted by *journald*; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes finding entries easy. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" logger --journald <<end\n" +" MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n" +" MESSAGE=The dogs bark, but the caravan goes on.\n" +" DOGS=bark\n" +" CARAVAN=goes on\n" +" end\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid " logger --journald=entry.txt\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:93 +msgid "Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:95 +msgid "To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the journal if they appear multiple times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--msgid* _msgid_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:98 +msgid "Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:99 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>" +msgid "*-n*, *--server* _server_" +msgstr "B<-V>,B< --version>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:101 +msgid "Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--no-act*" +msgstr "*--no-act*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:104 +msgid "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the system log, and removing the connection to the journal. This option can be used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--octet-count*" +msgstr "*--octet-count*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:107 +msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also known as octet stuffing) on TCP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:108 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>" +msgid "*-P*, *--port* _port_" +msgstr "B<-V>,B< --version>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:110 +msgid "Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port defaults to *syslog* for udp and to *syslog-conn* for tcp connections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--priority* _priority_" +msgstr "*-p*, *--priority* _우선권_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the message with the specified priority. The priority may be specified numerically or as a ``facility.level'' pair. For example, ``\\-p local3.info'' logs the message(s) as E<.Ar info Ns rmational> level in the E<.Ar local3> facility. The default is ``user.notice.''" +msgid "Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The default is *user.notice*." +msgstr "우선권이 있는 메시지를 지정한다. I<pri>에는 숫자형식으로 오거나, ``facility.level'' 식으로도 올 수 있다. 예를 들어, ``\\-p local3.info'' 옵션은 E<.Ar local3> focility에서 E<.Ar info Ns rmational> 수준으로 메시지가 기록된다. 초기값은 ``user.notice.''" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--prio-prefix*" +msgstr "*--prio-prefix*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:116 +msgid "Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and level=6, becomes *<134>*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:118 +msgid "If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:120 +msgid "This option doesn't affect a command-line message." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--rfc3164*" +msgstr "*--rfc3164*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:123 +msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--rfc5424*[**=**__without__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:126 +msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, *nohost*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:128 +msgid "The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-id timeQuality* is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:130 +msgid "The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:132 +msgid "The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message header." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:134 +msgid "The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--stderr*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--stderr*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:137 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Log the message to standard error, as well as the system log." +msgid "Output the message to standard error as well as to the system log." +msgstr "system log와 같이 메시지를 표준 오류 장치에 기록한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--sd-id* _name_[**@**__digits__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:140 +msgid "Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-standardized IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters *ip*, *enterpriseId*, *software* and *swVersion*) and *meta* (with parameters *sequenceId*, *sysUpTime* and *language*). These element IDs may be specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--sd-param* _name_=_value_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:145 +msgid "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are required and must be escaped on the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123 \\\n" +" --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\" \\\n" +" --sd-param zebra=\"running\" \\\n" +" --sd-id manager@123 \\\n" +" --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\" \\\n" +" \"this is message\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:155 +msgid "produces:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:160 +msgid "Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC 5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:162 +msgid "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not only when *--rfc5424* was used)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:164 +msgid "Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--socket-errors*[**=**__mode__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:167 +msgid "Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of *off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will detect if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made _/dev/log_ can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/log_ will not cause errors that is identical with messaging using *openlog*(3) system call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used *openlog*(3), and hence was unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:169 +msgid "The default mode is *auto*. When errors are not enabled lost messages are not communicated and will result to successful exit status of *logger*(1) invocation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--tcp*" +msgstr "*-T*, *--tcp*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:172 +msgid "Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:175 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-t*, *--tag* _tag_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:177 +msgid "Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on effective user ID)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:178 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-c>, B<--stdout>, B<--to-stdout>" +msgid "*-u*, *--socket* _socket_" +msgstr "B<-c>, B<--stdout>, B<--to-stdout>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:180 +msgid "Write to the specified _socket_ instead of to the system log socket." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--*" +msgstr "*--*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:183 +msgid "End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The E<.Nm logger> utility exits 0 on success, and E<gt>0 if an error occurs." +msgid "The *logger* utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs." +msgstr "E<.Nm logger> 풀그림은 오류 없이 끝나면 0, 오류가 있으면, 0보다 큰 수를 리턴한다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FACILITIES AND LEVELS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:193 +msgid "Valid facility names are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:197 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*auth* +\n" +"*authpriv* for security information of a sensitive nature +\n" +"*cron* +\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*daemon* +\n" +"*ftp* +\n" +"*kern* cannot be generated from userspace process, automatically converted to *user* +\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:212 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*lpr* +\n" +"*mail* +\n" +"*news* +\n" +"*syslog* +\n" +"*user* +\n" +"*uucp* +\n" +"*local0* +\n" +" to +\n" +"*local7* +\n" +"*security* deprecated synonym for *auth*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:214 +msgid "Valid level names are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*emerg* +\n" +"*alert* +\n" +"*crit* +\n" +"*err* +\n" +"*warning* +\n" +"*notice* +\n" +"*info* +\n" +"*debug* +\n" +"*panic* deprecated synonym for *emerg* +\n" +"*error* deprecated synonym for *err* +\n" +"*warn* deprecated synonym for *warning* +\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:228 +msgid "For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, see *syslog*(3)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The E<.Nm logger> command is expected to be E<.St -p1003.2> compatible." +msgid "The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") compatible." +msgstr "E<.Nm logger> 명령은 E<.St -p1003.2> 시스템과 호환되고자 한다." + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "logger System rebooted\n" +msgid "logger System rebooted" +msgstr "logger System rebooted\n" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:238 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "logger \\-p local0.notice \\-t HOSTIDM \\-f /dev/idmc\n" +msgid "logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc" +msgstr "logger \\-p local0.notice \\-t HOSTIDM \\-f /dev/idmc\n" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "logger System rebooted\n" +msgid "logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted" +msgstr "logger System rebooted\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:245 +msgid "The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in 1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*journalctl*(1),\n" +"*syslog*(3),\n" +"*systemd.journal-fields*(7)\n" +msgstr "" +"*journalctl*(1),\n" +"*syslog*(3),\n" +"*systemd.journal-fields*(7)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 +#. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)look.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/14/93 +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "look(1)" +msgstr "look(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:46 +msgid "look - display lines beginning with a given string" +msgstr "look - 주어진 문자열로 시작하는 줄을 나타냅니다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*look* [options] _string_ [_file_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The E<.Nm look> utility displays any lines in E<.Ar file> which contain E<.Ar string> as a prefix. As E<.Nm look> performs a binary search, the lines in E<.Ar file> must be sorted." +msgid "The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_ as a prefix. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that *look* is invoked with)." +msgstr "E<.Nm look> 명령은 E<.Ar file> 에서 E<.Ar string> 으로 시작하는 줄을 찾아 보여준다. 이진파일 검색일 경우에는, E<.Ar file> 안의 각 줄이 먼저 정열되어야한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If E<.Ar file> is not specified, the file E<.Pa /usr/dict/words> is used, only alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters is ignored." +msgid "If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters is ignored." +msgstr "E<.Ar file> 이 지정되지 않으면, E<.Pa /usr/dict/words> 파일을 사용한다. 이 파일은 단지 알파벳 단어만 있으며, 대소문자는 무시된다. (이것은 영문 맞춤법 검사에 유용하게 쓰인다.)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:61 +msgid "Use the alternative dictionary file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--alphanum*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--alphanum*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is specified." +msgstr "영문자만을 검색한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:66 +msgid "Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--ignore-case*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--ignore-case*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters." +msgid "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file is specified." +msgstr "대소문자를 구분하지 않는다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:70 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-t*, *--terminate* _character_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:72 +msgid "Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in _string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are compared." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The E<.Nm look> utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 if no lines were found, and E<gt>1 if an error occurred." +msgid "The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred." +msgstr "E<.Nm look> 명령은 오류 없이 끝나면 0, 오류가 있으면 1보다 큰 수를 리턴하고 마친다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*WORDLIST*" +msgstr "*단어 목록*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:81 +msgid "Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority than the dictionary path defined in the *FILES* segment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/usr/share/dict/words_" +msgstr "_/usr/share/dict/words_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:86 +msgid "the dictionary" +msgstr "사전" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/usr/share/dict/web2_" +msgstr "_/usr/share/dict/web2_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "the dictionary" +msgid "the alternative dictionary" +msgstr "사전" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E<.Nm Look> appeared in Version 7 AT&T Unix." +msgid "The *look* utility appeared in Version 7 AT&T Unix." +msgstr "E<.Nm Look> 명령은 Version 7 AT&T Unix에서 나타났다." + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"sort -d /etc/passwd -o /tmp/look.dict\n" +"look -t: root:foobar /tmp/look.dict\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*grep*(1),\n" +"*sort*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*grep*(1),\n" +"*sort*(1)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "lsblk(8)" +msgstr "lsblk(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:12 +msgid "lsblk - list block devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<fdisk> [options] I<device>" +msgid "*lsblk* [options] [_device_...]\n" +msgstr "B<fdisk> [옵션] I<장치>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lsblk* lists information about all available or the specified block devices. The *lsblk* command reads the *sysfs* filesystem and *udev db* to gather information. If the udev db is not available or *lsblk* is compiled without udev support, then it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are necessary.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:22 +msgid "By default, the command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like format. The same device can be repeated in the tree if it relates to other devices. The *--merge* option is recommended for more complicated setups to gather groups of devices and describe complex N:M relationships." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:24 +msgid "The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in environments where a stable output is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:26 +msgid "Use *lsblk --help* to get a list of all available columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:28 +msgid "Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:30 +msgid "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points associated with the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-A*, *--noempty*" +msgstr "*-A*, *--noempty*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:35 +msgid "Don't print empty devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:38 +msgid "Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-D*, *--discard*" +msgstr "*-D*, *--discard*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:44 +msgid "Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--nodeps*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--nodeps*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:47 +msgid "Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda* prints information about the sda device only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-E*, *--dedup* _column_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:50 +msgid "Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:52 +msgid "The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, for example by *-E WWN*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--exclude* _list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:55 +msgid "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--fs*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--fs*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:58 +msgid "Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE,FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-I*, *--include* _list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:61 +msgid "Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--ascii*" +msgstr "*-i*, *--ascii*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:64 +msgid "Use ASCII characters for tree formatting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:67 +msgid "Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also *--tree* if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:70 +msgid "Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-M*, *--merge*" +msgstr "*-M*, *--merge*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:73 +msgid "Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--perms*" +msgstr "*-m*, *--perms*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:76 +msgid "Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-N*, *--nvme*" +msgstr "*-N*, *--nvme*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:79 +msgid "Output info about NVMe devices only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-v*, *--virtio*" +msgstr "*-v*, *--virtio*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:82 +msgid "Output info about virtio devices only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:88 +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:90 +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-O*, *--output-all*" +msgstr "*-O*, *--output-all*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:96 +msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--paths*" +msgstr "*-p*, *--paths*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:99 +msgid "Print full device paths." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:102 +msgid "Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>) in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S*, *--scsi*" +msgstr "*-S*, *--scsi*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:105 +msgid "Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder devices are ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--inverse*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--inverse*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:108 +msgid "Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested then the lines are still ordered by dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--tree*[**=**__column__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:111 +msgid "Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is printed in the column. The default is NAME column." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *--topology*" +msgstr "*-t*, *--topology*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:114 +msgid "Output info about block-device topology. This option is equivalent to" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:116 +msgid "NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-w*, *--width* _number_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:121 +msgid "Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the *watch*(1) command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--sort* _column_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:124 +msgid "Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:127 +msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-z*, *--zoned*" +msgstr "*-z*, *--zoned*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:130 +msgid "Print the zone related information for each device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:131 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--sysroot* _directory_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:133 +msgid "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:142 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "32" +msgstr "32" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:144 +msgid "none of specified devices found" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:145 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "64" +msgstr "64" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:147 +msgid "some specified devices found, some not found" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LSBLK_DEBUG*=all" +msgstr "*LSBLK_DEBUG*=all" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:152 +msgid "enables *lsblk* debug output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:155 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:130 +msgid "enables *libblkid* debug output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:158 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:127 +msgid "enables *libmount* debug output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:161 +msgid "enables *libsmartcols* debug output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:168 +msgid "For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from the parent device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:170 +msgid "The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with a new enough kernel, check that *CONFIG_SYSFS* was enabled at the time of the kernel build." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:175 +msgid "mailto:gmazyland@gmail.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:gmazyland@gmail.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*ls*(1),\n" +"*blkid*(8),\n" +"*findmnt*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*ls*(1),\n" +"*blkid*(8),\n" +"*findmnt*(8)\n" + +# +#. Copyright 2021 Red Hat, Inc. +#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "lsfd(1)" +msgstr "lsfd(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:18 +msgid "lsfd - list file descriptors" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:22 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Ic options" +msgid "*lsfd* [option]\n" +msgstr "Ic options" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*lsfd* is intended to be a modern replacement for *lsof*(8) on Linux systems.\n" +"Unlike *lsof*, *lsfd* is specialized to Linux kernel; it supports Linux\n" +"specific features like namespaces with simpler code. *lsfd* is not a\n" +"drop-in replacement for *lsof*; they are different in the command line\n" +"interface and output formats.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*lsfd* uses Libsmartcols for output formatting and filtering. See the description of *--output*\n" +"option for customizing the output format, and *--filter* option for filtering. Use *lsfd --help*\n" +"to get a list of all available columns.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--threads*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--threads*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:43 +msgid "List in threads level." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:27 +msgid "Don't print headings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:53 +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. See the *OUTPUT COLUMNS* section for details of available columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:56 +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format +_list_ (e.g., *lsfd -o +DELETED*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File formats" +msgid "Use raw output format." +msgstr "파일 포맷" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:62 +msgid "Don't truncate text in columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pids_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:67 +msgid "Collect information only for specified processes. _pids_ is a list of pids. A comma or whitespaces can be used as separators. You can use this option with *pidof*(1). See *FILTER EXAMPLES*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:72 +msgid "Both *-Q* option with an expression including PID, e.g. -Q (PID == 1), and *-p* option, e.g. -p 1, may print the same output but using *-p* option is much more efficient because *-p* option works at a much earlier stage of processing than the *-Q* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*[4|6], *--inet*[=4|6]" +msgstr "*-i*[4|6], *--inet*[=4|6]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:75 +msgid "List only IPv4 sockets and/or IPv6 sockets." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-Q*, *--filter* _expr_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:79 +msgid "Print only the files matching the condition represented by the _expr_. See also *FILTER EXAMPLES*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-C*, *--counter* __label__:__filter_expr__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:86 +msgid "Define a custom counter used in *--summary* output. *lsfd* makes a counter named _label_. During collect information, *lsfd* counts files matching _filter_expr_, and stores the counted number to the counter named _label_. *lsfd* applies filters defined with *--filter* options before counting; files excluded by the filters are not counted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:90 +msgid "See *FILTER EXPRESSION* about _filter_expr_. _label_ should not include `{` nor `:`. You can define multiple counters by specifying this option multiple times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:92 +msgid "See also *COUNTER EXAMPLES*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:93 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--summary*[=_when_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:97 +msgid "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can be *only*, *append* or *never*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *only*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:102 +msgid "The summary reports counters. A counter consists of a label and an integer value. *--counter* is the option for defining a counter. If a user defines no counter, *lsfd* uses the definitions of pre-defined built-in counters (default counters) to make the summary output." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:104 +msgid "CAUTION{colon} Using *--summary* and *--json* may make the output broken. Only combining *--summary*=*only* and *--json* is valid." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--debug-filter*" +msgstr "*--debug-filter*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:109 +msgid "Dump the internal data structure for the filter and exit. This is useful only for *lsfd* developers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--dump-counters*" +msgstr "*--dump-counters*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:112 +msgid "Dump the definition of counters used in *--summary* output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:115 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "COLUMN" +msgid "OUTPUT COLUMNS" +msgstr "COLUMN" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:118 +msgid "Each column has a type. Types are surround by < and >." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:122 +msgid "CAUTION{colon} The names and types of columns are not stable yet. They may be changed in the future releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AINODECLASS <``string``>" +msgstr "AINODECLASS <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:125 +msgid "Class of anonymous inode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASSOC <``string``>" +msgstr "ASSOC <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:128 +msgid "Association between file and process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BLKDRV <``string``>" +msgstr "BLKDRV <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:131 +msgid "Block device driver name resolved by `/proc/devices`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "CHRDRV <``string``>" +msgstr "CHRDRV <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:134 +msgid "Character device driver name resolved by `/proc/devices`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COMMAND <``string``>" +msgstr "COMMAND <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:137 +msgid "Command of the process opening the file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DELETED <``boolean``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I</etc/mtab> table of mounted file systems" +msgid "Reachability from the file system." +msgstr "I</etc/mtab> 마운트된 화일 시스템에 대한 테입르" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEV <``string``>" +msgstr "DEV <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:143 +msgid "ID of the device containing the file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEVTYPE <``string``>" +msgstr "DEVTYPE <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:146 +msgid "Device type (`blk`, `char`, or `nodev`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ENDPOINT <``string``>" +msgstr "ENDPOINT <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:151 +msgid "IPC endpoints information communicated with the fd. The format of the column depends on the object associated with the fd:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FIFO type" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:154 +msgid "_PID_,_COMMAND_,_ASSOC_[-r][-w]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:157 +msgid "The last characters ([-r][-w]) represents the read and/or write mode of the endpoint." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*lsfd* collects endpoints within the processes that\n" +"*lsfd* scans; *lsfd* may miss some endpoints\n" +"if you limits the processes with *-p* option.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FD <``number``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:165 +msgid "File descriptor for the file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FLAGS <``string``>" +msgstr "FLAGS <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:168 +msgid "Flags specified when opening the file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:169 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "FUID <``number``>" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# last.1.po (manpages-l10n) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"B<->I<num>\n" +"#-#-#-#-# more.1.po (manpages-l10n) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"I<number>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:171 +msgid "User ID number of the file's owner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:172 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INET.LADDR <``string``>" +msgstr "INET.LADDR <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:174 +msgid "Local IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:175 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INET.RADDR <``string``>" +msgstr "INET.RADDR <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:177 +msgid "Remote IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INET6.LADDR <``string``>" +msgstr "INET6.LADDR <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:180 +msgid "Local IP6 address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INET6.RADDR <``string``>" +msgstr "INET6.RADDR <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:183 +msgid "Remote IP6 address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INODE <``number``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:186 +msgid "Inode number." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "KNAME <``string``>" +msgstr "KNAME <``문자열``>" + +# +# +# +# +#. It seems that the manpage backend of asciidoctor has limitations +#. about emitting text with nested face specifications like: +#. `_u_` p +#. Not only u but also p is decorated with underline. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:198 +msgid "Raw file name extracted from from ``/proc/``_pid_``/fd/``_fd_ or ``/proc/``_pid_``/map_files/``_region_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:199 +#, no-wrap +msgid "KTHREAD <``boolean``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:201 +msgid "Whether the process is a kernel thread or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MAJ:MIN <``string``>" +msgstr "MAJ:MIN <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:204 +msgid "Device ID for special, or ID of device containing file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MAPLEN <``number``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:207 +msgid "Length of file mapping (in page)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:208 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MISCDEV <``string``>" +msgstr "MISCDEV <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:210 +msgid "Misc character device name resolved by `/proc/misc`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MNTID <``number``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:213 +msgid "Mount ID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MODE <``string``>" +msgstr "MODE <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:216 +msgid "Access mode (rwx)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NAME <``string``>" +msgstr "NAME <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:219 +msgid "Cooked version of KNAME. It is mostly same as KNAME." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:221 +msgid "Some files have special formats and information sources:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:222 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NETLINK" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:224 +msgid "protocol=_NETLINK.PROTOCOL_[ lport=_NETLINK.LPORT_[ group=_NETLINK.GROUPS_]]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:225 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKET" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:227 +msgid "type=_SOCK.TYPE_[ protocol=_PACKET.PROTOCOL_][ iface=_PACKET.IFACE_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:228 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pidfd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:230 +msgid "pid=_TARGET-PID_ comm=_TARGET-COMMAND_ nspid=_TARGET-NSPIDS_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:233 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*lsfd* extracts _TARGET-PID_ and _TARGET-NSPIDS_ from\n" +"``/proc/``_pid_``/fdinfo/``_fd_.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PING" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:236 +msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PINGv6" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:239 +msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET6.RADDR_]]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "RAW" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:242 +msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:243 +#, no-wrap +msgid "RAWv6" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:245 +msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET6.RADDR_]]]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TCPv6" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:249 +msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ laddr=_TCP.LADDR_ [ raddr=_TCP.RADDR_]]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UDPv6" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:253 +msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ laddr=_UDP.LADDR_ [ raddr=_UDP.RADDR_]]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lsfd* hides ``raddr=`` if _UDP.RADDR_ is ``0.0.0.0`` and _UDP.RPORT_ is 0.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UDP-LITE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UDPLITEv6" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:259 +msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ laddr=_UDPLITE.LADDR_ [ raddr=_UDPLITE.RADDR_]]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:260 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UNIX-STREAM" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:262 +msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ path=_UNIX.PATH_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:263 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UNIX" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:265 +msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ path=_UNIX.PATH_] type=_SOCK.TYPE_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:266 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NETLINK.GROUPS <``number``>>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:268 +msgid "Netlink multicast groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:269 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NETLINK.LPORT <``number``>>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:271 +msgid "Netlink local port id." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:272 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NETLINK.PROTOCOL <``string``>>" +msgstr "NETLINK.PROTOCOL <``문자열``>>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:274 +msgid "Netlink protocol." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NLINK <``number``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:277 +msgid "Link count." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:278 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NS.NAME <``string``>" +msgstr "NS.NAME <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:280 +msgid "Name (_NS.TYPE_:[_INODE_]) of the namespace specified with the file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NS.TYPE <``string``>" +msgstr "NS.TYPE <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:285 +msgid "Type of the namespace specified with the file. The type is `mnt`, `cgroup`, `uts`, `ipc`, `user`, `pid`, `net`, `time`, or `unknown`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:286 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OWNER <``string``>" +msgstr "OWNER <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:288 +msgid "Owner of the file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:289 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKET.IFACE <``string``>" +msgstr "PACKET.IFACE <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:291 +msgid "Interface name associated with the packet socket." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:292 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PACKET.PROTOCOL <``string``>" +msgstr "PACKET.PROTOCOL <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:294 +msgid "L3 protocol associated with the packet socket." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:295 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PARTITION <``string``>" +msgstr "PARTITION <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:297 +msgid "Block device name resolved by `/proc/partition`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:298 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "PID <``number``>" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# last.1.po (manpages-l10n) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"B<->I<num>\n" +"#-#-#-#-# more.1.po (manpages-l10n) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"I<number>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Log the process id of the logger process with each line." +msgid "PID of the process opening the file." +msgstr "매 줄마다 logger의 프로세스 ID를 기록한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:301 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PIDFD.COMM <``string``>" +msgstr "PIDFD.COMM <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:303 +msgid "Command of the process targeted by the pidfd." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PIDFD.NSPID <``string``>" +msgstr "PIDFD.NSPID <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:306 +msgid "Value of NSpid field in ``/proc/``_pid_``/fdinfo/``_fd_ of the pidfd." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:308 +msgid "Quoted from kernel/fork.c of Linux source tree:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:314 +msgid "If pid namespaces are supported then this function will also print the pid of a given pidfd refers to for all descendant pid namespaces starting from the current pid namespace of the instance, i.e. the Pid field and the first entry in the NSpid field will be identical." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:318 +msgid "Note that this differs from the Pid and NSpid fields in /proc/<pid>/status where Pid and NSpid are always shown relative to the pid namespace of the procfs instance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:320 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PIDFD.PID <``number``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:322 +msgid "PID of the process targeted by the pidfd." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:323 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PING.ID <`number`>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:325 +msgid "ICMP echo request id used on the PING socket." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "POS <``number``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:328 +msgid "File position." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:329 +#, no-wrap +msgid "RAW.PROTOCOL <``number``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:331 +msgid "Protocol number of the raw socket." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "RDEV <``string``>" +msgstr "RDEV <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:334 +msgid "Device ID (if special file)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:335 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "SIZE <``number``>" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# last.1.po (manpages-l10n) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"B<->I<num>\n" +"#-#-#-#-# more.1.po (manpages-l10n) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"I<number>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:337 +msgid "File size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:338 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SOCK.LISTENING <``boolean``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:340 +msgid "Listening socket." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:341 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SOCK.NETS <``number``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:343 +msgid "Inode identifying network namespace where the socket belongs to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:344 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SOCK.PROTONAME <``string``>" +msgstr "SOCK.PROTONAME <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:346 +msgid "Protocol name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:347 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SOCK.STATE <``string``>" +msgstr "SOCK.STATE <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:349 +msgid "State of socket." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:350 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SOCK.TYPE <``string``>" +msgstr "SOCK.TYPE <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:353 +msgid "Type of socket. Here type means the second parameter of socket system call:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:355 +msgid "stream" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:356 +msgid "dgram" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:357 +msgid "raw" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:358 +msgid "rdm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:359 +msgid "seqpacket" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:360 +msgid "dccp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:361 +msgid "packet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SOURCE <``string``>" +msgstr "SOURCE <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:364 +msgid "File system, partition, or device containing the file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:365 +#, no-wrap +msgid "STTYPE <``string``>" +msgstr "STTYPE <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:367 +msgid "Raw file types returned from *stat*(2): BLK, CHR, DIR, FIFO, LINK, REG, SOCK, or UNKN." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:368 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TCP.LADDR <``string``>" +msgstr "TCP.LADDR <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:370 +msgid "Local L3 (INET.LADDR or INET6.LADDR) address and local TCP port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:371 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TCP.LPORT <``integer``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:373 +msgid "Local TCP port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:374 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TCP.RADDR <``string``>" +msgstr "TCP.RADDR <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:376 +msgid "Remote L3 (INET.RADDR or INET6.RADDR) address and remote TCP port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:377 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TCP.RPORT <``integer``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:379 +msgid "Remote TCP port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:380 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "TID <``number``>" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# last.1.po (manpages-l10n) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"B<->I<num>\n" +"#-#-#-#-# more.1.po (manpages-l10n) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"I<number>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:382 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Log the process id of the logger process with each line." +msgid "Thread ID of the process opening the file." +msgstr "매 줄마다 logger의 프로세스 ID를 기록한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:383 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TYPE <``string``>" +msgstr "TYPE <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:387 +msgid "Cooked version of STTYPE. It is same as STTYPE with exceptions. For SOCK, print the value for SOCK.PROTONAME. For UNKN, print the value for AINODECLASS if SOURCE is anon_inodefs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:388 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UDP.LADDR <``string``>" +msgstr "UDP.LADDR <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:390 +msgid "Local IP address and local UDP port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:391 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UDP.LPORT <``integer``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:393 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:405 +msgid "Local UDP port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:394 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UDP.RADDR <``string``>" +msgstr "UDP.RADDR <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:396 +msgid "Remote IP address and remote UDP port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:397 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UDP.RPORT <``integer``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:399 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:411 +msgid "Remote UDP port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:400 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UDPLITE.LADDR <``string``>" +msgstr "UDPLITE.LADDR <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:402 +msgid "Local IP address and local UDPLite port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:403 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UDPLITE.LPORT <``integer``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:406 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UDPLITE.RADDR <``string``>" +msgstr "UDPLITE.RADDR <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:408 +msgid "Remote IP address and remote UDPLite port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:409 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UDPLITE.RPORT <``integer``>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:412 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "UID <``number``>" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# last.1.po (manpages-l10n) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"B<->I<num>\n" +"#-#-#-#-# more.1.po (manpages-l10n) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"I<number>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:414 +msgid "User ID number." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:415 +#, no-wrap +msgid "UNIX.PATH <``string``>" +msgstr "UNIX.PATH <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:417 +msgid "Filesystem pathname for UNIX domain socket." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:418 +#, no-wrap +msgid "USER <``string``>" +msgstr "USER <``문자열``>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:420 +msgid "User of the process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:421 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILTER EXPRESSION" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:426 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*lsfd* evaluates the expression passed to *--filter* option every time\n" +"before printing a file line. *lsfd* prints the line only if the result\n" +"of evaluation is `true`.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:432 +msgid "An expression consists of column names, literals and, operators like: `DELETED`, `(PID == 1)`, `(NAME == \"/etc/passwd\")`, `(PID == 1) && DELETED`. `DELETED`, `PID`, and `NAME` are column names in the example. `1` and \"/etc/passwd\" are literals. `==` and `&&` are operators." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:440 +msgid "Before evaluation, *lsfd* substitutes column names in the given expression with actual column values in the line. There are three different data types: `boolean`, `string`, and `number`. For columns with a `boolean` type, the value can be stand-alone. For `string` and `number` values, the value must be an operand of an operator, for example, `(PID == 1)`. See *OUTPUT COLUMNS* about the types of columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:443 +msgid "Literal is for representing a value directly. See BOOLLIT, STRLIT, and NUMLIT. Different data types have different literal syntax." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:447 +msgid "An operator works with one or two operand(s). An operator has an expectation about the data type(s) of its operands. Giving an unexpected data type to an operator causes a syntax error." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:451 +msgid "Operators taking two operands are `and`, `or`, `eq`, `ne`, `le`, `lt`, `ge`, `gt`, `=~`, `!~`. Alphabetically named operators have C-language flavored aliases: `&&`, `||`, `==`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>=`, and `>`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:453 +msgid "`!` is the only operator that takes one operand." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:456 +msgid "`eq`, `ne`, and their aliases expect operands have the same data type. Applying these operators return a `boolean`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:459 +msgid "`and`, `or`, `not` and their aliases expect operands have `boolean` data type. Applying these operators return a `boolean`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:462 +msgid "`lt`, `le`, `gt`, `ge`, and their aliases expect operands have `number` data types. Applying these operators return a `boolean`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:467 +msgid "`=~` is for regular expression matching; if a string at the right side matches a regular expression at the left side, the result is true. The right side operand must be a string literal. See STRLIT about the syntax." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:470 +msgid "`!~` is a short-hand version of `not (STR =~ PAT)`; it inverts the result of `=~`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:471 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Limitations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:476 +msgid "The current implementation does not define precedences within operators. Use `(` and `)` explicitly for grouping the sub-expressions if your expression uses more than two operators." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:479 +msgid "About `number` typed values, the filter engine supports only non-negative integers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:480 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Semi-formal syntax" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, translate only the <``variables``>. +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:483 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXPR " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:484 +msgid "BOOLEXP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:485 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BOOLEXP0 " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:486 +msgid "COLUMN <``boolean``> | BOOLLIT | _(_ BOOLEXP _)_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:487 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BOOLEXP " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:488 +msgid "BOOLEXP0 | BOOLOP1 | BOOLOP2 | BOOLOP2BL | BOOLOP2CMP | BOOLOP2REG" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:489 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "COLUMN" +msgid "COLUMN " +msgstr "COLUMN" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:490 +msgid "[\\_A-Za-z][-_:A-Za-z0-9]*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:491 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BOOLOP1 " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:492 +msgid "_!_ BOOLEXP0 | _not_ BOOLEXP0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:493 +#, no-wrap +msgid "STREXP " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:494 +msgid "COLUMN <``string``> | STRLIT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:495 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NUMEXP " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:496 +msgid "COLUMN <``number``> | NUMLIT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:497 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BOOLLIT " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:498 +msgid "_true_ | _false_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:499 +#, no-wrap +msgid "CHARS " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:500 +msgid "( [^\\] | _\\\\_ | _\\'_ | _\\\"_ )*" +msgstr "( [^\\] | _\\\\_ | _\\'_ | _\\\"_ )*" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:501 +#, no-wrap +msgid "STRLIT " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:502 +msgid "_'_ CHARS _'_ | _\"_ CHARS _\"_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:503 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NUMLIT " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:504 +msgid "[1-9][0-9]* | _0_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:505 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BOOLOP2 " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:506 +msgid "STREXP OP2 STREXP | NUMEXP OP2 NUMEXP | BOOLEXP0 OP2 BOOLEXP0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OP2 " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:508 +msgid "_==_ | _eq_ | _!=_ | _ne_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:509 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BOOLOP2BL " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:510 +msgid "BOOLEXP0 OP2BL BOOLEXP0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:511 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OP2BL " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:512 +msgid "_&&_ | _and_ | _||_ | _or_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:513 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BOOLOP2CMP " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:514 +msgid "NUMEXP OP2CMP NUMEXP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:515 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OP2CMP " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:516 +msgid "_<_ | _lt_ | _\\<=_ | _le_ | _>_ | _gt_ | _>=_ | _ge_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:517 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BOOLOP2REG " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:518 +msgid "STREXP OP2REG STRLIT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "OP2REG " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:520 +msgid "_=~_ | _!~_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:521 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgid "FILTER EXAMPLES" +msgstr "폐제" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:526 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*lsfd* has few options for filtering. In most of cases, what you should\n" +"know is *-Q* (or *--filter*) option. Combined with *-o* (or\n" +"*--output*) option, you can customize the output as you want.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, don't forget to add whitespace at the end! +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:528 +#, no-wrap +msgid "List files associated with PID 1 and PID 2 processes: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:531 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) or (PID == 2)'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:533 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:558 +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:568 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do the same in an alternative way: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:536 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) || (PID == 2)'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:538 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do the same in a more efficient way: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:541 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd --pid 1,2\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:543 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Whitescapes can be used instead of a comma: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:546 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd --pid '1 2'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:548 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Utilize *pidof*(1) for list the files associated with \"firefox\": " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:551 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd --pid \"$(pidof firefox)\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:553 +#, no-wrap +msgid "List the 1st file descriptor opened by PID 1 process: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:556 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) and (FD == 1)'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:561 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) && (FD == 1)'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:563 +#, no-wrap +msgid "List all running executables: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:566 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -Q 'ASSOC == \"exe\"'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -Q 'ASSOC eq \"exe\"'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:573 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do the same but print only file names: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:576 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -o NAME -Q 'ASSOC eq \"exe\"' | sort -u\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:578 +#, no-wrap +msgid "List deleted files associated to processes: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:581 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DELETED'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:583 +#, no-wrap +msgid "List non-regular files: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:586 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE != \"REG\"'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:588 +#, no-wrap +msgid "List block devices: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:591 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DEVTYPE == \"blk\"'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:593 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do the same with TYPE column: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:596 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE == \"BLK\"'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:598 +#, no-wrap +msgid "List files including \"dconf\" directory in their names: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:601 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -Q 'NAME =~ \".\\*/dconf/.*\"'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:603 +#, no-wrap +msgid "List files opened in a QEMU virtual machine: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:606 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -Q '(COMMAND =~ \".\\*qemu.*\") and (FD >= 0)'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:608 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hide files associated to kernel threads: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:611 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# lsfd -Q '!KTHREAD'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:613 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgid "COUNTER EXAMPLES" +msgstr "폐제" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:615 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Report the numbers of netlink socket descriptors and unix socket descriptors: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:623 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# lsfd --summary=only \\\n" +"\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n" +"\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n" +"VALUE COUNTER\n" +" 57 netlink sockets\n" +" 1552 unix sockets\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:625 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do the same but print in JSON format: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:641 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# lsfd --summary=only --json \\\n" +"\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n" +"\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n" +"{\n" +" \"lsfd-summary\": [\n" +" {\n" +"\t \"value\": 15,\n" +"\t \"counter\": \"netlink sockets\"\n" +" },{\n" +"\t \"value\": 798,\n" +"\t \"counter\": \"unix sockets\"\n" +" }\n" +" ]\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:647 +msgid "The *lsfd* command is part of the util-linux package since v2.38." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:652 +msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:660 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*lsof*(8)\n" +"*pidof*(1)\n" +"*proc*(5)\n" +"*socket*(2)\n" +"*stat*(2)\n" +msgstr "" +"*lsof*(8)\n" +"*pidof*(1)\n" +"*proc*(5)\n" +"*socket*(2)\n" +"*stat*(2)\n" + +#. Man page for the lslocks command. +#. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org> +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu) +#. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "lslocks(8)" +msgstr "lslocks(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:23 +msgid "lslocks - list local system locks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lslocks* [options]\n" +msgstr "*lslocks* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lslocks* lists information about all the currently held file locks in a Linux system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:33 +msgid "Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these locks are not associated with any process (PID is -1). OFD locks are associated with the open file description on which they are acquired. This lock type is available since Linux 3.15, see *fcntl*(2) for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--noinaccessible*" +msgstr "*-i*, *--noinaccessible*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:41 +msgid "Ignore lock files which are inaccessible for the current user." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:52 +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:59 +msgid "Display only the locks held by the process with this _pid_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:61 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:54 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File formats" +msgid "Use the raw output format." +msgstr "파일 포맷" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:66 +msgid "Do not truncate text in columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:70 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "COMMANDS" +msgid "COMMAND" +msgstr "명령" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:72 +msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:75 +msgid "The process ID of the process which holds the lock or -1 for OFDLCK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TYPE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:78 +msgid "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK (created with *fcntl*(2))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SIZE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:81 +msgid "Size of the locked file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MODE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:84 +msgid "The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:85 +#, no-wrap +msgid "M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:87 +msgid "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "START" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:90 +msgid "Relative byte offset of the lock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "END" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:93 +msgid "Ending offset of the lock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PATH" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:96 +msgid "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get the full path." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BLOCKER" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Log the process id of the logger process with each line." +msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock." +msgstr "매 줄마다 logger의 프로세스 ID를 기록한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:103 +msgid "The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since 2001." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:107 +msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" +msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*flock*(1),\n" +"*fcntl*(2),\n" +"*lockf*(3)\n" +msgstr "" +"*flock*(1),\n" +"*fcntl*(2),\n" +"*lockf*(3)\n" + +#. mcookie.1 -- +#. Public Domain 1995 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:4 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mcookie(1)" +msgstr "mcookie(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:14 +msgid "mcookie - generate magic cookies for xauth" +msgstr "mcookie - xauth를 위한 magic cookies를 생성한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mcookie* [options]\n" +msgstr "*mcookie* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:22 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mcookie> generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the X authority system. Typical usage:" +msgid "*mcookie* generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the X authority system. Typical usage:\n" +msgstr "B<mcookie> 명령은 X authority system에서 사용하기 위해 128비트 무작위 16진수를 생성한다. 전형적으로 다음과 같은 명령형식으로 사용된다." + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*xauth add :0 . `mcookie`*\n" +msgstr "*xauth add :0 . `mcookie`*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:28 +msgid "The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this preference order. See also the option *--file*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:33 +msgid "Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--max-size* _number_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:36 +msgid "Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be used when reading additional randomness from a file or device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:38 +msgid "The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:41 +msgid "Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each source." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:47 +msgid "_/dev/urandom_" +msgstr "_/dev/urandom_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:49 +msgid "_/dev/random_" +msgstr "_/dev/random_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:53 +msgid "It is assumed that none of the randomness sources will block." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*md5sum*(1),\n" +"*X*(7),\n" +"*xauth*(1),\n" +"*rand*(3)\n" +msgstr "" +"*md5sum*(1),\n" +"*X*(7),\n" +"*xauth*(1),\n" +"*rand*(3)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "namei(1)" +msgstr "namei(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:12 +msgid "namei - follow a pathname until a terminal point is found" +msgstr "namei - 터미날 포인트가 발견되기 전까지 경로이름을 보여준다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<namei> I<[-mx]> I<pathname> I<[ pathname ... ]>" +msgid "*namei* [options] _pathname_...\n" +msgstr "B<namei> I<[-mx]> I<경로이름> I<[ 경로이름 ... ]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:20 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "I<Namei> uses its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file (symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). I<Namei> then follows each pathname until a terminal point is found (a file, directory, char device, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, we show the link, and start following it, indenting the output to show the context." +msgid "*namei* interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file (symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). *namei* then follows each pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts following it, indenting the output to show the context.\n" +msgstr "I<경로이름>에 사용될 인자는 유닉스 파일의 어떠한 형태 (심블릭 링크, 일반 파일, 경로, 기타등등)도 사용될 수 있다. 그러면, B<namei>는 그 I<경로이름>에 관련된 모든 파일을 보여준다. 만약 심블릭 링크가 발견되면, 그 해당 링크한 원본 파일에 대해서도 들여쓰기를 해서, 그 정보를 모두 보여준다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:22 +msgid "This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" problems." +msgstr "이 프로그램은 \"과도한 수의 심볼릭 링크\" 문제를 찾는데 도움을 줍니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "For each line output, I<namei> outputs a the following characters to identify the file types found:" +msgid "For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify the file type found:" +msgstr "출력되는 각 줄의 처음에는 그 파일의 형태를 알리는 문자를 표시하는데, 그것은 다음과 같다." + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:35 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| " f: = the pathname we are currently trying to resolve\n" +#| " d = directory\n" +#| " l = symbolic link (both the link and it's contents are output)\n" +#| " s = socket\n" +#| " b = block device\n" +#| " c = character device\n" +#| " - = regular file\n" +#| " ? = an error of some kind\n" +msgid "" +" f: = the pathname currently being resolved\n" +" d = directory\n" +" l = symbolic link (both the link and its contents are output)\n" +" s = socket\n" +" b = block device\n" +" c = character device\n" +" p = FIFO (named pipe)\n" +" - = regular file\n" +" ? = an error of some kind\n" +msgstr "" +" f: = 입력된 I<경로이름>\n" +" d = 경로\n" +" l = 심블릭 링크 (링크 대상이 된 파일은 다음에 들여쓰기로 보여준다.)\n" +" s = 소켓\n" +" b = 블럭 장치\n" +" c = 캐릭터 장치\n" +" - = 일반 파일\n" +" ? = 알 수 없는 파일\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:38 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "I<Namei> prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic links this system can have has been exceeded." +msgid "*namei* prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic links this system can have has been exceeded.\n" +msgstr "I<Namei> 명령은 현재 시스템에서 처리될 수 있는 최대 심블릭 갯수(다중 심블릭)에 대한 유용한 정보를 제공한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--long*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--long*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:43 +msgid "Use the long listing format (same as *-m -o -v*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--modes*" +msgstr "*-m*, *--modes*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:46 +msgid "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example 'rwxr-xr-x'." +msgstr "*ls*(1)에서 각 파일의 형식을 모드 비트로 보여주는데, 예를 들면 'rwxr-xr-x'가 있습니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--nosymlinks*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--nosymlinks*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:49 +msgid "Don't follow symlinks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *--owners*" +msgstr "*-o*, *--owners*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:52 +msgid "Show owner and group name of each file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:55 +msgid "Vertically align the modes and owners." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--mountpoints*" +msgstr "*-x*, *--mountpoints*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:58 +msgid "Show mountpoint directories with a 'D' rather than a 'd'." +msgstr "마운트 된 파일시스템의 경로에 대해서는 'd' 대신 'D'를 표시한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:62 +msgid "Show security context of the file or \"?\" if not available. The support for security contexts is optional and does not have to be compiled to the *namei* binary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:68 +msgid "To be discovered." +msgstr "있을지도 모름." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:72 +msgid "The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.com[Roger Southwick]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:74 +msgid "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*ls*(1),\n" +"*stat*(1),\n" +"*symlink*(7)\n" +msgstr "" +"*ls*(1),\n" +"*stat*(1),\n" +"*symlink*(7)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pipesz(1)" +msgstr "pipesz(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:12 +msgid "pipesz - set or examine pipe and FIFO buffer sizes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*pipesz* [options] [--set _size_] [--] [_command_ [argument] ...]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*pipesz* [options] --get\n" +msgstr "*pipesz* [옵션] --get\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:22 +msgid "Pipes and FIFOs maintain an internal buffer used to transfer data between the read end and the write end. In some cases, the default size of this internal buffer may not be appropriate. This program provides facilities to set and examine the size of these buffers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:24 +msgid "The *--set* operation sets pipe buffer sizes. If it is specified, it must be specified with an explicit _size_. Otherwise, it is implied and the size is read from */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*. The kernel may adjust _size_ as described in *fcntl*(2). To determine the actual buffer sizes set, use the *--verbose* option. If neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, *--set* acts on standard output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:26 +msgid "The *--set* operation permits an optional _command_ to execute after setting the pipe buffer sizes. This command is executed with the adjusted pipes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:28 +msgid "The *--get* operation outputs data in a tabular format. The first column is the name of the pipe as passed to *pipesz*. File descriptors are named as \"fd _N_\". The second column is the size, in bytes, of the pipe's internal buffer. The third column is the number of unread bytes currently in the pipe. The columns are separated by tabs ('\\t', ASCII 09h). If *--verbose* is specified, a descriptive header is also emitted. If neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, *--get* acts on standard input." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:30 +msgid "Unless the *--check* option is specified, *pipesz* does _not_ exit if it encounters an error while manipulating a file or file descriptor. This allows *pipesz* to be used generically without fear of disrupting the execution of pipelines should the type of certain files be later changed. For minimal disruption, the *--quiet* option prevents warnings from being emitted in these cases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:32 +msgid "The kernel imposes limits on the amount of pipe buffer space unprivileged processes can use, though see *BUGS* below. The kernel will also refuse to shrink a pipe buffer if this would cause a loss of buffered data. See *pipe*(7) for additional details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*pipesz* supports specifying multiple short options consecutively, in the usual *getopt*(3) fashion. The first non-option argument is interpreted as _command_. If _command_ might begin with '-', use '--' to separate it from arguments to *pipesz*. In shell scripts, it is good practice to use '--' when parameter expansion is involved. *pipesz* itself does not read from standard input and does not write to standard output unless *--get*, *--help*, or *--version* are specified.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-g*, *--get*" +msgstr "*-g*, *--get*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:39 +msgid "Report the size of pipe buffers to standard output and exit. As a special behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, standard input is examined. It is an error to specify this option in combination with *--set*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--set* _size_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:42 +msgid "Set the size of the pipe buffers, in bytes. This option may be suffixed by _K_, _M_, _G_, _KiB_, _MiB_, or _GiB_ to indicate multiples of 1024. Fractional values are supported in this case. Additional suffixes are supported but are unlikely to be useful. If this option is not specified, a default value is used, as described above. If this option is specified multiple times, a warning is emitted and only the last-specified _size_ is used. As a special behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, standard output is adjusted. It is an error to specify this option in combination with *--get*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--file* _path_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:45 +msgid "Set the buffer size of the FIFO or pipe at _path_, relative to the current working directory. You may specify this option multiple times to affect different files, and you may do so in combination with *--fd*. Generally, this option is used with FIFOs, but it will also operate on anonymous pipes such as those found in */proc/PID/fd*. Changes to the buffer size of FIFOs are not preserved across system restarts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--fd* _fd_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:48 +msgid "Set the buffer size of the pipe or FIFO passed to *pipesz* as the specified file descriptor number. You may specify this option multiple times to affect different file descriptors, and you may do so in combination with *--file*. Shorthand options are provided for the common cases of fd 0 (stdin), fd 1 (stdout), and fd 2 (stderr). These should suffice in most cases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--stdin*" +msgstr "*-i*, *--stdin*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:51 +msgid "Shorthand for *--fd 0*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *--stdout*" +msgstr "*-o*, *--stdout*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:54 +msgid "Shorthand for *--fd 1*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--stderr*" +msgstr "*-e*, *--stderr*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:57 +msgid "Shorthand for *--fd 2*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:60 +msgid "Exit, without executing _command_, in case of any error while manipulating a file or file descriptor. The default behavior if this is not specified is to emit a warning to standard error and continue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:63 +msgid "Do not diagnose non-fatal errors to standard error. This option does not affect the normal output of *--get*, *--verbose*, *--help*, or *--version*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:66 +msgid "If specified with *--get*, *pipesz* will emit a descriptive header above the table. Otherwise, if specified, *pipesz* will print the actual buffer sizes set by the kernel to standard error." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*pipesz* *dd* if=_file_ bs=1M | ..." +msgstr "*pipesz* *dd* if=_파일_ bs=1M | ..." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Runs *dd*(1) with an expanded standard output pipe, allowing it to avoid context switches when piping around large blocks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*pipesz* -s1M -cf _/run/my-service.fifo_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:76 +msgid "Sets the pipe buffer size of a service FIFO to 1,048,576 bytes. If the buffer size could not be set, *pipesz* exits with an error." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*echo* hello | *pipesz* -g" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:79 +msgid "Prints the size of pipe used by the shell to pass input to *pipesz*. Since *pipesz* does not read standard input, it may also report 6 unread bytes in the pipe, depending on relative timings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*find* /proc/_PID_/fd -exec *pipesz* -gqf '{}' ';'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:82 +msgid "Prints the size and number of unread bytes of all pipes in use by _PID_. If some pipes are routinely full, *pipesz* might be able to mitigate a processing bottleneck." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:86 +msgid "Linux supports adjusting the size of pipe buffers since kernel 2.6.35. This release also introduced */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:88 +msgid "This program uses *fcntl*(2) *F_GETPIPE_SZ*/*F_SETPIPE_SZ* to get and set pipe buffer sizes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:90 +msgid "This program uses *ioctl*(2) *FIONREAD* to report the amount of unread data in pipes. If for some reason this fails, the amount of unread data is reported as 0." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:94 +msgid "Before Linux 4.9, some bugs affect how certain resource limits are enforced when setting pipe buffer sizes. See *pipe*(7) for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:98 +msgid "mailto:nwsharp@live.com[Nathan Sharp]" +msgstr "mailto:nwsharp@live.com[Nathan Sharp]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*pipe*(7)\n" +msgstr "*pipe*(7)\n" + +#. Written by Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl) +#. Placed in the public domain +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:4 +#, no-wrap +msgid "rename(1)" +msgstr "rename(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:14 +msgid "rename - rename files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*rename* [options] _expression replacement file_...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*rename* will rename the specified files by replacing the first occurrence of _expression_ in their name by _replacement_.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--symlink*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--symlink*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:27 +msgid "Do not rename a symlink but change where it points." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:30 +msgid "Show which files were renamed, if any." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:33 +msgid "Do not make any changes; add *--verbose* to see what would be made." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:36 +msgid "Replace all occurrences of _expression_ rather than only the first one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--last*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--last*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:39 +msgid "Replace the last occurrence of _expression_ rather than the first one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *--no-overwrite*" +msgstr "*-o*, *--no-overwrite*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:42 +msgid "Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*" +msgstr "*-i*, *--interactive*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:45 +msgid "Ask before overwriting existing files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:51 +msgid "The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options *--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the command, unless you truly know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EDGE CASES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:55 +msgid "If the _expression_ is empty, then by default _replacement_ will be added to the start of the filename. With *--all*, _replacement_ will be inserted in between every two characters of the filename, as well as at the start and end." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:57 +msgid "Normally, only the final path component of a filename is updated. (Or with *--symlink*, only the final path component of the link.) But if either _expression_ or _replacement_ contains a _/_, the full path is updated. This can cause a file to be moved between folders. Creating folders, and moving files between filesystems, is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:61 +msgid "As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To set cbreak mode, run for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sh -c 'stty -icanon min 1; \"$0\" \"$@\"; stty icanon' rename -i from to files\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:70 +msgid "all requested rename operations were successful" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:73 +msgid "all rename operations failed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:76 +msgid "some rename operations failed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:79 +msgid "nothing was renamed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred." +msgid "unanticipated error occurred" +msgstr "오류 발생." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:86 +msgid "Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"rename foo foo00 foo?\n" +"rename foo foo0 foo??\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:93 +msgid "will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "rename .htm .html *.htm\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:99 +msgid "will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for shortening:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "rename '_with_long_name' '' file_with_long_name.*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:105 +msgid "will remove the substring in the filenames." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mv*(1)\n" +msgstr "*mv*(1)\n" + +#. Copyright 2007 by Theodore Ts'o. All Rights Reserved. +#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "uuidd(8)" +msgstr "uuidd(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:16 +msgid "uuidd - UUID generation daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uuidd* [options]\n" +msgstr "*uuidd* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:24 +msgid "The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-C*, *--cont-clock* _opt_arg_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:29 +msgid "Activate continuous clock handling for time based UUIDs. *uuidd* could use all possible clock values, beginning with the daemon's start time. The optional argument can be used to set a value for the max_clock_offset. This gurantees, that a clock value of a UUID will always be within the range of the max_clock_offset. '-C' or '--cont-clock' enables the feature with a default max_clock_offset of 2 hours. '-C<NUM>[hd]' or '--cont-clock=<NUM>[hd]' enables the feature with a max_clock_offset of NUM seconds. In case of an appended h or d, the NUM value is read in hours or days. The minimum value is 60 seconds, the maximum value is 365 days." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:30 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--debug*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--debug*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:32 +msgid "Run *uuidd* in debugging mode. This prevents *uuidd* from running as a daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:62 +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:131 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-F*, *--no-fork*" +msgstr "*-F*, *--no-fork*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:35 +msgid "Do not daemonize using a double-fork." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-k*, *--kill*" +msgstr "*-k*, *--kill*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:38 +msgid "If currently a uuidd daemon is running, kill it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--uuids* _number_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:41 +msgid "When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of _number_ UUIDs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-P*, *--no-pid*" +msgstr "*-P*, *--no-pid*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:44 +msgid "Do not create a pid file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _path_" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:47 +msgid "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:51 +msgid "Suppress some failure messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:52 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--random*" +msgstr "*-r*, *--random*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:54 +msgid "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a random-based UUID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S*, *--socket-activation*" +msgstr "*-S*, *--socket-activation*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:57 +msgid "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--socket* _path_" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:60 +msgid "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* library." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--timeout* _number_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:64 +msgid "Make *uuidd* exit after _number_ seconds of inactivity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:34 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *--time*" +msgstr "*-t*, *--time*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:67 +msgid "Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a time-based UUID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:73 +msgid "Start up a daemon, print 42 random keys, and then stop the daemon:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n" +"uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n" +"uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:83 +msgid "The *uuidd* daemon was written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuidgen*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*uuid*(3),\n" +"*uuidgen*(1)\n" + +#. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca) +#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "uuidgen(1)" +msgstr "uuidgen(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:16 +msgid "uuidgen - create a new UUID value" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uuidgen* [options]\n" +msgstr "*uuidgen* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:24 +msgid "The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:26 +msgid "There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--random* or *--time* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:28 +msgid "The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The _name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:33 +msgid "Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality random number generator, such as _/dev/random_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:36 +msgid "Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--md5*" +msgstr "*-m*, *--md5*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:41 +msgid "Use MD5 as the hash algorithm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--sha1*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--sha1*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:44 +msgid "Use SHA1 as the hash algorithm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--namespace* _namespace_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:47 +msgid "Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or '@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name (see above)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-N*, *--name* _name_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:50 +msgid "Generate the hash of the _name_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--hex*" +msgstr "*-x*, *--hex*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:53 +msgid "Interpret name _name_ as a hexadecimal string." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:57 +msgid "OSF DCE 1.1" +msgstr "OSF DCE 1.1" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:61 +msgid "uuidgen --sha1 --namespace @dns --name \"www.example.com\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uuidgen* was written by Andreas Dilger for *libuuid*(3).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*uuidparse*(1),\n" +"*libuuid*(3),\n" +"link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n" +msgstr "" +"*uuidparse*(1),\n" +"*libuuid*(3),\n" +"link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2017 Sami Kerola +#. The 3-Clause BSD License +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:4 +#, no-wrap +msgid "uuidparse(1)" +msgstr "uuidparse(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:14 +msgid "uuidparse - a utility to parse unique identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:18 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "*uuidparse* [options] _uuid_\n" +msgstr "*uuidparse* [옵션] _uuid_\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:22 +msgid "This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Variants" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|NCS |Network Computing System identifier. These were the original UUIDs.\n" +"|DCE |The Open Software Foundation's (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment UUIDs.\n" +"|Microsoft |Microsoft Windows platform globally unique identifier (GUID).\n" +"|other |Unknown variant. Usually invalid input data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|nil |Special type for zero in type file.\n" +"|time-based |The DCE time based.\n" +"|DCE |The DCE time and MAC Address.\n" +"|name-based |RFC 4122 md5sum hash.\n" +"|random |RFC 4122 random.\n" +"|sha1-based |RFC 4122 sha-1 hash.\n" +"|unknown |Unknown type. Usually invalid input data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *--output*" +msgstr "*-o*, *--output*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:67 +msgid "mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]" +msgstr "mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*uuidgen*(1),\n" +"*libuuid*(3),\n" +"https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n" +msgstr "" +"*uuidgen*(1),\n" +"*libuuid*(3),\n" +"https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "waitpid(1)" +msgstr "waitpid(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:12 +msgid "waitpid - utility to wait for arbitrary processes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*waitpid* [-v] [*--timeout*|*-t* _seconds_] pid...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*waitpid* is a simple command to wait for arbitrary non-child processes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:23 +msgid "It exits after all processes whose PIDs have been passed as arguments have exited." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Be verbose." +msgid "Be more verbose." +msgstr "장황한 모드." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:31 +msgid "Maximum wait time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--exited*" +msgstr "*-e*, *--exited*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:34 +msgid "Don't error on already exited PIDs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--count* _count_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:37 +msgid "Number of process exits to wait for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*waitpid* has the following exit status values:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:50 +msgid "system does not provide necessary functionality" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:52 +msgid "timeout expired" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:56 +msgid "mailto:thomas@t-8ch.de[Thomas WeiÃschuh]" +msgstr "mailto:thomas@t-8ch.de[Thomas Weißschuh]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*waitpid*(2) *wait*(1P)\n" +msgstr "*waitpid*(2) *wait*(1P)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California. +#. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)whereis.1 from UCB 4.2 +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "whereis(1)" +msgstr "whereis(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:46 +msgid "whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command" +msgstr "whereis - 명령의 실행 파일, 소스, 매뉴얼 페이지가 어디 있는지 보여준다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:50 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<whereis> [ B<-bmsu> ] [ B<-BMS> I<directory>.\\|.\\|. B<-f> ] I<filename>\\| \\&.\\|.\\|." +msgid "*whereis* [options] [*-BMS* _directory_... *-f*] _name_...\n" +msgstr "B<whereis> [ B<-bmsu> ] [ B<-BMS> I<경로>.\\|.\\|. B<-f> ] I<파일이름>\\| \\&.\\|.\\|." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:54 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<whereis> locates source/binary and manuals sections for specified files. The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext,> for example, B<.c>. Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with. B<whereis> then attempts to locate the desired program in a list of standard Linux places." +msgid "*whereis* locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified command names. The supplied names are *first stripped of leading pathname components*. Prefixes of *s.* resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with. *whereis* then attempts to locate the desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by *$PATH* and *$MANPATH*.\n" +msgstr "B<whereis> 명령은 지정한 I<파일이름>의 실행파일, 소스, 매뉴얼 페이지가 어디 있는지 알려준다. 지정할 I<파일이름>에는 확장자가 사용될 수 있다. 이때, `.c', `.1' 이런 소스 파일과 매뉴얼 페이지 확장자가 사용될 수 있는데, 이러면 특별히 지정하지 않으면 그 실행파일까지도 찾아준다. 이때 B<whereis> 명령은 따로 특별히 찾을 경로를 지정하지 않으면, 다음 경로를 바탕으로 찾는다:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:56 +msgid "The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search restriction resets the search mask. For example," +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*whereis -bm ls tr -m gcc*\n" +msgstr "*whereis -bm ls tr -m gcc*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:62 +msgid "searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man pages only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:64 +msgid "The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ patterns. For example," +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*whereis -m ls -M /usr/share/man/man1 -f cal*\n" +msgstr "*whereis -m ls -M /usr/share/man/man1 -f cal*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:70 +msgid "searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the _/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-b*" +msgstr "*-b*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search only for binaries." +msgid "Search for binaries." +msgstr "실행 파일만 찾는다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:76 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*" +msgstr "*-m*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search only for manual sections." +msgid "Search for manuals." +msgstr "매뉴얼 페이지만 찾는다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search only for sources." +msgid "Search for sources." +msgstr "소스만 찾는다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*" +msgstr "*-u*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search for unusual entries. A file is said to be unusual if it does not have one entry of each requested type. Thus `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -u\\ \\ *>' asks for those files in the current directory which have no documentation." +msgid "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one." +msgstr "일반적이지 않은 항목을 위한 찾기. 이 옵션은 일반적으로 특정 파일을 제외하는데 사용된다. 즉, `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -u\\ \\ *>' 명령은 현재 경로에서 메뉴얼 페이지가 없는 파일을 조사한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:85 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-B* _list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:87 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change or otherwise limit the places where B<whereis> searches for binaries." +msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-separated list of directories." +msgstr "실행 파일을 찾을 경로를 지정한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-M* _list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change or otherwise limit the places where B<whereis> searches for sources." +msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories." +msgstr "소스 파일을 찾을 경로를 지정한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S* _list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change or otherwise limit the places where B<whereis> searches for sources." +msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-separated list of directories." +msgstr "소스 파일을 찾을 경로를 지정한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminate the last directory list and signals the start of file names, and I<must> be used when any of the B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> options are used." +msgid "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used." +msgstr "경로 지정이 끝나고 다음에 오는 것은 찾을 파일 이름을 알리는 옵션이다. 이 옵션은 B<-B>, B<-M>, B<-S> 옵션들이 사용될 때에 사용해야 한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:99 +msgid "Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded paths that the command was able to find on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-g*" +msgstr "*-g*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:102 +msgid "Interpret the next names as a *glob(7)* patterns. *whereis* always compares only filenames (aka basename) and never complete path. Using directory names in the pattern has no effect. Donât forget that the shell interprets the pattern when specified on the command line without quotes. Itâs necessary to use quotes for the _name_, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid " whereis -g 'find*'\n" +msgstr " whereis -g 'find*'\n" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILE SEARCH PATHS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:111 +msgid "By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of *$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*WHEREIS_DEBUG*=all" +msgstr "*WHEREIS_DEBUG*=all" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Find all files in B</usr/bin> which are not documented in B</usr/man/man1> with source in B</usr/src>:" +msgid "To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ or have no source in _/usr/src_:" +msgstr "B</usr/bin> 경로 안에 있지만, B</usr/man/man1> 경로 안에 그 해당 매뉴얼이 없고, B</usr/src> 경로 안에 그 해당 소스가 없는 모든 파일을 찾는 예제는:" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*cd /usr/bin* +\n" +"*whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n" +msgstr "" +"*cd /usr/bin* +\n" +"*whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n" + +#. Copyright 2009 by Karel Zak. All Rights Reserved. +#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. +#. type: Title = +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:4 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wipefs(8)" +msgstr "wipefs(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:14 +msgid "wipefs - wipe a signature from a device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:18 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<fdisk> [options] I<device>" +msgid "*wipefs* [options] _device_...\n" +msgstr "B<fdisk> [옵션] I<장치>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-o* _offset device_...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-a* _device_...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*wipefs* can erase filesystem, raid or partition-table signatures (magic strings) from the specified _device_ to make the signatures invisible for libblkid. *wipefs* does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data from the device.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:29 +msgid "When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*wipefs* calls the *BLKRRPART* ioctl when it has erased a partition-table signature to inform the kernel about the change. The ioctl is called as the last step and when all specified signatures from all specified devices are already erased. This feature can be used to wipe content on partitions devices as well as partition table on a disk device, for example by *wipefs -a /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdc*.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:33 +msgid "Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since v2.31) lists all the offset where a magic strings have been detected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:35 +msgid "When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for *libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:37 +msgid "Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:42 +msgid "Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be restricted with the *-t* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:45 +msgid "Create a signature backup to the file _$HOME/wipefs-<devname>-<offset>.bak_. For more details see the *EXAMPLE* section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:48 +msgid "Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order to erase a partition-table signature on a block device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:54 +msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--noheadings*" +msgstr "*-i*, *--noheadings*" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:58 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o>,B< --output >I<list>" +msgid "*-O*, *--output* _list_" +msgstr "B<-o>,B< --output >I<목록>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:63 +msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the *write*(2) call." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:66 +msgid "Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:68 +msgid "The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--parsable*" +msgstr "*-p*, *--parsable*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:71 +msgid "Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by '\\x'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:74 +msgid "Suppress any messages after a successful signature wipe." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken. (This can be meaningful with the B<-a> option.)" +msgid "Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)." +msgstr "콤마로 분리하여 하나 이상의 유형을 명시할 수 있다. 화일 시스템 유형 앞에 B<no> 을 붙이면 아무런 작용도 하지 못하게 만드는 것이다. ( 보통 B<-a> 이라는 옵션을 사용할 때 쓸모있다. )" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:84 +msgid "enables *libblkid*(3) debug output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*wipefs /dev/sda**" +msgstr "*wipefs /dev/sda**" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:92 +msgid "Prints information about sda and all partitions on sda." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*" +msgstr "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:95 +msgid "Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-<offset>.bak_ for each signature." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$\\((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*" +msgstr "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$\\((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:98 +msgid "Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak_." +msgstr "" + +# +# +# +# +# +#. chrt(1) manpage +#. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love +#. Copyright (C) 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, +#. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +#. document formatting or typesetting system, including +#. intermediate and printed output. +#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +#. type: Title = +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "chrt(1)" +msgstr "chrt(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:37 +msgid "chrt - manipulate the real-time attributes of a process" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chrt* [options] _priority command argument_ ...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chrt* [options] *-p* [_priority_] _PID_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chrt* sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "POLICIES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *--other*" +msgstr "*-o*, *--other*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:52 +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is the default Linux scheduling policy." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--fifo*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--fifo*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:55 +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_FIFO* (first in-first out)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--rr*" +msgstr "*-r*, *--rr*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:58 +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-b*, *--batch*" +msgstr "*-b*, *--batch*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:61 +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to zero." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--idle*" +msgstr "*-i*, *--idle*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:64 +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set to zero." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--deadline*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--deadline*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:67 +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be specified. See *sched*(7) for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:68 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "GLOBAL OPTIONS" +msgid "SCHEDULING OPTIONS" +msgstr "전체 옵션" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--sched-runtime* _nanoseconds_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:72 +msgid "Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-P*, *--sched-period* _nanoseconds_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:75 +msgid "Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-D*, *--sched-deadline* _nanoseconds_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:78 +msgid "Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:79 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-R*, *--reset-on-fork*" +msgstr "*-R*, *--reset-on-fork*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:81 +msgid "Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.31." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:83 +msgid "Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child processes created by *fork*(2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:85 +msgid "More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules apply for subsequently created children:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:87 +msgid "If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:89 +msgid "If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to zero in child processes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:92 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:71 +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, *--all-tasks*" +msgstr "*-a*, *--all-tasks*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:94 +msgid "Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--max*" +msgstr "*-m*, *--max*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:97 +msgid "Show minimum and maximum valid priorities, then exit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:100 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:79 +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:76 +msgid "Operate on an existing PID and do not launch a new task." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:103 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:85 +msgid "Show status information." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:109 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command{colon}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chrt* _priority_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You can also retrieve the real-time attributes of an existing task{colon}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:117 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chrt -p* _PID_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:119 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Or set them{colon}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chrt -r -p* _priority PID_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This, for example, sets real-time scheduling to priority _30_ for the process _PID_ with the *SCHED_RR* (round-robin) class{colon}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chrt -r -p 30* _PID_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Reset priorities to default for a process{colon}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chrt -o -p 0* _PID_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:132 +msgid "See *sched*(7) for a detailed discussion of the different scheduler classes and how they interact." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:133 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:104 +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PERMISSIONS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:136 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:109 +msgid "A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:140 +msgid "Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:142 +msgid "Linux' default scheduling policy is *SCHED_OTHER*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:147 +msgid "mailto:rml@tech9.net[Robert Love], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:rml@tech9.net[Robert Love], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:154 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*nice*(1),\n" +"*renice*(1),\n" +"*taskset*(1),\n" +"*sched*(7)\n" +msgstr "" +"*nice*(1),\n" +"*renice*(1),\n" +"*taskset*(1),\n" +"*sched*(7)\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:156 +msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ionice(1)" +msgstr "ionice(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:13 +msgid "ionice - set or get process I/O scheduling class and priority" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-p* _PID_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-P* _PGID_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-u* _UID_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] _command_ [argument] ...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:27 +msgid "This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:29 +msgid "When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:31 +msgid "As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Idle*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:34 +msgid "A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Best-effort*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:37 +msgid "This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from _0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:39 +msgid "Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:42 +msgid "For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before kernel 2.6.26)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Realtime*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:45 +msgid "The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, 8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--class* _class_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:50 +msgid "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--classdata* _level_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:53 +msgid "Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data (priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:56 +msgid "Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-P*, *--pgid* _PGID_..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:59 +msgid "Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *--ignore*" +msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:62 +msgid "Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--uid* _UID_..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:65 +msgid "Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:71 +msgid "Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the CFQ I/O scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:75 +msgid "# *ionice* -c 3 -p 89" +msgstr "# *ionice* -c 3 -p 89" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:77 +msgid "Sets process with PID 89 as an idle I/O process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:79 +msgid "# *ionice* -c 2 -n 0 bash" +msgstr "# *ionice* -c 2 -n 0 bash" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:81 +msgid "Runs 'bash' as a best-effort program with highest priority." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:83 +msgid "# *ionice* -p 89 91" +msgstr "# *ionice* -p 89 91" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:85 +msgid "Prints the class and priority of the processes with PID 89 and 91." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:90 +msgid "mailto:jens@axboe.dk[Jens Axboe], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:jens@axboe.dk[Jens Axboe], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ioprio_set*(2)\n" +msgstr "*ioprio_set*(2)\n" + +# +# +# +# +#. taskset(1) manpage +#. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love +#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, +#. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +#. document formatting or typesetting system, including +#. intermediate and printed output. +#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +#. type: Title = +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "taskset(1)" +msgstr "taskset(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:36 +msgid "taskset - set or retrieve a process's CPU affinity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*taskset* [options] _mask command_ [_argument_...]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*taskset* [options] *-p* [_mask_] _pid_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful only in certain applications. The affinity of some processes like kernel per-CPU threads cannot be set.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:48 +msgid "The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--cpu-list* option. For example," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*0x00000001*" +msgstr "*0x00000001*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:51 +msgid "is processor #0," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*0x00000003*" +msgstr "*0x00000003*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:54 +msgid "is processors #0 and #1," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*FFFFFFFF*" +msgstr "*FFFFFFFF*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:57 +msgid "is processors #0 through #31," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*0x32*" +msgstr "*0x32*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:60 +msgid "is processors #1, #4, and #5," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--cpu-list 0-2,6*" +msgstr "*--cpu-list 0-2,6*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:63 +msgid "is processors #0, #1, #2, and #6." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--cpu-list 0-10:2*" +msgstr "*--cpu-list 0-10:2*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:66 +msgid "is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:68 +msgid "When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been scheduled to a legal CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-list*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--cpu-list*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:76 +msgid "Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: *0,5,8-11*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:82 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "USAGE" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:85 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command with a given affinity mask{colon}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*taskset* _mask_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You can also retrieve the CPU affinity of an existing task{colon}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*taskset -p* _pid_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Or set it{colon}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*taskset -p* _mask pid_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "When a cpu-list is specified for an existing process, the *-p* and *-c* options must be grouped together{colon}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*taskset -pc* _cpu-list pid_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The *--cpu-list* form is applicable only for launching new commands{colon}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*taskset --cpu-list* _cpu-list command_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:107 +msgid "A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-getting mode as long as the provided PID exists.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-setting mode as long as the underlying *sched_setaffinity*(2) system call does. The success of the command does not guarantee that the specified thread has actually migrated to the indicated CPU(s), but only that the thread will not migrate to a CPU outside the new affinity mask. For example, the affinity of the kernel thread kswapd can be set, but the thread may not immediately migrate and is not guaranteed to ever do so:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"$ ps ax -o comm,psr,pid | grep kswapd +\n" +"kswapd0 4 82 +\n" +"$ sudo taskset -p 1 82 +\n" +"pid 82's current affinity mask: 1 +\n" +"pid 82's new affinity mask: 1 +\n" +"$ echo $? +\n" +"0 +\n" +"$ ps ax -o comm,psr,pid | grep kswapd +\n" +"kswapd0 4 82 +\n" +"$ taskset -p 82 +\n" +"pid 82's current affinity mask: 1 +\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:127 +msgid "In contrast, when the user specifies an illegal affinity, taskset will print an error and return 1:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"$ ps ax -o comm,psr,pid | grep ksoftirqd/0 +\n" +"ksoftirqd/0 0 14 +\n" +"$ sudo taskset -p 1 14 +\n" +"pid 14's current affinity mask: 1 +\n" +"taskset: failed to set pid 14's affinity: Invalid argument +\n" +"$ echo $? +\n" +"1 +\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:139 +msgid "Written by Robert M. Love." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:140 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:72 +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:126 +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:66 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COPYRIGHT" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:144 +msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*chrt*(1),\n" +"*nice*(1),\n" +"*renice*(1),\n" +"*sched_getaffinity*(2),\n" +"*sched_setaffinity*(2)\n" +msgstr "" +"*chrt*(1),\n" +"*nice*(1),\n" +"*renice*(1),\n" +"*sched_getaffinity*(2),\n" +"*sched_setaffinity*(2)\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:154 +msgid "See *sched*(7) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme." +msgstr "" + +# +# +# +# +# +#. uclampset(1) manpage +#. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Qais Yousef <qais.yousef@arm.com> +#. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Arm Ltd +#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License, +#. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +#. document formatting or typesetting system, including +#. intermediate and printed output. +#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +#. type: Title = +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "uclampset(1)" +msgstr "uclampset(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:38 +msgid "uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or a process" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max] _command argument_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max_] *-p* _PID_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uclampset* sets or retrieves the utilization clamping attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:50 +msgid "Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be operating at." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:52 +msgid "The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other cpufreq governors support." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:54 +msgid "If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:56 +msgid "Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the actual utilization of the task is at max." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:58 +msgid "Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:60 +msgid "By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:62 +msgid "The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to reset to system's default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:67 +msgid "Set _util_min_ value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:70 +msgid "Set _util_max_ value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--system*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--system*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:79 +msgid "Set or retrieve the system-wide utilization clamping attributes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:82 +msgid "Set *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uclampset* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You can also retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of an existing task{colon}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_ _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Or control the system-wide attributes{colon}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uclampset -s* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:113 +msgid "The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the _allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and _uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp values for their task across the full range [0:1024]." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:115 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "For example:" +msgid "For example{colon}" +msgstr "예를 들어:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:117 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uclampset -s* `-m 512` `-M 700`\n" +msgstr "*uclampset -s* `-m 512` `-M 700`\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:119 +msgid "will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the maximum performance of the system to 700." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:121 +msgid "Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:125 +msgid "mailto:qais.yousef@arm.com[Qais Yousef]" +msgstr "mailto:qais.yousef@arm.com[Qais Yousef]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:134 +msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "adjtime_config(5)" +msgstr "adjtime_config(5)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:12 +msgid "adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:16 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:53 +msgid "_/etc/adjtime_" +msgstr "_/etc/adjtime_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:20 +msgid "The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by *hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:22 +msgid "The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or *rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file is missing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:24 +msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections from *hwclock*(8) man page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:26 +msgid "The _adjtime_ file is formatted in ASCII." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "First line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:30 +msgid "Three numbers, separated by blanks:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*drift factor*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:33 +msgid "the systematic drift rate in seconds per day (floating point decimal)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*last adjust time*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:36 +msgid "the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration (decimal integer)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*adjustment status*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:39 +msgid "zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Second line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*last calibration time*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:44 +msgid "The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal integer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Third line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*clock mode*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:49 +msgid "Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*hwclock*(8),\n" +"*rtcwake*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*hwclock*(8),\n" +"*rtcwake*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "blkdiscard(8)" +msgstr "blkdiscard(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:12 +msgid "blkdiscard - discard sectors on a device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkdiscard* [options] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _device_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkdiscard* is used to discard device sectors. This is useful for solid-state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage. Unlike *fstrim*(8), this command is used directly on the block device.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:22 +msgid "By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:24 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:22 +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:22 +msgid "The _device_ argument is the pathname of the block device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*WARNING: All data in the discarded region on the device will be lost!*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:30 +msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:33 +msgid "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode (*O_EXCL*) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:36 +msgid "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:39 +msgid "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--step* _length_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:42 +msgid "The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to discard all by one ioctl call." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:45 +msgid "Suppress warning messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--secure*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--secure*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:48 +msgid "Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-z*, *--zeroout*" +msgstr "*-z*, *--zeroout*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:51 +msgid "Zero-fill rather than discard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:54 +msgid "Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option is specified, it prints the discard progress every second." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkdiscard* has the following exit status values:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:66 +msgid "failure; incorrect invocation, permissions or any other generic error" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:69 +msgid "failure; since v2.39, the device does not support discard operation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:90 +msgid "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fstrim*(8)\n" +msgstr "*fstrim*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "blkzone(8)" +msgstr "blkzone(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:12 +msgid "blkzone - run zone command on a device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkzone* _command_ [options] _device_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkzone* is used to run zone command on device that support the Zoned Block Commands (ZBC) or Zoned-device ATA Commands (ZAC). The zones to operate on can be specified using the offset, count and length options.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "report" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:28 +msgid "The command *blkzone report* is used to report device zone information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:30 +msgid "By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:32 +msgid "Report output:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|start |Zone start sector\n" +"|len |Zone length in number of sectors\n" +"|cap |Zone capacity in number of sectors\n" +"|wptr |Zone write pointer position\n" +"|reset |Reset write pointer recommended\n" +"|non-seq |Non-sequential write resources active\n" +"|cond |Zone condition\n" +"|type |Zone type\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:45 +msgid "Zone conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|cl |Closed\n" +"|nw |Not write pointer\n" +"|em |Empty\n" +"|fu |Full\n" +"|oe |Explicitly opened\n" +"|oi |Implicitly opened\n" +"|ol |Offline\n" +"|ro |Read only\n" +"|x? |Reserved conditions (should not be reported)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "capacity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:61 +msgid "The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:63 +msgid "By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:64 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<--reset>" +msgid "reset" +msgstr "B<--reset>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:67 +msgid "The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike *sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a range of zones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "open" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:71 +msgid "The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer and can open a range of zones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "close" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:75 +msgid "The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and can close a range of zones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "finish" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:79 +msgid "The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:81 +msgid "By default, the *reset*, *open*, *close* and *finish* commands will operate from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be used to modify this behavior as explained below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:85 +msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:86 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o>,B< --offset >I<offset>" +msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _sector_" +msgstr "B<-o>,B< --offset >I<오프셋>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:88 +msgid "The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value is zero." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--length* _sectors_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:91 +msgid "The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--count*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:94 +msgid "The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--length*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:97 +msgid "Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:100 +msgid "Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors reset." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:107 +msgid "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n" +msgstr "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "blkpr(8)" +msgstr "blkpr(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:12 +msgid "blkpr - run persistent reservations command on a device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<fdisk> [options] I<device>" +msgid "*blkpr* [options] _device_\n" +msgstr "B<fdisk> [옵션] I<장치>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blkpr* is used to run persistent reservations command on device that supports Persistent Reservations feature.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:56 +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:69 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-Q>, B<--no-warn>" +msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_" +msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--no-warn>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:28 +msgid "The command of persistent reservations, supported commands are *register*, *reserve*, *release*, *preempt*, *preempt-abort*, and *clear*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-k*, *--key* _key_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:31 +msgid "The key the command should operate on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-K*, *--oldkey* _oldkey_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:34 +msgid "The old key the command should operate on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--flag* _flag_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:37 +msgid "Supported flag is *ignore-key*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:41 +msgid "Supported types are *write-exclusive*, *exclusive-access*, *write-exclusive-reg-only*, *exclusive-access-reg-only*, *write-exclusive-all-regs*, and *exclusive-access-all-regs*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:51 +msgid "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[zhenwei pi]" +msgstr "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[zhenwei pi]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sg_persist*(8)\n" +msgstr "*sg_persist*(8)\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:59 +msgid "Linux documentation at: <https://docs.kernel.org/block/pr.html> iSCSI specification at: <https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3720> NVMe-oF specification at: <https://nvmexpress.org/nvme-over-fabrics-part-two/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "chcpu(8)" +msgstr "chcpu(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:12 +msgid "chcpu - configure CPUs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chcpu* *-c*|*-d*|*-e*|*-g* _cpu-list_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chcpu* *-p* _mode_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chcpu* *-r*|*-h*|*-V*\n" +msgstr "*chcpu* *-r*|*-h*|*-V*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chcpu* can modify the state of CPUs. It can enable or disable CPUs, scan for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching _mode_ of the underlying hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return CPUs to the hypervisor (deconfigure).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:26 +msgid "Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--configure* _cpu-list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:31 +msgid "Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on which your kernel runs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--disable* _cpu-list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:34 +msgid "Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it offline." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--enable* _cpu-list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:37 +msgid "Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-g*, *--deconfigure* _cpu-list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:40 +msgid "Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-d*, before it can be deconfigured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--dispatch* _mode_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:43 +msgid "Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. Available _modes_ are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*horizontal*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:46 +msgid "The workload is spread across all available CPUs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<vertical tab>" +msgid "*vertical*" +msgstr "B<수직 탭>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:49 +msgid "The workload is concentrated on few CPUs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--rescan*" +msgstr "*-r*, *--rescan*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:52 +msgid "Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly attached CPUs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chcpu* has the following exit status values:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:66 +msgid "partial success" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:71 +msgid "mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]" +msgstr "mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:75 +msgid "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lscpu*(1)\n" +msgstr "*lscpu*(1)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "chmem(8)" +msgstr "chmem(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:12 +msgid "chmem - configure memory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chmem* [*-h] [*-V*] [*-v*] [*-e*|*-d*] [_SIZE_|_RANGE_ *-b* _BLOCKRANGE_] [*-z* _ZONE_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:20 +msgid "The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:22 +msgid "Specify _SIZE_ as <size>[m|M|g|G]. With m or M, <size> specifies the memory size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, <size> specifies the memory size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:24 +msgid "Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x<start>-0x<end> as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <start> is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and <end> is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:26 +msgid "Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form <first>-<last> or <block> as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <first> is the number of the first memory block and <last> is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--blocks* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:28 +msgid "Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the *lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:30 +msgid "_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:32 +msgid "Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or offline instead of the requested amount." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:34 +msgid "When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory block numbers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-b*, *--blocks*" +msgstr "*-b*, *--blocks*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:39 +msgid "Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* and *--disable* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--disable*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--disable*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:42 +msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory offline." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--enable*" +msgstr "*-e*, *--enable*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:45 +msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-z*, *--zone*" +msgstr "*-z*, *--zone*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:48 +msgid "Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set online to the zone Movable, if possible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:51 +msgid "Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about it's progress." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chmem* has the following exit status values:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chmem --enable 1024*" +msgstr "*chmem --enable 1024*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:71 +msgid "This command requests 1024 MiB of memory to be set online." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chmem -e 2g*" +msgstr "*chmem -e 2g*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:74 +msgid "This command requests 2 GiB of memory to be set online." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:77 +msgid "This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chmem -b -d 10*" +msgstr "*chmem -b -d 10*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:80 +msgid "This command requests the memory block number 10 to be set offline." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lsmem*(1)\n" +msgstr "*lsmem*(1)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "choom(1)" +msgstr "choom(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:12 +msgid "choom - display and adjust OOM-killer score." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_ *-n* _number_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*choom* *-n* _number_ [--] _command_ [_argument_ ...]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:22 +msgid "The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:27 +msgid "Specifies process ID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--adjust* _value_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:30 +msgid "Specify the adjust score value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:36 +msgid "Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed in out of memory conditions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:38 +msgid "The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 (never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score will be 500." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:40 +msgid "There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:42 +msgid "The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:44 +msgid "The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for that task since it will always report a badness score of 0." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:46 +msgid "Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of -500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*proc*(5)\n" +msgstr "*proc*(5)\n" + +#. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ctrlaltdel(8)" +msgstr "ctrlaltdel(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:16 +msgid "ctrlaltdel - set the function of the Ctrl-Alt-Del combination" +msgstr "ctrlaltdel - Ctrl-Alt-Del 글쇠의 처리를 지정한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ctrlaltdel* *hard*|*soft*\n" +msgstr "*ctrlaltdel* *hard*|*soft*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:24 +msgid "Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that there are two supported functions that the <Ctrl-Alt-Del> sequence can perform." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hard*" +msgstr "*hard*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any other preparation. This is the default." +msgstr "I<hard> 리셋. 이것은 B<sync>(2) 함수를 호출하지 않고, 기타 다른 선처리를 하지 않고 바로 리부팅을 실시한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*soft*" +msgstr "*soft*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process (this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the *init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several *init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation for the version that you are currently using." +msgstr "I<soft> 리셋. 이것은 B<init> 프로세스로 SIGINT (interrupt) 시그날을 보낸다. 이 옵션이 사용하려면, 먼저 B<init (8)> 풀그림이 먼저 Ctrl+Alt+Delete 글쇠의 입력을 처리할 할 수 있는 기능을 지원해야 한다. 리눅스에서 사용하는 B<init (8)> 풀그림에는 여러가지 종류가 있다. 먼저 그 관련 문서를 살펴 보아, 이 기능을 지원하는지 알아 보아야한다. B<ctrlaltdel> 명령은 일반적으로 I</etc/rc.local> 파일에서 사용된다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:32 +msgid "When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:34 +msgid "The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:42 +msgid "_/etc/rc.local_" +msgstr "_/etc/rc.local_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:46 +msgid "mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]" +msgstr "mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*init*(8),\n" +"*systemd*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*init*(8),\n" +"*systemd*(1)\n" + +#. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dmesg(1)" +msgstr "dmesg(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:16 +msgid "dmesg - print or control the kernel ring buffer" +msgstr "dmesg - 커널 ring 버퍼를 보거나, 제어한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dmesg* [options]\n" +msgstr "*dmesg* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dmesg* *--clear*\n" +msgstr "*dmesg* *--clear*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dmesg* *--read-clear* [options]\n" +msgstr "*dmesg* *--read-clear* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:26 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<dmesg [ -c ] [ -n >I<level>B< ]>" +msgid "*dmesg* *--console-level* _level_\n" +msgstr "B<dmesg [ -c ] [ -n >I<level>B< ]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dmesg* *--console-on*\n" +msgstr "*dmesg* *--console-on*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dmesg* *--console-off*\n" +msgstr "*dmesg* *--console-off*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dmesg* is used to examine or control the kernel ring buffer.\n" +msgstr "*dmesg*는 커널 링 버퍼를 확인하거나 처리할 떄 활용합니다.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:36 +msgid "The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:40 +msgid "The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--console-level* options are mutually exclusive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-C*, *--clear*" +msgstr "*-C*, *--clear*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "clear the ring buffer contents after printing." +msgid "Clear the ring buffer." +msgstr "메시지 내용을 보여주고 ring 버퍼를 모두 비운다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--read-clear*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--read-clear*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "clear the ring buffer contents after printing." +msgid "Clear the ring buffer after first printing its contents." +msgstr "메시지 내용을 보여주고 ring 버퍼를 모두 비운다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-D*, *--console-off*" +msgstr "*-D*, *--console-off*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:49 +msgid "Disable the printing of messages to the console." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--show-delta*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--show-delta*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:52 +msgid "Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is printed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-E*, *--console-on*" +msgstr "*-E*, *--console-on*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:55 +msgid "Enable printing messages to the console." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--reltime*" +msgstr "*-e*, *--reltime*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:58 +msgid "Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-F*, *--file* _file_" +msgstr "*-F*, *--file* _파일_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:61 +msgid "Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:62 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" +msgid "*-f*, *--facility* _list_" +msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:64 +msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dmesg --facility=daemon*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:68 +msgid "will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities see the *--help* output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-H*, *--human*" +msgstr "*-H*, *--human*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:71 +msgid "Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--nopager*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:74 +msgid "Use JSON output format. The time output format is in \"sec.usec\" format only, log priority level is not decoded by default (use *--decode* to split into facility and priority), the other options to control the output format or time format are silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Print a help message and exit." +msgid "Print kernel messages." +msgstr "도움말 메시지를 출력하고 나갑니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:80 +msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:81 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" +msgid "*-l*, *--level* _list_" +msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:83 +msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:85 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n" +msgstr "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:87 +msgid "will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the *--help* output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:89 +msgid "Appending a plus *+* to a level name also includes all higher levels. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dmesg --level=err+*\n" +msgstr "*dmesg --level=err+*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:93 +msgid "will print levels *err*, *crit*, *alert* and *emerg*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:95 +msgid "Prepending it will include all lower levels." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:96 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<dmesg [ -c ] [ -n >I<level>B< ]>" +msgid "*-n*, *--console-level* _level_" +msgstr "B<dmesg [ -c ] [ -n >I<level>B< ]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:98 +msgid "Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The _level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all supported levels see the *--help* output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "set the I<level> at which logging of messages is done to the console. For example, B<-n 1> prevents all messages, expect panic messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are still written to I</proc/kmsg>, so B<syslogd>(8) can still be used to control exactly where kernel messages appear. When the B<-n> option is used, B<dmesg> will I<not> print or clear the kernel ring buffer." +msgid "For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency (panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer." +msgstr "I<level> 값으로 I<runlevel>이 사용되는데, 이렇게 지정된 레벨의 메시지만, 커널 ring 버퍼에 저장한다. 예를 들어 B<-n 1> 옵션이 지정되면, 단일 사용자 모드로 부팅될 때의 메시지만 저장된다. 즉 리부팅, halt 메시지 들을 커널 ring 버퍼에 저장되지 않는다. 하지만, I</proc/kmsg> 파일에는 모든 메시지가 저장되어, B<syslogd>(8) 명령은 그 정보를 이용한다. B<-n> 옵션이 사용되면, B<dmesg>는 커널 ring 버퍼를 보여주지 않거나, 비우지 않을 것이다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--noescape*" +msgstr "*--noescape*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:103 +msgid "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x<hex> for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be careful and don't use it by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-P*, *--nopager*" +msgstr "*-P*, *--nopager*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:106 +msgid "Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--force-prefix*" +msgstr "*-p*, *--force-prefix*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:109 +msgid "Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line message." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:112 +msgid "Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:114 +msgid "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S*, *--syslog*" +msgstr "*-S*, *--syslog*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:117 +msgid "Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since kernel 3.5.0." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:118 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>" +msgid "*-s*, *--buffer-size* _size_" +msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:120 +msgid "Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire buffer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--ctime*" +msgstr "*-T*, *--ctime*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:123 +msgid "Print human-readable timestamps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!* The *time* source used for the logs is *not updated after* system *SUSPEND*/*RESUME*. Timestamps are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and monotonic clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:126 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<--strict>" +msgid "*--since* _time_" +msgstr "B<--strict>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:128 +msgid "Display record since the specified time. Supported is the subsecond granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:129 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<--full-time>" +msgid "*--until* _time_" +msgstr "B<--full-time>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:131 +msgid "Display record until the specified time. Supported is the subsecond granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *--notime*" +msgstr "*-t*, *--notime*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:134 +msgid "Do not print kernel's timestamps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:137 +msgid "Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, *delta* or *iso*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-format-specific options. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of the ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DD<T>HH:MM:SS,<microseconds><-+><timezone offset from UTC>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:139 +msgid "The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate when a system is suspended and resumed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--userspace*" +msgstr "*-u*, *--userspace*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Print a help message and exit." +msgid "Print userspace messages." +msgstr "도움말 메시지를 출력하고 나갑니다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-w*, *--follow*" +msgstr "*-w*, *--follow*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:145 +msgid "Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-W*, *--follow-new*" +msgstr "*-W*, *--follow-new*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:148 +msgid "Wait and print only new messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--decode*" +msgstr "*-x*, *--decode*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:151 +msgid "Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:156 +msgid "The logical color names supported by *dmesg* are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*subsys*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:159 +msgid "The message sub-system prefix (e.g., \"ACPI:\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The message queue was removed." +msgid "The message timestamp." +msgstr "메세지 큐가 제거 되었다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:163 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<times>" +msgid "*timebreak*" +msgstr "B<times>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:165 +msgid "The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:166 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "*alert*" +msgstr "B<allexport>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:168 +msgid "The text of the message with the alert log priority." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*crit*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:171 +msgid "The text of the message with the critical log priority." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:172 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*err*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:174 +msgid "The text of the message with the error log priority." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:177 +msgid "The text of the message with the warning log priority." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:178 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<defaults>" +msgid "*segfault*" +msgstr "B<defaults>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:180 +msgid "The text of the message that inform about segmentation fault." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dmesg* can fail reporting permission denied error. This is usually caused by *dmesg_restrict* kernel setting, please see *syslog*(2) for more details.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dmesg* was originally written by mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o].\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:195 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*terminal-colors.d*(5),\n" +"*syslogd*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*terminal-colors.d*(5),\n" +"*syslogd*(8)\n" + +# +#. Copyright (C) 1994-2005 Jeff Tranter (tranter@pobox.com) +#. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>. +#. It may be distributed under the GNU Public License, version 2, or +#. any higher version. See section COPYING of the GNU Public license +#. for conditions under which this file may be redistributed. +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "eject(1)" +msgstr "eject(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:20 +msgid "eject - eject removable media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*eject* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*eject* allows removable media (typically a CD-ROM, floppy disk, tape, JAZ, ZIP or USB disk) to be ejected under software control. The command can also control some multi-disc CD-ROM changers, the auto-eject feature supported by some devices, and close the disc tray of some CD-ROM drives.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:28 +msgid "The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:30 +msgid "There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default *eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:32 +msgid "If a device partition is specified, the whole-disk device is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:34 +msgid "If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*" +msgstr "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:39 +msgid "This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--changerslot* _slot_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:42 +msgid "With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the changer is referred to as 0, not 1." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--default*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--default*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "List all filenames." +msgid "List the default device name." +msgstr "검사하는 파일시스템 안에 있는 모든 파일이름을 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-F*, *--force*" +msgstr "*-F*, *--force*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:48 +msgid "Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--floppy*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--floppy*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:51 +msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable floppy disk eject command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*" +msgstr "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:54 +msgid "This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the button is inadvertently pressed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*" +msgstr "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:57 +msgid "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount other partitions on partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device or mountpoint given on the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--no-unmount*" +msgstr "*-m*, *--no-unmount*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:60 +msgid "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not specified then *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that the device is not used (since v2.35)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--noop*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--noop*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:63 +msgid "With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--proc*" +msgstr "*-p*, *--proc*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:66 +msgid "This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-q*, *--tape*" +msgstr "*-q*, *--tape*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:69 +msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive offline command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--cdrom*" +msgstr "*-r*, *--cdrom*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:72 +msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--scsi*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--scsi*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:75 +msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--traytoggle*" +msgstr "*-T*, *--traytoggle*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:78 +msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *--trayclose*" +msgstr "*-t*, *--trayclose*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:81 +msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all devices support this command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:86 +msgid "Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-X*, *--listspeed*" +msgstr "*-X*, *--listspeed*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:89 +msgid "With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not work with them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--cdspeed* _speed_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:92 +msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The _speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or with the *-t* and *-c* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*eject* only works with devices that support one or more of the four methods of ejecting. This includes most CD-ROM drives (IDE, SCSI, and proprietary), some SCSI tape drives, JAZ drives, ZIP drives (parallel port, SCSI, and IDE versions), and LS120 removable floppies. Users have also reported success with floppy drives on Sun SPARC and Apple Macintosh systems. If *eject* does not work, it is most likely a limitation of the kernel driver for the device and not the *eject* program itself.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:102 +msgid "The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*eject* may not always be able to determine if the device is mounted (e.g., if it has several names). If the device name is a symbolic link, *eject* will follow the link and use the device that it points to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:106 +msgid "If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not attempt to eject the media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:108 +msgid "You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:110 +msgid "If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:112 +msgid "You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:116 +msgid "mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*findmnt*(8),\n" +"*lsblk*(8),\n" +"*mount*(8),\n" +"*umount*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*findmnt*(8),\n" +"*lsblk*(8),\n" +"*mount*(8),\n" +"*umount*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fallocate(1)" +msgstr "fallocate(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:12 +msgid "fallocate - preallocate or deallocate space to a file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length_ [*-n*] _filename_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length filename_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the *fallocate*(2) system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The exit code returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure." +msgid "The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure." +msgstr "성공적으로 끝나면, 0, 실패하면, 1을 리턴한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:30 +msgid "The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, and YB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:32 +msgid "The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, and *--zero-range* are mutually exclusive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--collapse-range*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--collapse-range*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:35 +msgid "Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be specified for the collapse-range operation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:37 +msgid "Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:39 +msgid "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, _offset_ and _length_ must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such a requirement, the operation will fail with the error *EINVAL* if this requirement is violated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--dig-holes*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--dig-holes*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:42 +msgid "Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the entire file is analyzed for holes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:44 +msgid "You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:46 +msgid "See *--punch-hole* for a list of supported filesystems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--insert-range*" +msgstr "*-i*, *--insert-range*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:49 +msgid "Insert a hole of _length_ bytes from _offset_, shifting existing data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:52 +msgid "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--keep-size*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--keep-size*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:55 +msgid "Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:58 +msgid "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--punch-hole*" +msgstr "*-p*, *--punch-hole*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:61 +msgid "Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:63 +msgid "Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Verbose mode." +msgid "Enable verbose mode." +msgstr "자세한 출력 모드." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--posix*" +msgstr "*-x*, *--posix*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:69 +msgid "Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported by the underlying filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-z*, *--zero-range*" +msgstr "*-z*, *--zero-range*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:72 +msgid "Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:74 +msgid "Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update metadata." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:76 +msgid "Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:78 +msgid "Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:85 +msgid "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*truncate*(1),\n" +"*fallocate*(2),\n" +"*posix_fallocate*(3)\n" +msgstr "" +"*truncate*(1),\n" +"*fallocate*(2),\n" +"*posix_fallocate*(3)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin - All Rights Reserved +#. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person +#. obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation +#. files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without +#. restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, +#. copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or +#. sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom +#. the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following +#. conditions: +#. The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall +#. be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +#. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +#. EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES +#. OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND +#. NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT +#. HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, +#. WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +#. FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +#. OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "flock(1)" +msgstr "flock(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:37 +msgid "flock - manage locks from shell scripts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ *-c* _command_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*flock* [options] _number_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:49 +msgid "This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:51 +msgid "The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:53 +msgid "The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the examples below for how that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:58 +msgid "Pass a single _command_, without arguments, to the shell with *-c*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-E*, *--conflict-exit-code* _number_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:61 +msgid "The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:64 +msgid "Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold the lock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *-x*, *--exclusive*" +msgstr "*-e*, *-x*, *--exclusive*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:67 +msgid "Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--nb*, *--nonblock*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--nb*, *--nonblock*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:70 +msgid "Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-E* option for the exit status used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *--close*" +msgstr "*-o*, *--close*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing _command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should not be holding the lock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--shared*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--shared*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:76 +msgid "Obtain a shared lock, sometimes called a read lock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--unlock*" +msgstr "*-u*, *--unlock*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:79 +msgid "Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a background process which should not be holding the lock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:80 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-w*, *--wait*, *--timeout* _seconds_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:82 +msgid "Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:85 +msgid "Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be obtained." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:91 +msgid "The command uses <sysexits.h> exit status values for everything, except when using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:93 +msgid "When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the exit status is that of the child command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*flock* does not detect deadlock. See *flock*(2) for details.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:99 +msgid "Some file systems (e. g. NFS and CIFS) have a limited implementation of *flock*(2) and flock may always fail. For details see *flock*(2), *nfs*(5) and *mount.cifs*(8). Depending on mount options, flock can always fail there." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:103 +msgid "Note that \"shell> \" in examples is a command line prompt." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "shell1> flock /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:106 +msgid "Set exclusive lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will fail." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "shell1> flock -s /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:109 +msgid "Set shared lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will not fail. Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "shell> flock -x local-lock-file echo 'a b c'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:112 +msgid "Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "(; flock -n 9 || exit 1; # ... commands executed under lock ...; ) 9>/var/lock/mylockfile" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:115 +msgid "The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[ \"$\\{FLOCKER}\" != \"$0\" ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0\" flock -en \"$0\" \"$0\" \"$@\" || : " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:118 +msgid "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the first run. If the environment variable *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing itself with the right arguments. It also sets the *FLOCKER* environment variable to the right value so it doesn't run again." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "shell> exec 4<>/var/lock/mylockfile; shell> flock -n 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:121 +msgid "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, then *flock* is used to lock the descriptor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:125 +msgid "mailto:hpa@zytor.com[H. Peter Anvin]" +msgstr "mailto:hpa@zytor.com[H. Peter Anvin]" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:130 +msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*flock*(2)\n" +msgstr "*flock*(2)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fsfreeze(8)" +msgstr "fsfreeze(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:12 +msgid "fsfreeze - suspend access to a filesystem (Ext3/4, ReiserFS, JFS, XFS)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fsfreeze* *--freeze*|*--unfreeze* _mountpoint_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fsfreeze* suspends or resumes access to a filesystem.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fsfreeze* halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable image on disk. *fsfreeze* is intended to be used with hardware RAID devices that support the creation of snapshots.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fsfreeze* is unnecessary for *device-mapper* devices. The device-mapper (and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a snapshot creation is requested. For more details see the *dmsetup*(8) man page.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:26 +msgid "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see *mount*(8))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:28 +msgid "Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for more details see *mount*(8))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--freeze*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--freeze*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:33 +msgid "This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the filesystem are allowed to complete, new *write*(2) system calls are halted, other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be unfrozen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:35 +msgid "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of the snapshot is complete." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--unfreeze*" +msgstr "*-u*, *--unfreeze*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:38 +msgid "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are unblocked and allowed to complete." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILESYSTEM SUPPORT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:44 +msgid "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, *jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:48 +msgid "This man page is based on *xfs_freeze*(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:52 +msgid "Written by Hajime Taira." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount*(8)\n" +msgstr "*mount*(8)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California. +#. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)fstab.5 6.5 (Berkeley) 5/10/91 +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fstab(5)" +msgstr "fstab(5)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:46 +msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems" +msgstr "fstab - 파일 시스템의 정적 정보 제공" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The file B<fstab> contains descriptive information about the various file systems. B<fstab> is only read by programs, and not written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this file. Each filesystem is described on a separate line; fields on each line are separated by tabs or spaces. The order of records in B<fstab> is important because B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8), and B<umount>(8) sequentially iterate through B<fstab> doing their thing." +msgid "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because *fsck*(8), *mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their thing." +msgstr "B<fstab> 화일에 다양한 화일 시스템에 대한 정보를 기술한다. B<fstab> 화일은 프로그램에 의해 읽히기만 할 뿐 쓰기에는 사용되지 않는다. 이 화일을 제대로 만드는 일은 시스템 관리자의 책임이다. 한 줄마다 하나의 화일 시스템에 대하여 기술한다. 한 줄 상의 각 필드는 탭 또는 스페이스로 구분된다. 그 순서는 매우 중요하다. 왜냐하면 B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8), and B<umount>(8) 와 같은 프로그램들이 B<fstab> 에 있는 내용을 순차적으로 읽기 때문이다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:56 +msgid "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank lines are ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:58 +msgid "The following is a typical example of an *fstab* entry:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2\n" +msgstr "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2\n" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The first field (_fs_spec_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:66 +msgid "This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap device to be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:68 +msgid "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node (as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _<host>:<dir>_, e.g., _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for *procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:70 +msgid "LABEL=<label> or UUID=<uuid> may be given instead of a device name. This is the recommended method, as device names are often a coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other disks are added or removed. For example, 'LABEL=Boot' or 'UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'. (Use a filesystem-specific tool like *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), or *fatlabel*(8) to set LABELs on filesystems)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:72 +msgid "It's also possible to use *PARTUUID=* and *PARTLABEL=*. These partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:74 +msgid "See *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) or *lsblk*(8) for more details about device identifiers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:76 +msgid "Note that *mount*(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters. But when specifying the volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case characters are used (e.g UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The second field (_fs_file_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The second field, (I<fs_file>), describes the mount point for the filesystem. For swap partitions, this field should be specified as ``none''." +msgid "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For swap area, this field should be specified as `none'. If the name of the mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\040' and '\\011' respectively." +msgstr "두번째 필드인 (I<fs_file>) 에서는 그 화일 시스템을 마운트할 마운트 포인트를 적는다. 스왑 파티션의 경우 이 값은 ``none''이라고 적는다." + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The third field (_fs_vfstype_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:84 +msgid "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more details, see *mount*(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:86 +msgid "An entry _swap_ denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf. *swapon*(8). An entry _none_ is useful for bind or move mounts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:88 +msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount*(8) and *umount*(8) support filesystem _subtypes_. The subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The fourth field (_fs_mntops_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The fourth field, (I<fs_mntops>), describes the mount options associated with the filesystem." +msgid "This field describes the mount options associated with the filesystem." +msgstr "네번째 필드인 (I<fs_mntops>) 에서는 화일 시스템에 관련된 마운트 옵션을 기술한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:96 +msgid "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options and is optional for *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8). The usual convention is to use at least \"defaults\" keyword there." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:98 +msgid "It usually contains the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*, the default is *rw*), plus any additional options appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning options). For details, see *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:100 +msgid "Basic filesystem-independent options are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*defaults*" +msgstr "*defaults*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103 +msgid "use default options. The default depends on the kernel and the filesystem. *mount*(8) does not have any hardcoded set of default options. The kernel default is usually rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:501 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*noauto*" +msgstr "*noauto*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105 +msgid "do not mount when *mount -a* is given (e.g., at boot time)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:656 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*user*" +msgstr "*user*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107 +msgid "allow a user to mount" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:613 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*owner*" +msgstr "*owner*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109 +msgid "allow device owner to mount" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*comment*" +msgstr "*comment*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:111 +msgid "or *x-<name>* for use by fstab-maintaining programs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:569 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nofail*" +msgstr "*nofail*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:113 +msgid "do not report errors for this device if it does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The fifth field (_fs_freq_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:117 +msgid "This field is used by *dump*(8) to determine which filesystems need to be dumped. Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The sixth field (_fs_passno_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The sixth field, (I<fs_passno>), is used by the B<fsck>(8) program to determine the order in which filesystem checks are done at reboot time. The root filesystem should be specified with a I<fs_passno> of 1, and other filesystems should have a I<fs_passno> of 2. Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware. If the sixth field is not present or zero, a value of zero is returned and B<fsck> will assume that the filesystem does not need to be checked." +msgid "This field is used by *fsck*(8) to determine the order in which filesystem checks are done at boot time. The root filesystem should be specified with a _fs_passno_ of 1. Other filesystems should have a _fs_passno_ of 2. Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware. Defaults to zero (don't check the filesystem) if not present." +msgstr "여섯번째 필드인 (I<fs_passno>) 에서는 B<fsck>(8) 프로그램에 의해 부팅시 어떤 화일 시스템을 점검할 것인지 기재한다. 루트 화일 시스템은 I<fs_passno> 값 1 을 가져야 하며 다른 화일 시스템은 I<fs_passno> 값 2 를 갖는다. 한 드라이브에 들어있는 화일 시스템은 순서대로 점검되지만 여러 다른 드라이브 상에 존재하는 화일 시스템은 하드웨어적 병렬처리가 가능하므로 동시에 이뤄진다. 여섯번째 필드가 존재하지 않거나 0 인 경우 0 이 반환되며 B<fsck> 은 주어진 화일 시스템을 점검할 필요가 없다고 생각한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:126 +msgid "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_" +msgstr "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The proper way to read records from B<fstab> is to use the routines B<getmntent>(3)." +msgid "The proper way to read records from *fstab* is to use the routines *getmntent*(3) or *libmount*." +msgstr "B<fstab> 화일로부터 자료를 일기 위한 루틴으로는 B<getmntent>(3) 이 있다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:132 +msgid "The keyword *ignore* as a filesystem type (3rd field) is no longer supported by the pure libmount based mount utility (since util-linux v2.22)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The B<fstab> file format appeared in 4.0BSD." +msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD." +msgstr "B<fstab> 형식은 4.0BSD에서 생겼다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*getmntent*(3),\n" +"*fs*(5),\n" +"*findmnt*(8),\n" +"*mount*(8),\n" +"*swapon*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*getmntent*(3),\n" +"*fs*(5),\n" +"*findmnt*(8),\n" +"*mount*(8),\n" +"*swapon*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "fstrim(8)" +msgstr "fstrim(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:12 +msgid "fstrim - discard unused blocks on a mounted filesystem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fstrim* [*-Aav*] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] [*-m* _minimum-size_] [_mountpoint_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fstrim* is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks which are not in use by the filesystem. This is useful for solid-state drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:22 +msgid "By default, *fstrim* will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem. Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:24 +msgid "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the filesystem is mounted and is required when *_-A_*, *_-a_*, *_--fstab_*, or *_--all_* are unspecified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:26 +msgid "Running *fstrim* frequently, or even using *mount -o discard*, might negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices. For most desktop and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a week. Note that not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim command incurs a performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to use the disk at the time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:30 +msgid "The _offset_, _length_, and _minimum-size_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-A, --fstab*" +msgstr "*-A, --fstab*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:33 +msgid "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from kernel command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only devices, autofs and read-only filesystems are silently ignored. Filesystems with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option are skipped." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a, --all*" +msgstr "*-a, --all*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:36 +msgid "Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard operation. The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n, --dry-run*" +msgstr "*-n, --dry-run*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:39 +msgid "This option does everything apart from actually call *FITRIM* ioctl." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o>,B< --offset >I<offset>" +msgid "*-o, --offset* _offset_" +msgstr "B<-o>,B< --offset >I<오프셋>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:42 +msgid "Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free blocks to discard. The default value is zero, starting at the beginning of the filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-l, --length* _length_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:45 +msgid "The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks to discard. If the specified value extends past the end of the filesystem, *fstrim* will stop at the filesystem size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-I, --listed-in* _list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:48 +msgid "Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored. The evaluation of the _list_ stops after first non-empty file. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo*.\n" +msgstr "*--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo*.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:52 +msgid "Filesystems with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option in fstab are skipped." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m, --minimum* _minimum-size_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:55 +msgid "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free ranges smaller than this will be ignored and *fstrim* will adjust the minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that (fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the *fstrim* operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The default value is zero, discarding every free block." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:63 +msgid "Specifies allowed or forbidden filesystem types when used with *--all* or *--fstab*. The _list_ is a comma-separated list of the filesystem names. The _list_ follows how *mount -t* evaluates type patterns. Only specified filesystem types are allowed. All specified types are forbidden if the list is prefixed by \"no\" or each filesystem prefixed by \"no\" is forbidden. If the option is not used, then all filesystems (except \"autofs\") are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-v, --verbose*" +msgstr "*-v, --verbose*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:66 +msgid "Verbose execution. With this option *fstrim* will output the number of bytes passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for potential discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the storage device's perspective, because _FITRIM_ ioctl called repeated will keep sending the same sectors for discard repeatedly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fstrim* will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but only sectors which had been written to between the discards would actually be discarded by the storage device. Further, the kernel block layer reserves the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe geometry, non-trim capable devices in a LVM setup, etc. These reductions would not be reflected in fstrim_range.len (the *--length* option).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--quiet-unsupported*" +msgstr "*--quiet-unsupported*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:71 +msgid "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This option is meant to be used in *systemd* service file or in *cron*(8) scripts to hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack of file system support for ioctl _FITRIM_ call. This option also cleans exit status when unsupported filesystem specified on *fstrim* command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:84 +msgid "some filesystem discards have succeeded, some failed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:86 +msgid "The command *fstrim --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed) or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*blkdiscard*(8),\n" +"*mount*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*blkdiscard*(8),\n" +"*mount*(8)\n" + +# +#. hwclock.8 -- man page for util-linux' hwclock +#. 2015-01-07 J William Piggott +#. Authored new section: DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION. +#. Subsections: Keeping Time..., LOCAL vs UTC, POSIX vs 'RIGHT'. +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "hwclock(8)" +msgstr "hwclock(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:20 +msgid "hwclock - time clocks utility" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hwclock* [_function_] [_option_...]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hwclock* is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System Clock timescale; set the kernel's timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch (Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift rate.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:30 +msgid "Since v2.26 important changes were made to the *--hctosys* function and the *--directisa* option, and a new option *--update-drift* was added. See their respective descriptions below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FUNCTIONS" +msgstr "함수" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:34 +msgid "The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at a time. If none is given, the default is *--show*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a, --adjust*" +msgstr "*-a, --adjust*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:37 +msgid "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--getepoch*; *--setepoch*" +msgstr "*--getepoch*; *--setepoch*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:40 +msgid "These functions are for Alpha machines only, and are only available through the Linux kernel RTC driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:42 +msgid "They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware Clock refers. For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since 1952, then the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:44 +msgid "The *--setepoch* function requires using the *--epoch* option to specify the year. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952**\n" +msgstr "**hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952**\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:48 +msgid "The RTC driver attempts to guess the correct epoch value, so setting it may not be required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:50 +msgid "This epoch value is used whenever *hwclock* reads or sets the Hardware Clock on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed Hardware Clock epoch of 1900." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**--param-get=**__parameter__; **--param-set=**__parameter__=__value__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:53 +msgid "Read and set the RTC's parameter. This is useful, for example, to retrieve the RTC's feature or set the RTC's Backup Switchover Mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:55 +msgid "_parameter_ is either a numeric RTC parameter value (see the Kernel's _include/uapi/linux/rtc.h_) or an alias. See *--help* for a list of valid aliases. _parameter_ and _value_, if prefixed with 0x, are interpreted as hexadecimal, otherwise decimal values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--predict*" +msgstr "*--predict*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:58 +msgid "Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the time given by the *--date* option and the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. This is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting a Hardware Clock wakeup (aka alarm). See *rtcwake*(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:60 +msgid "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--show*; *--get*" +msgstr "*-r*, *--show*; *--get*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the *ISO 8601* format. The time shown is always in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option." +msgstr "CMOS clock을 읽어 표준 출력으로 그 결과값을 보여준다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:65 +msgid "Showing the Hardware Clock time is the default when no function is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:67 +msgid "The *--get* function also applies drift correction to the time read, based upon the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--hctosys*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--hctosys*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:70 +msgid "Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock. The time read from the Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before using it to set the System Clock. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:72 +msgid "The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone configured for the system. If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time then the time read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before using it to set the System Clock. The *--hctosys* function does this based upon the information in the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file or the command line arguments *--localtime* and *--utc*. Note: no daylight saving adjustment is made. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:74 +msgid "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it to the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is configured by the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as *tzset*(3) would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of the kernel's timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this field used to mean, see *settimeofday*(2).)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:76 +msgid "When used in a startup script, making the *--hctosys* function the first caller of *settimeofday*(2) from boot, it will set the NTP '11 minute mode' timescale via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If the Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is changed then a reboot is required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:78 +msgid "This is a good function to use in one of the system startup scripts before the file systems are mounted read/write." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:80 +msgid "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system time will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, if something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's '11 minute mode', then *--hctosys* will set the time incorrectly by including drift compensation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:82 +msgid "Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ to zero. This setting will be persistent as long as the *--update-drift* option is not used with *--systohc* at shutdown (or anywhere else). Another way to inhibit this is by using the *--noadjfile* option when calling the *--hctosys* function. A third method is to delete the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. *Hwclock* will then default to using the UTC timescale for the Hardware Clock. If the Hardware Clock is ticking local time it will need to be defined in the file. This can be done by calling *hwclock --localtime --adjust*; when the file is not present this command will not actually adjust the Clock, but it will create the file with local time configured, and a drift factor of zero." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:84 +msgid "A condition under which inhibiting *hwclock*'s drift correction may be desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's value, then when this instance is started again the drift correction applied will be incorrect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:86 +msgid "For *hwclock*'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not running." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--set*" +msgstr "*--set*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:89 +msgid "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the *--date* option, and update the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--set* fails. See *--update-drift* below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--systz*" +msgstr "*--systz*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:92 +msgid "This is an alternate to the *--hctosys* function that does not read the Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not any drift correction. It is intended to be used in a startup script on systems with kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock has been set from the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:94 +msgid "It does the following things that are detailed above in the *--hctosys* function:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:96 +msgid "Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed. Only instead of accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, *hwclock* simply informs the kernel and it handles the change." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:97 +msgid "Sets the kernel's NTP '11 minute mode' timescale." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:98 +msgid "Sets the kernel's timezone." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:100 +msgid "The first two are only available on the first call of *settimeofday*(2) after boot. Consequently this option only makes sense when used in a startup script. If the Hardware Clocks timescale configuration is changed then a reboot would be required to inform the kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-w*, *--systohc*" +msgstr "*-w*, *--systohc*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:103 +msgid "Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--systohc* fails. See *--update-drift* below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:108 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-f >I<filename>" +msgid "**--adjfile=**__filename__" +msgstr "B<-f >I<파일명>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:110 +msgid "Override the default _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file path." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**--date=**__date_string__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:113 +msgid "This option must be used with the *--set* or *--predict* functions, otherwise it is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hwclock --set --date='16:45'*\n" +msgstr "*hwclock --set --date='16:45'*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:117 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hwclock --predict --date='2525-08-14 07:11:05'*\n" +msgstr "*hwclock --predict --date='2525-08-14 07:11:05'*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:119 +msgid "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option. Therefore, the argument should not include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time like \"+5 minutes\", because *hwclock*'s precision depends upon correlation between the argument's value and when the enter key is pressed. Fractional seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable of understanding many time and date formats, but the previous parameters should be observed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**--delay=**__seconds__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:122 +msgid "This option can be used to overwrite the internally used delay when setting the clock time. The default is 0.5 (500ms) for rtc_cmos, for another RTC types the delay is 0. If RTC type is impossible to determine (from sysfs) then it defaults also to 0.5 to be backwardly compatible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:124 +msgid "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time plus one half second. The integer time is required because there is no interface to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second delay is because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second precisely 500 ms after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior is hardware specific and in some cases another delay is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-D*, *--debug*" +msgstr "*-D*, *--debug*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:127 +msgid "Use *--verbose*. The *--debug* option has been deprecated and may be repurposed or removed in a future release." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--directisa*" +msgstr "*--directisa*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:130 +msgid "This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and x86_64 family. For other machines, it has no effect. This option tells *hwclock* to use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware Clock. Without this option, *hwclock* will use the rtc device file, which it assumes to be driven by the Linux RTC device driver. As of v2.26 it will no longer automatically use directisa when the rtc driver is unavailable; this was causing an unsafe condition that could allow two processes to access the Hardware Clock at the same time. Direct hardware access from userspace should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, and as a last resort when all other methods fail. See the *--rtc* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:131 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**--epoch=**__year__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:133 +msgid "This option is required when using the *--setepoch* function. The minimum _year_ value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent (*ULONG_MAX - 1*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:134 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-f >I<filename>" +msgid "*-f*, **--rtc=**__filename__" +msgstr "B<-f >I<파일명>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:136 +msgid "Override *hwclock*'s default rtc device file name. Otherwise it will use the first one found in this order: _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. For *IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--localtime*; *-u*, *--utc*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--localtime*; *-u*, *--utc*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:139 +msgid "Indicate which timescale the Hardware Clock is set to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:141 +msgid "The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is being used. The *--localtime* or *--utc* options give this information to the *hwclock* command. If you specify the wrong one (or specify neither and take a wrong default), both setting and reading the Hardware Clock will be incorrect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:143 +msgid "If you specify neither *--utc* nor *--localtime* then the one last given with a set function (*--set*, *--systohc*, or *--adjust*), as recorded in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, will be used. If the adjtime file doesn't exist, the default is UTC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:145 +msgid "Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware Clock is kept in local time. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--noadjfile*" +msgstr "*--noadjfile*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:148 +msgid "Disable the facilities provided by _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* will not read nor write to that file with this option. Either *--utc* or *--localtime* must be specified when using this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--test*" +msgstr "*--test*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:151 +msgid "Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose* is implicit with this option)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--update-drift*" +msgstr "*--update-drift*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:154 +msgid "Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. It can only be used with *--set* or *--systohc*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:156 +msgid "A minimum four hour period between settings is required. This is to avoid invalid calculations. The longer the period, the more precise the resulting drift factor will be." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:158 +msgid "This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call *hwclock --systohc* at shutdown; with the old behavior this would automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several problems:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:160 +msgid "When using NTP with an '11 minute mode' kernel the drift factor would be clobbered to near zero." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:161 +msgid "It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction. With most configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results. Cold, means when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact on the drift factor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:162 +msgid "(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal results. For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be abnormally hot the drift factor calculation would be out of range." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:163 +msgid "Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using *--update-drift* the RTC is not read)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:165 +msgid "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. For most configurations once a machine's optimal drift factor is crafted it should not need to be changed. Therefore, the old behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift was changed and now requires this option to be used. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:167 +msgid "This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it. If it cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail. This can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a power failure. In that case, the clock must first be set without this option. Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor would be invalid anyway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:170 +msgid "Display more details about what *hwclock* is doing internally." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Clocks in a Linux System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:176 +msgid "There are two types of date-time clocks:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*The Hardware Clock:* This clock is an independent hardware device, with its own power domain (battery, capacitor, etc), that operates when the machine is powered off, or even unplugged.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:180 +msgid "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the clock actually has virtually infinite precision." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:182 +msgid "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized form, was coined for use by *hwclock*. The Linux kernel also refers to it as the persistent clock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:184 +msgid "Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them having its own power domain. A very low power external I2C or SPI clock chip might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to initialize a more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for most other purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*The System Clock:* This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the ISA standard.) It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC). The System Time is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:188 +msgid "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock can be initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:190 +msgid "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as would happen if you used the *date*(1) program to set it while the system is running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is not possible on most systems because *hwclock --systohc* is called at shutdown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:192 +msgid "The Linux kernel's timezone is set by *hwclock*. But don't be misled -- almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in. Instead, programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they want to display a local time for you) almost always use a more traditional method of determining the timezone: They use the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as explained in the man page for *tzset*(3). However, some programs and fringe parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use the kernel's timezone value. An example is the vfat filesystem. If the kernel timezone value is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the wrong timestamps on files. Another example is the kernel's NTP '11 minute mode'. If the kernel's timezone value and/or the _persistent_clock_is_local_ variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by '11 minute mode'. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:194 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hwclock* sets the kernel's timezone to the value indicated by *TZ* or _/etc/localtime_ with the *--hctosys* or *--systz* functions.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:196 +msgid "The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for DST) lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of Daylight Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality at the present time. This second field is not used under Linux and is always zero. See also *settimeofday*(2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:197 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Clock Access Methods" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hwclock* uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. Also, Linux systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting multiple Hardware Clocks. This may bring about the need to override the default rtc device by specifying one with the *--rtc* option.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:202 +msgid "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock depends on the system hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:204 +msgid "On an ISA compatible system, *hwclock* can directly access the \"CMOS memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and 0x71. It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do it if running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by specifying the *--directisa* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:206 +msgid "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and disable interrupts. *hwclock* provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have a working rtc device driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Adjust Function" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:210 +msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. *hwclock*'s *--adjust* function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware Clock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:212 +msgid "It works like this: *hwclock* keeps a file, _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, that keeps some historical information. This is called the adjtime file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:214 +msgid "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a *hwclock --set* command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. *hwclock* creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you issue a *hwclock --set --update-drift* command to set it back 10 seconds. *hwclock* updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a *hwclock --adjust* command. *hwclock* consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours go by and you issue another *hwclock --adjust*. *hwclock* does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:216 +msgid "When you use the *--update-drift* option with *--set* or *--systohc*, the systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the fully drift corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, from that it derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated timestamp from the adjtime file. This updated drift factor is then saved in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:218 +msgid "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so *--adjust* refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will be more than 1 second and *--adjust* will make the adjustment including any fractional amount." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hwclock --hctosys* also uses the adjtime file data to compensate the value read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System Clock. It does not share the 1 second limitation of *--adjust*, and will correct sub-second drift values immediately. It does not change the Hardware Clock time nor the adjtime file. This may eliminate the need to use *--adjust*, unless something else on the system needs the Hardware Clock to be compensated.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:221 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Adjtime File" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:224 +msgid "While named for its historical purpose of controlling adjustments only, it actually contains other information used by *hwclock* from one invocation to the next." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:226 +msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:228 +msgid "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:230 +msgid "Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal integer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:232 +msgid "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\". Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value with options on the *hwclock* command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:234 +msgid "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the *clock*(8) program with *hwclock*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:238 +msgid "You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept synchronized in some systems. The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it copies the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode is a compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability. This is a good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated like NTP to keep your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep your System Time synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the network or to a radio clock hooked up to your system. See RFC 1305.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:240 +msgid "If the kernel is compiled with the '11 minute mode' option it will be active when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized state. When in this state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask 0x0040) of the kernel's _time_status_ variable is unset. This value is output as the 'status' line of the *adjtimex --print* or *ntptime* commands." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:242 +msgid "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's clock discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on '11 minute mode'. It can be turned off by running anything that sets the System Clock the old fashioned way, including *hwclock --hctosys*. However, if the NTP daemon is still running, it will turn '11 minute mode' back on again the next time it synchronizes the System Clock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:244 +msgid "If your system runs with '11 minute mode' on, it may need to use either *--hctosys* or *--systz* in a startup script, especially if the Hardware Clock is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the kernel is informed of what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may clobber it with the wrong one. The kernel uses UTC by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:246 +msgid "The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel what timescale the Hardware Clock is using. This happens via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If *--hctosys* or *--systz* is the first, it will set this variable according to the adjtime file or the appropriate command-line argument. Note that when using this capability and the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is changed, then a reboot is required to notify the kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hwclock --adjust* should not be used with NTP '11 minute mode'.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:249 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ISA Hardware Clock Century value" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:252 +msgid "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA machine as an indicator of what century it is. *hwclock* does not use or set that byte because there are some machines that don't define the byte that way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since the year-of-century does a good job of implying which century it is." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:254 +msgid "If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the *hwclock* maintainer; an option may be appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:256 +msgid "Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct ISA\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock. ACPI provides a standard way to access century values, when they are supported by the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:257 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "CONFIGURATION" +msgid "DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION" +msgstr "설정" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Keeping Time without External Synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:262 +msgid "This discussion is based on the following conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:264 +msgid "Nothing is running that alters the date-time clocks, such as NTP daemon or a cron job.\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:265 +msgid "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, under *POSIX vs 'RIGHT'*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:266 +msgid "Early during startup the following are called, in this order: *adjtimex --tick* _value_ *--frequency* _value_ *hwclock --hctosys*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:267 +msgid "During shutdown the following is called: *hwclock --systohc*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:269 +msgid "Systems without *adjtimex* may use *ntptime*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:271 +msgid "Whether maintaining precision time with NTP daemon or not, it makes sense to configure the system to keep reasonably good date-time on its own." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:273 +msgid "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of the big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices running at their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at their own rates. The methods and software for drift correction are different for each of them. However, most systems are configured to exchange values between these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the individual device's time keeping errors are transferred back and forth between each other. Attempt to configure drift correction for only one of them, and the other's drift will be overlaid upon it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:275 +msgid "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the System Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact that all of *hwclock*'s precision (including calculating drift factors) depends upon the System Clock's rate being correct, means that configuration of the System Clock should be done first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:277 +msgid "The System Clock drift is corrected with the *adjtimex*(8) command's *--tick* and *--frequency* options. These two work together: tick is the coarse adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment. (For systems that do not have an *adjtimex* package, *ntptime -f* _ppm_ may be used instead.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:279 +msgid "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System Clock drift with *adjtimex*'s compare operation. Trying to correct one drifting clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin to a dog trying to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but great effort and frustration will likely precede it. This automation may yield an improvement over no configuration, but expecting optimum results would be in error. A better choice for manual configuration would be *adjtimex*'s *--log* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:281 +msgid "It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with *sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, and then calculate the correction manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:283 +msgid "After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine the adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time. See *adjtimex*(2) for more information and the example demonstrating manual drift calculations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:285 +msgid "Once the System Clock is ticking smoothly, move on to the Hardware Clock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:287 +msgid "As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases. This should be true even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot. In that case the drift factor value makes little difference. But on the rare occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then cold drift should yield better results." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:289 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Steps to calculate cold drift:*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:292 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Ensure that NTP daemon will not be launched at startup.*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:295 +msgid "The _System Clock_ time must be correct at shutdown!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:296 +#, no-wrap +msgid "3" +msgstr "3" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:298 +msgid "Shut down the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "4" +msgstr "4" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:301 +msgid "Let an extended period pass without changing the Hardware Clock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "5" +msgstr "5" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:304 +msgid "Start the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "6" +msgstr "6" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:307 +msgid "Immediately use *hwclock* to set the correct time, adding the *--update-drift* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:309 +msgid "Note: if step 6 uses *--systohc*, then the System Clock must be set correctly (step 6a) just before doing so." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:311 +msgid "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. Continue to test and refine the drift factor until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup. To check this, first make sure that the System Time is correct before shutdown and then use *sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, immediately after startup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:312 +#, no-wrap +msgid "LOCAL vs UTC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:315 +msgid "Keeping the Hardware Clock in a local timescale causes inconsistent daylight saving time results:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:317 +msgid "If Linux is running during a daylight saving time change, the time written to the Hardware Clock will be adjusted for the change." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:318 +msgid "If Linux is NOT running during a daylight saving time change, the time read from the Hardware Clock will NOT be adjusted for the change." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:320 +msgid "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and time, it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when *hwclock* is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the 'correct' local time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:322 +msgid "Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for system administrators as *hwclock* uses local time for its output and as the argument to the *--date* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:324 +msgid "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate in the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the System Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:326 +msgid "Linux does, however, attempt to accommodate the Hardware Clock being in the local timescale. This is primarily for dual-booting with older versions of MS Windows. From Windows 7 on, the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key is supposed to be working properly so that its Hardware Clock can be kept in UTC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "POSIX vs 'RIGHT'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:330 +msgid "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by *tzset*(3). One area that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the Time Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:333 +msgid "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and 'right'. 'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and posix does not. To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set to (UTC {plus} leap seconds), which is equivalent to (TAI - 10). This allows calculating the exact number of seconds between two dates that cross a leap second epoch. The System Clock is then converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, by using the 'right' timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:335 +msgid "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files located in its directory must be copied to the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_. Files are never used directly from the posix or 'right' subdirectories, e.g., TZ='_right/Europe/Dublin_'. This habit was becoming so common that the upstream zoneinfo project restructured the system's file tree by moving the posix and 'right' subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory and into sibling directories:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:337 +msgid "_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps_" +msgstr "_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:339 +msgid "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old tree structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This causes the system timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the zoneinfo database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an application such as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or an email MTA, or *hwclock* needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it from the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_ , because that is what they are supposed to do. Those files exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock now includes them, causing an incorrect time conversion." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:341 +msgid "Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix or 'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the _TZDIR_ environment variable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:345 +msgid "One of the following exit values will be returned:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:346 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*EXIT_SUCCESS* ('0' on POSIX systems)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:348 +msgid "Successful program execution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:349 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*EXIT_FAILURE* ('1' on POSIX systems)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:351 +msgid "The operation failed or the command syntax was not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:354 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*TZ*" +msgstr "*TZ*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:356 +msgid "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system configured timezone." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:357 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*TZDIR*" +msgstr "*TZDIR*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:359 +msgid "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system configured timezone database directory path." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:362 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:117 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_" +msgstr "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:364 +msgid "The configuration and state file for *hwclock*. See also *adjtime_config*(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:365 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/localtime_" +msgstr "_/etc/localtime_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:367 +msgid "The system timezone file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:368 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/usr/share/zoneinfo/_" +msgstr "_/usr/share/zoneinfo/_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:370 +msgid "The system timezone database directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:372 +msgid "Device files *hwclock* may try for Hardware Clock access: _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:382 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*date*(1),\n" +"*adjtime_config*(5),\n" +"*adjtimex*(8),\n" +"*gettimeofday*(2),\n" +"*settimeofday*(2),\n" +"*crontab*(1p),\n" +"*tzset*(3)\n" +msgstr "" +"*date*(1),\n" +"*adjtime_config*(5),\n" +"*adjtimex*(8),\n" +"*gettimeofday*(2),\n" +"*settimeofday*(2),\n" +"*crontab*(1p),\n" +"*tzset*(3)\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:386 +msgid "Written by mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], September 1996, based on work done on the *clock*(8) program by Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history and credits." +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright 2008 Hayden A. James (hayden.james@gmail.com) +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ipcmk(1)" +msgstr "ipcmk(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:16 +msgid "ipcmk - make various IPC resources" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ipcmk* [options]\n" +msgstr "*ipcmk* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ipcmk* allows you to create System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:28 +msgid "Resources can be specified with these options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-M*, *--shmem* _size_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:31 +msgid "Create a shared memory segment of _size_ bytes. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-Q*, *--queue*" +msgstr "*-Q*, *--queue*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:34 +msgid "Create a message queue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore* _number_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:37 +msgid "Create a semaphore array with _number_ of elements." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "the dictionary" +msgid "Other options are:" +msgstr "사전" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:42 +msgid "Access permissions for the resource. Default is 0644." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:48 +msgid "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]" +msgstr "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*ipcrm*(1),\n" +"*ipcs*(1),\n" +"*sysvipc*(7)\n" +msgstr "" +"*ipcrm*(1),\n" +"*ipcs*(1),\n" +"*sysvipc*(7)\n" + +#. Copyright 2002 Andre C. Mazzone (linuxdev@karagee.com) +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ipcrm(1)" +msgstr "ipcrm(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:17 +msgid "ipcrm - remove certain IPC resources" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ipcrm* [options]\n" +msgstr "*ipcrm* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:23 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<ipcrm [ shm | msg | sem ] >I<id>" +msgid "*ipcrm* [*shm*|*msg*|*sem*] _ID_ ...\n" +msgstr "B<ipcrm [ shm | msg | sem ] >I<id>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ipcrm* removes System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects and associated data structures from the system. In order to delete such objects, you must be superuser, or the creator or owner of the object.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:29 +msgid "System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message queues, and semaphores. Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is immediate (regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC identifier for the object). A shared memory object is only removed after all currently attached processes have detached (*shmdt*(2)) the object from their virtual address space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:31 +msgid "Two syntax styles are supported. The old Linux historical syntax specifies a three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to be deleted, followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this type." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:33 +msgid "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects of all three types in a single command line, with objects specified either by key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may be specified in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal (specified with an initial '0')." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:35 +msgid "The details of the removes are described in *shmctl*(2), *msgctl*(2), and *semctl*(2). The identifiers and keys can be found by using *ipcs*(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, *--all* [*shm*] [*msg*] [*sem*]" +msgstr "*-a*, *--all* [*shm*] [*msg*] [*sem*]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:40 +msgid "Remove all resources. When an option argument is provided, the removal is performed only for the specified resource types." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:42 +msgid "_Warning!_ Do not use *-a* if you are unsure how the software using the resources might react to missing objects. Some programs create these resources at startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected disappearance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _shmkey_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:45 +msgid "Remove the shared memory segment created with _shmkey_ after the last detach is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--shmem-id* _shmid_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:48 +msgid "Remove the shared memory segment identified by _shmid_ after the last detach is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-Q*, *--queue-key* _msgkey_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "B<ipcrm> will remove the resource speccified by I<id>." +msgid "Remove the message queue created with _msgkey_." +msgstr "B<ipcrm> 명령은 I<id>로 지정한 리소스를 지운다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:52 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" +msgid "*-q*, *--queue-id* _msgid_" +msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "B<ipcrm> will remove the resource speccified by I<id>." +msgid "Remove the message queue identified by _msgid_." +msgstr "B<ipcrm> 명령은 I<id>로 지정한 리소스를 지운다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore-key* _semkey_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "B<ipcrm> will remove the resource speccified by I<id>." +msgid "Remove the semaphore created with _semkey_." +msgstr "B<ipcrm> 명령은 I<id>로 지정한 리소스를 지운다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:58 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>" +msgid "*-s*, *--semaphore-id* _semid_" +msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "B<ipcrm> will remove the resource speccified by I<id>." +msgid "Remove the semaphore identified by _semid_." +msgstr "B<ipcrm> 명령은 I<id>로 지정한 리소스를 지운다." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated; it expands to "*nix". +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:67 +msgid "In its first Linux implementation, *ipcrm* used the deprecated syntax shown in the second line of the *SYNOPSIS*. Functionality present in other {asterisk}nix implementations of *ipcrm* has since been added, namely the ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect the same command-line syntax. For backward compatibility the previous syntax is still supported." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*ipcmk*(1),\n" +"*ipcs*(1),\n" +"*msgctl*(2),\n" +"*msgget*(2),\n" +"*semctl*(2),\n" +"*semget*(2),\n" +"*shmctl*(2),\n" +"*shmdt*(2),\n" +"*shmget*(2),\n" +"*ftok*(3),\n" +"*sysvipc*(7)\n" +msgstr "" +"*ipcmk*(1),\n" +"*ipcs*(1),\n" +"*msgctl*(2),\n" +"*msgget*(2),\n" +"*semctl*(2),\n" +"*semget*(2),\n" +"*shmctl*(2),\n" +"*shmdt*(2),\n" +"*shmget*(2),\n" +"*ftok*(3),\n" +"*sysvipc*(7)\n" + +#. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ipcs(1)" +msgstr "ipcs(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "ipcs - provide information on ipc facilities" +msgid "ipcs - show information on IPC facilities" +msgstr "ipcs - ipc 설비(facilities) 정보를 보여준다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ipcs* [options]\n" +msgstr "*ipcs* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ipcs* shows information on System V inter-process communication facilities. By default it shows information about all three resources: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--id* _id_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:29 +msgid "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:31 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Ic options" +msgid "Resource options" +msgstr "Ic options" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--shmems*" +msgstr "*-m*, *--shmems*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:35 +msgid "Write information about active shared memory segments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-q*, *--queues*" +msgstr "*-q*, *--queues*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:38 +msgid "Write information about active message queues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--semaphores*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--semaphores*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:41 +msgid "Write information about active semaphore sets." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:45 +msgid "Write information about all three resources (default)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:46 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "File formats" +msgid "Output formats" +msgstr "파일 포맷" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:49 +msgid "Of these options only one takes effect: the last one specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--creator*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--creator*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:46 +msgid "Show creator and owner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--limits*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--limits*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:55 +msgid "Show resource limits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:58 +msgid "Show PIDs of creator and last operator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:76 +msgid "Write time information. The time of the last control operation that changed the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last *msgsnd*(2) and *msgrcv*(2) operations on message queues, the time of the last *shmat*(2) and *shmdt*(2) operations on shared memory, and the time of the last *semop*(2) operation on semaphores." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--summary*" +msgstr "*-u*, *--summary*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:64 +msgid "Show status summary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Representation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:68 +msgid "These affect only the *-l* (*--limits*) option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--human*" +msgstr "*--human*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:75 +msgid "Print sizes in human-readable format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:79 +msgid "The Linux *ipcs* utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX *ipcs* utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX *-a*, *-b* and *-o* options, but does support the *-l* and *-u* options not defined by POSIX. A portable application shall not use the *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l*, and *-u* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:83 +msgid "The current implementation of *ipcs* obtains information about available IPC resources by parsing the files in _/proc/sysvipc_. Before util-linux version v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the *IPC_STAT* command of *msgctl*(2), *semctl*(2), and *shmctl*(2). This mechanism is also used in later util-linux versions in the case where _/proc_ is unavailable. A limitation of the *IPC_STAT* mechanism is that it can only be used to retrieve information about IPC resources for which the user has read permission." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:87 +msgid "mailto:balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu[Krishna Balasubramanian]" +msgstr "mailto:balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu[Krishna Balasubramanian]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*ipcmk*(1),\n" +"*ipcrm*(1),\n" +"*msgrcv*(2),\n" +"*msgsnd*(2),\n" +"*semget*(2),\n" +"*semop*(2),\n" +"*shmat*(2),\n" +"*shmdt*(2),\n" +"*shmget*(2),\n" +"*sysvipc*(7)\n" +msgstr "" +"*ipcmk*(1),\n" +"*ipcrm*(1),\n" +"*msgrcv*(2),\n" +"*msgsnd*(2),\n" +"*semget*(2),\n" +"*semop*(2),\n" +"*shmat*(2),\n" +"*shmdt*(2),\n" +"*shmget*(2),\n" +"*sysvipc*(7)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "irqtop(1)" +msgstr "irqtop(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:12 +msgid "irqtop - utility to display kernel interrupt information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*irqtop* [options]\n" +msgstr "*irqtop* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:20 +msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information in *top*(1) style view." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:22 +msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:30 +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format _+list_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-stat* _mode_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:30 +msgid "Show per-cpu statistics by specified mode. Available modes are: *auto*, *enable*, *disable*. The default option *auto* detects the width of window, then shows the per-cpu statistics if the width of window is large enouth to show a full line of statistics." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-C*, *--cpu-list* _list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:33 +msgid "Specify cpus in list format to show." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--delay* _seconds_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:36 +msgid "Update interrupt output every _seconds_ intervals." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--sort* _column_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:39 +msgid "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column names. The sort criteria may be changes in interactive mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S*, *--softirq*" +msgstr "*-S*, *--softirq*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:42 +msgid "Show softirqs information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE KEY COMMANDS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*i*" +msgstr "*i*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:49 +msgid "sort by short irq name or number field" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:52 +msgid "sort by total count of interrupts (the default)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:55 +msgid "sort by delta count of interrupts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:58 +msgid "sort by long descriptive name field" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*q Q*" +msgstr "*q Q*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:61 +msgid "stop updates and exit program" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:50 +msgid "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. Copyright 2008 Tilman Schmidt (tilman@imap.cc) +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ldattach(8)" +msgstr "ldattach(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:16 +msgid "ldattach - attach a line discipline to a serial line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ldattach* [*-1278denoVh*] [*-i* _iflag_] [*-s* _speed_] _ldisc device_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:24 +msgid "The *ldattach* daemon opens the specified _device_ file (which should refer to a serial device) and attaches the line discipline _ldisc_ to it for processing of the sent and/or received data. It then goes into the background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:26 +msgid "The line discipline _ldisc_ may be specified either by name or by number." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:28 +msgid "In order to detach the line discipline, *kill*(1) the *ldattach* process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:30 +msgid "With no arguments, *ldattach* prints usage information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "LINE DISCIPLINES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:34 +msgid "Depending on the kernel release, the following line disciplines are supported:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*TTY*(*0*)" +msgstr "*TTY*(*0*)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:37 +msgid "The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode) as well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*SLIP*(*1*)" +msgstr "*SLIP*(*1*)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:40 +msgid "Serial Line IP (SLIP) protocol processor for transmitting TCP/IP packets over serial lines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*MOUSE*(*2*)" +msgstr "*MOUSE*(*2*)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:43 +msgid "Device driver for RS232 connected pointing devices (serial mice)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*PPP*(*3*)" +msgstr "*PPP*(*3*)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:46 +msgid "Point to Point Protocol (PPP) processor for transmitting network packets over serial lines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*STRIP*(*4*); *AX25*(*5*); *X25*(*6*)" +msgstr "*STRIP*(*4*); *AX25*(*5*); *X25*(*6*)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:49 +msgid "Line driver for transmitting X.25 packets over asynchronous serial lines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*6PACK*(*7*); *R3964*(*9*)" +msgstr "*6PACK*(*7*); *R3964*(*9*)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:52 +msgid "Driver for Simatic R3964 module." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*IRDA*(*11*)" +msgstr "*IRDA*(*11*)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:55 +msgid "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda.sourceforge.net/" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*HDLC*(*13*)" +msgstr "*HDLC*(*13*)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:58 +msgid "Synchronous HDLC driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*SYNC_PPP*(*14*)" +msgstr "*SYNC_PPP*(*14*)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:61 +msgid "Synchronous PPP driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*HCI*(*15*)" +msgstr "*HCI*(*15*)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:64 +msgid "Bluetooth HCI UART driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*GIGASET_M101*(*16*)" +msgstr "*GIGASET_M101*(*16*)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:67 +msgid "Driver for Siemens Gigaset M101 serial DECT adapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*PPS*(*18*)" +msgstr "*PPS*(*18*)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:70 +msgid "Driver for serial line Pulse Per Second (PPS) source." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*GSM0710*(*21*)" +msgstr "*GSM0710*(*21*)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:73 +msgid "Driver for GSM 07.10 multiplexing protocol modem (CMUX)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-1*, *--onestopbit*" +msgstr "*-1*, *--onestopbit*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem." +msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to one." +msgstr "파일 시스템의 inode 갯수를 지정한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-2*, *--twostopbits*" +msgstr "*-2*, *--twostopbits*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem." +msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to two." +msgstr "파일 시스템의 inode 갯수를 지정한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-7*, *--sevenbits*" +msgstr "*-7*, *--sevenbits*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:84 +msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 7 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:85 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-8*, *--eightbits*" +msgstr "*-8*, *--eightbits*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:87 +msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 8 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:90 +msgid "Keep *ldattach* in the foreground so that it can be interrupted or debugged, and to print verbose messages about its progress to standard error output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--evenparity*" +msgstr "*-e*, *--evenparity*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I</etc/mtab> table of mounted file systems" +msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to even." +msgstr "I</etc/mtab> 마운트된 화일 시스템에 대한 테입르" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--iflag* [*-*]_value_..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:96 +msgid "Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line. The given _value_ may be a number or a symbolic name. If _value_ is prefixed by a minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead. Several comma-separated values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--noparity*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--noparity*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I</etc/mtab> table of mounted file systems" +msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to none." +msgstr "I</etc/mtab> 마운트된 화일 시스템에 대한 테입르" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *--oddparity*" +msgstr "*-o*, *--oddparity*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:102 +msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to odd." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--speed* _value_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:105 +msgid "Set the speed (the baud rate) of the serial line to the specified _value_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--intro-command* _string_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:108 +msgid "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the invocation of *ldattach*. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into the CMUX mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--pause* _value_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:111 +msgid "Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of *ldattach*. Default is one second." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:117 +msgid "mailto:tilman@imap.cc[Tilman Schmidt]" +msgstr "mailto:tilman@imap.cc[Tilman Schmidt]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*inputattach*(1),\n" +"*ttys*(4)\n" +msgstr "" +"*inputattach*(1),\n" +"*ttys*(4)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "losetup(8)" +msgstr "losetup(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:12 +msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices" +msgstr "losetup - 루프 장치를 설정, 제어한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "info" +msgid "Get info:" +msgstr "info" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:18 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<losetup> [I<loopdev>]" +msgid "*losetup* [_loopdev_]\n" +msgstr "B<losetup> [I<루프장치>]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*losetup* *-l* [*-a*]\n" +msgstr "*losetup* *-l* [*-a*]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*losetup* *-j* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]\n" +msgstr "*losetup* *-j* _파일_ [*-o* _오프셋_]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:24 +msgid "Detach a loop device:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:26 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<losetup -d> I<loopdev>..." +msgid "*losetup* *-d* _loopdev_ ...\n" +msgstr "B<losetup -d> I<루프장치>..." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:28 +msgid "Detach all associated loop devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*losetup* *-D*\n" +msgstr "*losetup* *-D*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices" +msgid "Set up a loop device:" +msgstr "losetup - 루프 장치를 설정, 제어한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*losetup* [*-o* _offset_] [*--sizelimit* _size_] [*--sector-size* _size_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f*|_loopdev file_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:36 +msgid "Resize a loop device:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:38 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<losetup -c> I<loopdev>" +msgid "*losetup* *-c* _loopdev_\n" +msgstr "B<losetup -c> I<루프장치>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:42 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<losetup> is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block devices, to detach loop devices and to query the status of a loop device. If only the I<loop_device> argument is given, the status of the corresponding loop device is shown." +msgid "*losetup* is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop device. If only the _loopdev_ argument is given, the status of the corresponding loop device is shown. If no option is given, all loop devices are shown.\n" +msgstr "B<losetup>은 루프 장치를 정규 파일 또는 블럭 장치와 연결, 루프 장치와 분리, 루프 장치의 상태 파악을 하는데 사용된다. I<루프 장치> 인자만 줄 경우에 해당하는 루프 장치의 상태를 보여준다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:44 +msgid "Note that the old output format (i.e., *losetup -a*) with comma-delimited strings is deprecated in favour of the *--list* output format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:46 +msgid "It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same backing file. *This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, corruption and overwrites.* Use *--nooverlap* with *--find* during setup to avoid this problem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:48 +msgid "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended to use for example *flock*(1) to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use cases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:52 +msgid "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:55 +msgid "Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format (as printed without *--list*) is deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:56 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-d>,B< --detach >I<loopdev>..." +msgid "*-d*, *--detach* _loopdev_..." +msgstr "B<-d>,B< --detach >I<루프장치>..." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:58 +msgid "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). Note that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The detach operation does not return *EBUSY* error anymore if device is actively used by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-D*, *--detach-all*" +msgstr "*-D*, *--detach-all*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device." +msgid "Detach all associated loop devices." +msgstr "특정 루프 장치와 연결된 파일 또는 장치를 루프 장치와 분리한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--find* [_file_]" +msgstr "*-f*, *--find* [_파일_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:64 +msgid "Find the first unused loop device. If a _file_ argument is present, use the found device as loop device. Otherwise, just print its name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--show*" +msgstr "*--show*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:67 +msgid "Display the name of the assigned loop device if the *-f* option and a _file_ argument are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-L*, *--nooverlap*" +msgstr "*-L*, *--nooverlap*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:70 +msgid "Check for conflicts between loop devices to avoid situation when the same backing file is shared between more loop devices. If the file is already used by another device then re-use the device rather than a new one. The option makes sense only with *--find*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-j>, B<--associated> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]" +msgid "*-j*, *--associated* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]" +msgstr "B<-j>, B<--associated> I<파일> [B<-o> I<오프셋>]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device." +msgid "Show the status of all loop devices associated with the given _file_." +msgstr "특정 루프 장치와 연결된 파일 또는 장치를 루프 장치와 분리한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "the data start is moved I<offset> bytes into the specified file or device." +msgid "The data start is moved _offset_ bytes into the specified file or device. The _offset_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above." +msgstr "지정한 파일이나 장치로 옮겨질 데이터의 시작 I<옵셋> 바이트" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--sizelimit* _size_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "the data start is moved I<offset> bytes into the specified file or device." +msgid "The data end is set to no more than _size_ bytes after the data start. The _size_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above." +msgstr "지정한 파일이나 장치로 옮겨질 데이터의 시작 I<옵셋> 바이트" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:80 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>" +msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _size_" +msgstr "B<-V>,B< --version>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:82 +msgid "Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux 4.14). The option may be used when creating a new loop device as well as a stand-alone command to modify sector size of the already existing loop device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:83 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-c>,B< --set-capacity >I<loopdev>" +msgid "*-c*, *--set-capacity* _loopdev_" +msgstr "B<-c>,B< --set-capacity >I<루프장치>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device." +msgid "Force the loop driver to reread the size of the file associated with the specified loop device." +msgstr "특정 루프 장치와 연결된 파일 또는 장치를 루프 장치와 분리한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-P*, *--partscan*" +msgstr "*-P*, *--partscan*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:88 +msgid "Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop device. Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes. The default is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the option *--sector-size* together with *--partscan*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices" +msgid "Set up a read-only loop device." +msgstr "losetup - 루프 장치를 설정, 제어한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]" +msgstr "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:94 +msgid "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument can be either *on* or *off*. If the optional argument is omitted, it defaults to *on*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:100 +msgid "If a loop device or the *-a* option is specified, print the default columns for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the default is to print info about all devices. See also *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--raw*, and *--json*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:101 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o>, B<--output>=I<\\,FILE\\/>" +msgid "*-O*, *--output* _column_[,_column_]..." +msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output>=I<\\,파일\\/>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:103 +msgid "Specify the columns that are to be printed for the *--list* output. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:109 +msgid "Don't print headings for *--list* output format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:52 +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--raw*" +msgstr "*--raw*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:112 +msgid "Use the raw *--list* output format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:115 +msgid "Use JSON format for *--list* output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:116 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgid "ENCRYPTION" +msgstr "설명" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.* For more details see *cryptsetup*(8).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*losetup* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure. When *losetup* displays the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not configured and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the status of the device.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:127 +msgid "Since version 2.37 *losetup* uses *LOOP_CONFIGURE* ioctl to setup a new loop device by one ioctl call. The old versions use *LOOP_SET_FD* and *LOOP_SET_STATUS64* ioctls to do the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1616 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LOOPDEV_DEBUG*=all" +msgstr "*LOOPDEV_DEBUG*=all" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:135 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "I</dev/loop[0..N]>" +msgid "_/dev/loop[0..N]_" +msgstr "I</dev/loop[0..N]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:137 +msgid "loop block devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:138 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "I</dev/loop-control>" +msgid "_/dev/loop-control_" +msgstr "I</dev/loop-control>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices" +msgid "loop control device" +msgstr "losetup - 루프 장치를 설정, 제어한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:144 +msgid "The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device." +msgstr "다음 명령은 루프 장치를 활용한 예제처럼 활용할 수 있습니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:153 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "dd if=/dev/zero of=/file bs=1k count=100\n" +#| "losetup -e des /dev/loop0 /file\n" +#| "Password:\n" +#| "Init (up to 16 hex digits):\n" +#| "mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0 100\n" +#| "mount -t ext2 /dev/loop0 /mnt\n" +#| " ...\n" +#| "umount /dev/loop0\n" +#| "losetup -d /dev/loop0\n" +msgid "" +" # dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n" +" # losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n" +" /dev/loop0\n" +" # mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n" +" # mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n" +" ...\n" +" # umount /dev/loop0\n" +" # losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n" +msgstr "" +"dd if=/dev/zero of=/file bs=1k count=100\n" +"losetup -e des /dev/loop0 /file\n" +"Password:\n" +"Init (up to 16 hex digits):\n" +"mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0 100\n" +"mount -t ext2 /dev/loop0 /mnt\n" +" ...\n" +"umount /dev/loop0\n" +"losetup -d /dev/loop0\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:157 +msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], based on the original version from mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "lscpu(1)" +msgstr "lscpu(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:12 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems" +msgid "lscpu - display information about the CPU architecture" +msgstr "fstab - 화일 시스템에 대한 고정적인 정보 저장" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lscpu* [options]\n" +msgstr "*lscpu* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lscpu* gathers CPU architecture information from _sysfs_, _/proc/cpuinfo_ and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g. *librtas* on Powerpc). The command output can be optimized for parsing or for easy readability by humans. The information includes, for example, the number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) nodes. There is also information about the CPU caches and cache sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:22 +msgid "The default output formatting on terminal is subject to change and maybe optimized for better readability. The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) is never affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: data\\n\" format. Use for example \"*lscpu | less*\" to see the default output without optimizations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:24 +msgid "In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is typically different from the physical (host) system. On architectures that support retrieving physical topology information, *lscpu* also displays the number of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:26 +msgid "Options that result in an output table have a _list_ argument. Use this argument to customize the command output. Specify a comma-separated list of column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, arranged in the specified order. See *COLUMNS* for a list of valid column labels. The column labels are not case sensitive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:28 +msgid "Not all columns are supported on all architectures. If an unsupported column is specified, *lscpu* prints the column but does not provide any data for it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:30 +msgid "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs. The versions before v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due to complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between CPUs. For more details about caches see *--cache*. Since version v2.37 *lscpu* follows cache IDs as provided by Linux kernel and it does not always start from zero." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:35 +msgid "Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for *-e*). This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-B*, *--bytes*" +msgstr "*-B*, *--bytes*" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-b*, *--online*" +msgstr "*-b*, *--online*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:41 +msgid "Limit the output to online CPUs (default for *-p*). This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-C*, *--caches*[=_list_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:44 +msgid "Display details about CPU caches. For details about available information see *--help* output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:46 +msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, all columns for which data is available are included in the command output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:48 +msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: *-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE* or *--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:50 +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., **lscpu -C=+ALLOC-POLICY**)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--offline*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--offline*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:53 +msgid "Limit the output to offline CPUs. This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--hierarchic*[=_when_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:56 +msgid "Use subsections in summary output. For backward compatibility, the default is to use subsections only when output on a terminal and flattened output on a non-terminal. The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always* or *auto*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to \"always\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--extended*[=_list_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:59 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display the CPU information in human-readable format." +msgstr "버전 정보를 출력합니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:61 +msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the default columns are included in the command output. The default output is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:63 +msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-e=cpu,node*' or '*--extended=cpu,node*'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:65 +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., lscpu -e=+MHZ)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:71 +msgid "Use JSON output format for the default summary or extended output (see *--extended*). For backward compatibility, JSON output follows the default summary behavior for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) where subsections are missing. See also *--hierarchic*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--parse*[=_list_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:74 +msgid "Optimize the command output for easy parsing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:76 +msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with earlier versions of *lscpu*. In this compatible format, two commas are used to separate CPU cache columns. If no CPU caches are identified the cache column is omitted. If the _list_ argument is used, cache columns are separated with a colon (:)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:78 +msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-p=cpu,node*' or '*--parse=cpu,node*'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:80 +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., lscpu -p=+MHZ)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--sysroot* _directory_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:83 +msgid "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lscpu* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:86 +msgid "Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\"). The default is to print the sets in list format (for example 0,1). Note that before version 2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-y*, *--physical*" +msgstr "*-y*, *--physical*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:89 +msgid "Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, socket, etc.). Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by *lscpu*, physical IDs are platform-specific values that are provided by the kernel. Physical IDs are not necessarily unique and they might not be arranged sequentially. If the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID for an element *lscpu* prints the dash (-) character." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:91 +msgid "The CPU logical numbers are not affected by this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:94 +msgid "Output all available columns. This option must be combined with either *--extended*, *--parse* or *--caches*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:98 +msgid "The basic overview of CPU family, model, etc. is always based on the first CPU only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:100 +msgid "Sometimes in Xen Dom0 the kernel reports wrong data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:102 +msgid "On virtual hardware the number of cores per socket, etc. can be wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:108 +msgid "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]" +msgstr "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chcpu*(8)\n" +msgstr "*chcpu*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "lsipc(1)" +msgstr "lsipc(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:12 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "ipcs - provide information on ipc facilities" +msgid "lsipc - show information on IPC facilities currently employed in the system" +msgstr "ipcs - ipc 설비(facilities) 정보를 보여준다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lsipc* [options]\n" +msgstr "*lsipc* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lsipc* shows information on the System V inter-process communication facilities for which the calling process has read access.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:25 +msgid "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. It is possible to override the default output format for this option with the *--list*, *--raw*, *--json* or *--export* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-g*, *--global*" +msgstr "*-g*, *--global*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:28 +msgid "Show system-wide usage and limits of IPC resources. This option may be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. The default is to show information about all resources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:42 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "File formats" +msgid "Output formatting" +msgstr "파일 포맷" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File formats" +msgid "Use the JSON output format." +msgstr "파일 포맷" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:55 +msgid "Use the list output format. This is the default, except when *--id* is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:70 +msgid "Print size in bytes rather than in human readable format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-P*, *--numeric-perms*" +msgstr "*-P*, *--numeric-perms*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:82 +msgid "Print numeric permissions in PERMS column." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:96 +msgid "if a serious error occurs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:100 +msgid "The *lsipc* utility is inspired by the *ipcs*(1) utility." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "lsirq(1)" +msgstr "lsirq(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:12 +msgid "lsirq - utility to display kernel interrupt information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lsirq* [options]\n" +msgstr "*lsirq* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information." +msgstr "버전 정보를 출력합니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:33 +msgid "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column names." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:39 +msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "lsmem(1)" +msgstr "lsmem(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:12 +msgid "lsmem - list the ranges of available memory with their online status" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lsmem* [options]\n" +msgstr "*lsmem* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:20 +msgid "The *lsmem* command lists the ranges of available memory with their online status. The listed memory blocks correspond to the memory block representation in sysfs. The command also shows the memory block size and the amount of memory in online and offline state." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:22 +msgid "The default output is compatible with original implementation from s390-tools, but it's strongly recommended to avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:24 +msgid "The *lsmem* command lists a new memory range always when the current memory block distinguish from the previous block by some output column. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--split* option (e.g., *lsmem --split=ZONES*). The special word \"none\" may be used to ignore all differences between memory blocks and to create as large as possible continuous ranges. The opposite semantic is *--all* to list individual memory blocks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:26 +msgid "Note that some output columns may provide inaccurate information if a split policy forces *lsmem* to ignore differences in some attributes. For example if you merge removable and non-removable memory blocks to the one range than all the range will be marked as non-removable on *lsmem* output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:28 +msgid "Not all columns are supported on all systems. If an unsupported column is specified, *lsmem* prints the column but does not provide any data for it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:30 +msgid "Use the *--help* option to see the columns description." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:35 +msgid "List each individual memory block, instead of combining memory blocks with similar attributes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:47 +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsmem -o +NODE*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:53 +msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S*, *--split* _list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:59 +msgid "Specify which columns (attributes) use to split memory blocks to ranges. The supported columns are STATE, REMOVABLE, NODE and ZONES, or \"none\". The other columns are silently ignored. For more details see *DESCRIPTION* above." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:62 +msgid "Gather memory data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lsmem* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:67 +msgid "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always* or *only*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"only\"*. The summary output is suppressed for *--raw*, *--pairs* and *--json*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lsmem* was originally written by Gerald Schaefer for s390-tools in Perl. The C version for util-linux was written by Clemens von Mann, Heiko Carstens and Karel Zak.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chmem*(8)\n" +msgstr "*chmem*(8)\n" + +#. Man page for the lsns command. +#. Copyright 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "lsns(8)" +msgstr "lsns(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:17 +msgid "lsns - list namespaces" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:21 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "*lsns* [options] _namespace_\n" +msgstr "*lsns* [옵션] _namespace_\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lsns* lists information about all the currently accessible namespaces or about the given _namespace_. The _namespace_ identifier is an inode number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:27 +msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected output mode (*--tree* or *--list*) and columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:29 +msgid "The *NSFS* column, printed when *net* is specified for the *--type* option, is special; it uses multi-line cells. Use the option *--nowrap* to switch to \",\"-separated single-line representation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:31 +msgid "Note that *lsns* reads information directly from the _/proc_ filesystem and for non-root users it may return incomplete information. The current _/proc_ filesystem may be unshared and affected by a PID namespace (see *unshare --mount-proc* for more details). *lsns* is not able to see persistent namespaces without processes where the namespace instance is held by a bind mount to /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File formats" +msgid "Use list output format." +msgstr "파일 포맷" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:47 +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsns -o +PATH*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-P*, *--persistent*" +msgstr "*-P*, *--persistent*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:54 +msgid "Display only the namespaces without processes (aka persistent namespaces), created by bind mounting /proc/pid/ns/type files to a filesystem path." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--task* _PID_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:57 +msgid "Display only the namespaces held by the process with this _PID_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:63 +msgid "Display the specified _type_ of namespaces only. The supported types are *mnt*, *net*, *ipc*, *user*, *pid*, *uts*, *cgroup* and *time*. This option may be given more than once." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-W*, *--nowrap*" +msgstr "*-W*, *--nowrap*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:69 +msgid "Do not use multi-line text in columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--tree* _rel_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:72 +msgid "Use tree-like output format. If *process* is given as _rel_, print process tree(s) in each name space. This is default when *--tree* is not specified. If *parent* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the parent/child relationship. If *owner* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the owner/owned relationship. *owner* is used as default when _rel_ is omitted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The I<option-name> can be one of the following:" +msgid "The *lsns* utility exits with one of the following values:" +msgstr "I<옵션-이름>은 다음 중 한 가지이다:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:81 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Operational error" +msgid "General error." +msgstr "작업 수행중에 오류 발생." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:85 +msgid "An ioctl was unknown to the kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*nsenter*(1),\n" +"*unshare*(1),\n" +"*clone*(2),\n" +"*namespaces*(7),\n" +"*ioctl_ns*(2),\n" +"*ip-netns*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*nsenter*(1),\n" +"*unshare*(1),\n" +"*clone*(2),\n" +"*namespaces*(7),\n" +"*ioctl_ns*(2),\n" +"*ip-netns*(8)\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 1996-2004 Andries Brouwer +#. Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com> +#. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was +#. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California +#. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself. +#. (Probably no BSD text remains.) +#. Fragments of text were written by Werner Almesberger, Remy Card, +#. Stephen Tweedie and Eric Youngdale. +#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +#. the License, or (at your option) any later version. +#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +#. document formatting or typesetting system, including +#. intermediate and printed output. +#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mount(8)" +msgstr "mount(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:43 +msgid "mount - mount a filesystem" +msgstr "mount - 파일 시스템을 마운트합니다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount* [*-h*|*-V*]\n" +msgstr "*mount* [*-h*|*-V*]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:49 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount -a [-t>I< type>B<]>" +msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _fstype_]\n" +msgstr "B<mount -a [-t>I< type>B<]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:51 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount -a [-fFnrsvw] [-t >I<vfstype>B<]>" +msgid "*mount* *-a* [*-fFnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n" +msgstr "B<mount -a [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<화일시스템유형>B<]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:53 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-o >I<options>B< [,...]] >I<device >B<|>I< dir>" +msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-o* _options_] _device_|_mountpoint_\n" +msgstr "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-o >I<옵션>B< [,...]] >I<장치 >B<|>I< 디렉토리>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:55 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<vfstype>B<] [-o >I<options>B<] >I<device dir>" +msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-o* _options_] _device mountpoint_\n" +msgstr "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<화일시스템유형>B<] [-o >I<옵션>B<] >I<장치 디렉토리>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" +msgid "*mount* *--bind*|*--rbind*|*--move* _olddir newdir_\n" +msgstr "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount* *--make-*[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file hierarchy, rooted at B</>. These files can be spread out over several devices. The B<mount> command serves to attach the file system found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the B<umount>(8) command will detach it again." +msgid "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the *umount*(8) command will detach it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other services." +msgstr "유닉스 시스템의 모든 화일들은 하나의 거대한 나무 구조로 이루어져 있고 그 뿌리는 B</> 이다. 이 화일들은 여러 장치에 나뉘어 저장될 수 있다. B<mount> 명령은 각 장치에 구성된 화일 시스템을 전체 화일 나무구조에 붙이는 명령 이다. 이와 반대로 B<umount>(8) 명령은 나무구조로부터 떼어놓는 명령이다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:65 +msgid "The standard form of the *mount* command is:" +msgstr "*mount* 명령의 표준 활용 형식은:" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:68 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" +msgid "*mount -t* _type device dir_\n" +msgstr "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This tells the kernel to attach the file system found on I<device> (which is of type I<type>) at the directory I<dir>. The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become invisible, and as long as this file system remains mounted, the pathname I<dir> refers to the root of the file system on I<device>." +msgid "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on _device_ (which is of type _type_) at the directory _dir_. The option *-t* _type_ is optional. The *mount* command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The root permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section \"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of _dir_ become invisible, and as long as this filesystem remains mounted, the pathname _dir_ refers to the root of the filesystem on _device_." +msgstr "이렇게 하면 커널로 하여금 화일 시스템 유형 I<type> 을 갖는 장치 I<device> 를 I<dir> 로 지정한 디렉토리에 부착한다. 이전에 어떤 내용이 있었다 하더라도 I<dir> 의 소유자, 모드는 가려지며 화일 시스템이 마운트되어 있는 상태에서 I<dir> 이라는 경로명은 I<device> 장치 상의 루트를 가리키게 된다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:73 +msgid "If only the directory or the device is given, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:76 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount /cd>" +msgid "*mount* _/dir_\n" +msgstr "B<mount /cd>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:79 +msgid "then *mount* looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) in the _/etc/fstab_ file. It's possible to use the *--target* or *--source* options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given argument. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount --target* _/mountpoint_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:85 +msgid "The same filesystem may be mounted more than once, and in some cases (e.g., network filesystems) the same filesystem may be mounted on the same mountpoint multiple times. The *mount* command does not implement any policy to control this behavior. All behavior is controlled by the kernel and it is usually specific to the filesystem driver. The exception is *--all*, in this case already mounted filesystems are ignored (see *--all* below for more details)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Listing the mounts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This option does nothing at all; it is provided only for backwards compatibility." +msgid "The listing mode is maintained for backward compatibility only." +msgstr "아무런 작용도 하지 않는다. 호환성을 위해 제공될 뿐이다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:91 +msgid "For more robust and customizable output use *findmnt*(8), *especially in your scripts*. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are replaced with '?'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "lists all mounted file systems (of type I<type>) - see below." +msgid "The following command lists all mounted filesystems (of type _type_):" +msgstr "라고 하면 마운트된 모든 시스템을 보여준다.( I<type> 을 지정하면 해당 유형만 보여준다 ) - 다음을 참고하기 바란다." + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:96 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount> [B<-l>] [B<-t> I<type>]" +msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _type_]\n" +msgstr "B<mount> [B<-l>] [B<-t> I<형식>]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:99 +msgid "The option *-l* adds labels to this listing. See below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Indicating the device and filesystem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like I</dev/sda1>, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of an NFS mount, I<device> may look like I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>." +msgid "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like _/dev/sda1_, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of an NFS mount, _device_ may look like _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_." +msgstr "대부분의 장치는 화일명으로 지칭하는데( 특별한 블럭 장치명 ) I</dev/sda1>, 과 같은 이름이 사용된다. 예를 들어 NFS 마운트의 경우에는 I<device> 명을 I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir> 와 같은 식으로 써주게 된다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:105 +msgid "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware reconfiguration, and adding or removing a device can cause changes in names. This is the reason why it's strongly recommended to use filesystem or partition identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently supported identifiers (tags):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "LABEL=__label__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:108 +msgid "Human readable filesystem identifier. See also *-L*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:109 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "UUID=I<uuid>" +msgid "UUID=__uuid__" +msgstr "UUID=I<uuid>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:111 +msgid "Filesystem universally unique identifier. The format of the UUID is usually a series of hex digits separated by hyphens. See also *-U*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:113 +msgid "Note that *mount* uses UUIDs as strings. The UUIDs from the command line or from *fstab*(5) are not converted to internal binary representation. The string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PARTLABEL=__label__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:116 +msgid "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:117 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "PARTUUID=I<uuid>" +msgid "PARTUUID=__uuid__" +msgstr "PARTUUID=I<uuid>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:119 +msgid "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent on filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ID=__id__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:122 +msgid "Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd. This identifier is usually based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the hardware manufacturer. See *ls /dev/disk/by-id* for more details, this directory and running udevd is required. This identifier is not recommended for generic use as the identifier is not strictly defined and it depends on udev, udev rules and hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:124 +msgid "The command *lsblk --fs* provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and UUIDs on available block devices. The command *blkid -p <device>* provides details about a filesystem on the specified device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:126 +msgid "Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use *lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID* to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:128 +msgid "The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g. *UUID*=_uuid_) rather than _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}_ udev symlinks in the _/etc/fstab_ file. Tags are more readable, robust and portable. The *mount*(8) command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of symlinks in _/etc/fstab_ has no advantage over tags. For more details see *libblkid*(3)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The I<proc> file system is not associated with a special device, and when mounting it, an arbitrary keyword, such as I<proc> can be used instead of a device specification. (The customary choice I<none> is less fortunate: the error message `none busy' from B<umount> can be confusing.)" +msgid "The _proc_ filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when mounting it, an arbitrary keyword - for example, __proc__ - can be used instead of a device specification. (The customary choice _none_ is less fortunate: the error message 'none already mounted' from *mount* can be confusing.)" +msgstr "I<proc> 화일시스템은 어떠한 장치와도 연관되어 있지 않으며, 마운트할 때는 예를 들어 I<proc> 과 같은 단어 등 아무 단어로든 장치명으로 사용하면 된다. ( 하지만 I<none> 이라고 주는 것은 안된다: B<umount> 로부터 `none busy'라는 에러 메세지를 받게 되는데 전혀 의미없는 내용이다. )" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:131 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. This file is used in three ways:" +msgid "The file _/etc/fstab_ (see *fstab*(5)), may contain lines describing what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location of the *fstab*(5) file can be overridden with the *--fstab* _path_ command-line option (see below for more details)." +msgstr "I</etc/fstab> ( B<fstab>(5) 을 참고), 화일에서는 어떤 장치를 어디에 그리고 어떤 옵션으로 마운트할 것인지 적어두고 있다. 이 화일은 다음 3 가지 방법으로 사용가능하다:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:136 +msgid "The command" +msgstr "명령" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:139 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount -a [-t>I< type>B<]>" +msgid "*mount -a* [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n" +msgstr "B<mount -a [-t>I< type>B<]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:142 +#, fuzzy +msgid "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in _fstab_ (of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword. Adding the *-F* option will make *mount* fork, so that the filesystems are mounted in parallel." +msgstr "(보통 부팅 과정에서 실행) 라고 하면 I<fstab> 에서 기술되어 있는 모든 화일 시스템을 마운트시킨다. 하지만 B<noauto> 라는 키워드를 사용한 줄은 제외한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "(ii) When mounting a file system mentioned in I<fstab>, it suffices to give only the device, or only the mount point." +msgid "When mounting a filesystem mentioned in _fstab_ or _mtab_, it suffices to specify on the command line only the device, or only the mount point." +msgstr "(ii) I<fstab> 에 기술된 화일 시스템을 마운트할 때는 그냥 장치명만 써주거나 또는 마운트 포인트(마운트될 디렉토리)만 적어주면 된다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:146 +msgid "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) traditionally maintained a list of currently mounted filesystems in the file _/etc/mtab_. The support for regular classic _/etc/mtab_ is completely disabled at compile time by default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make _/etc/mtab_ a symlink to _/proc/mounts_ instead. The regular _mtab_ file maintained in userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers and other advanced Linux features. If the regular _mtab_ support is enabled, then it's possible to use the file as well as the symlink." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:148 +msgid "If no arguments are given to *mount*, the list of mounted filesystems is printed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:150 +msgid "If you want to override mount options from _/etc/fstab_, you have to use the *-o* option:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount* __device__|__dir__ *-o* _options_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:156 +msgid "and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the list of options from _/etc/fstab_. This default behaviour can be changed using the *--options-mode* command-line option. The usual behavior is that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:158 +msgid "The *mount* program does not read the _/etc/fstab_ file if both _device_ (or LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and _dir_ are specified. For example, to mount device *foo* at */dir*:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:161 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount /dev/cdrom>" +msgid "*mount /dev/foo /dir*\n" +msgstr "B<mount /dev/cdrom>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:164 +msgid "This default behaviour can be changed by using the *--options-source-force* command-line option to always read configuration from _fstab_. For non-root users *mount* always reads the _fstab_ configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Non-superuser mounts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "(iii) Normally, only the superuser can mount file systems. However, when I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, then anybody can mount the corresponding system." +msgid "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding filesystem." +msgstr "(iii) 일반적으로는 오로지 수퍼유저만 화일시스템 마운트를 할 수 있다. 하지만 I<fstab> 에 B<user> 라는 옵션이 붙어있는 경우 어느 누구든 마운트 가능하다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:170 +msgid "Thus, given a line" +msgstr "따라서 다음과 같이" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*/dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide*\n" +msgstr "*/dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "any user can mount the iso9660 file system found on his CDROM using the command" +msgid "any user can mount the iso9660 filesystem found on an inserted CDROM using the command:" +msgstr "라고 적혀 있다면 어떤 사용자든" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount /cd*\n" +msgstr "*mount /cd*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:182 +msgid "Note that *mount* is very strict about non-root users and all paths specified on command line are verified before _fstab_ is parsed or a helper program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid mountpoint to specify filesystem, otherwise *mount* may fail. For example it's a bad idea to use NFS or CIFS source on command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:184 +msgid "Since util-linux 2.35, *mount* does not exit when user permissions are inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules. Instead, it drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This behavior supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:186 +msgid "For more details, see *fstab*(5). Only the user that mounted a filesystem can unmount it again. If any user should be able to unmount it, then use *users* instead of *user* in the _fstab_ line. The *owner* option is similar to the *user* option, with the restriction that the user must be the owner of the special file. This may be useful e.g. for _/dev/fd_ if a login script makes the console user owner of this device. The *group* option is similar, with the restriction that the user must be a member of the group of the special file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Bind mount operation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:190 +msgid "Remount part of the file hierarchy somewhere else. The call is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:193 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:231 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" +msgid "*mount --bind* _olddir newdir_\n" +msgstr "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:196 +msgid "or by using this _fstab_ entry:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:199 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**/**__olddir__ **/**__newdir__ *none bind*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:202 +msgid "After this call the same contents are accessible in two places." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:204 +msgid "It is important to understand that \"bind\" does not create any second-class or special node in the kernel VFS. The \"bind\" is just another operation to attach a filesystem. There is nowhere stored information that the filesystem has been attached by a \"bind\" operation. The _olddir_ and _newdir_ are independent and the _olddir_ may be unmounted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:206 +msgid "One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It's also possible to use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular directory, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:209 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount --bind foo foo>" +msgid "*mount --bind foo foo*\n" +msgstr "B<mount --bind foo foo>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:212 +msgid "The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not possible submounts. The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be attached a second place by using:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:215 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" +msgid "*mount --rbind* _olddir newdir_\n" +msgstr "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:218 +msgid "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will remain the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount options (e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by *mount* and it's necessary to explicitly specify the options on the *mount* command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:220 +msgid "Since util-linux 2.27 *mount* permits changing the mount options by passing the relevant options along with *--bind*. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:223 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount -o bind,ro foo foo>" +msgid "*mount -o bind,ro foo foo*\n" +msgstr "B<mount -o bind,ro foo foo>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:226 +msgid "This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in userspace by an additional *mount*(2) remounting system call. This solution is not atomic." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:228 +msgid "The alternative (classic) way to create a read-only bind mount is to use the remount operation, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:233 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" +msgid "*mount -o remount,bind,ro* _olddir newdir_\n" +msgstr "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:236 +msgid "Note that a read-only bind will create a read-only mountpoint (VFS entry), but the original filesystem superblock will still be writable, meaning that the _olddir_ will be writable, but the _newdir_ will be read-only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:238 +msgid "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime, relatime and nosymfollow VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently ignored. The classic *mount*(2) system call does not allow to change mount options recursively (for example with *-o rbind,ro*). The recursive semantic is possible with a new *mount_setattr*(2) kernel system call and it's supported since libmount from util-linux v2.39 by a new experimental \"recursive\" option argument (e.g. *-o rbind,ro=recursive*). For more details see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:240 +msgid "Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ on a *remount* operation (if *-o remount* is specified on command line). This is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by command line. In previous versions the bind flag has been always applied and it was impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with the bind semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when \"remount,bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The move operation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:244 +msgid "Move a *mounted tree* to another place (atomically). The call is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:247 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" +msgid "*mount --move* _olddir newdir_\n" +msgstr "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:250 +msgid "This will cause the contents which previously appeared under _olddir_ to now be accessible under _newdir_. The physical location of the files is not changed. Note that _olddir_ has to be a mountpoint." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:252 +msgid "Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid and unsupported. Use *findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION* to see the current propagation flags." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Shared subtree operations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:256 +msgid "Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as shared, private, slave or unbindable. A shared mount provides the ability to create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts within any of the mirrors propagate to the other mirror. A slave mount receives propagation from its master, but not vice versa. A private mount carries no propagation abilities. An unbindable mount is a private mount which cannot be cloned through a bind operation. The detailed semantics are documented in _Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ file in the kernel source tree; see also *mount_namespaces*(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:258 +msgid "Supported operations are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:264 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"mount --make-shared mountpoint\n" +"mount --make-slave mountpoint\n" +"mount --make-private mountpoint\n" +"mount --make-unbindable mountpoint\n" +msgstr "" +"mount --make-shared 마운트 지점\n" +"mount --make-slave 마운트 지점\n" +"mount --make-private 마운트 지점\n" +"mount --make-unbindable 마운트 지점\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:267 +msgid "The following commands allow one to recursively change the type of all the mounts under a given mountpoint." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"mount --make-rshared mountpoint\n" +"mount --make-rslave mountpoint\n" +"mount --make-rprivate mountpoint\n" +"mount --make-runbindable mountpoint\n" +msgstr "" +"mount --make-rshared 마운트 지점\n" +"mount --make-rslave 마운트 지점\n" +"mount --make-rprivate 마운트 지점\n" +"mount --make-runbindable 마운트 지점\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:276 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount* *does not read* *fstab*(5) when a *--make-** operation is requested. All necessary information has to be specified on the command line.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:278 +msgid "Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation flags with a single *mount*(2) system call, and the flags cannot be mixed with other mount options and operations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:280 +msgid "Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more propagation (topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also together with other mount operations. The propagation flags are applied by additional *mount*(2) system calls when the preceding mount operations were successful. Note that this use case is not atomic. It is possible to specify the propagation flags in *fstab*(5) as mount options (*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, *rprivate*, *rslave*, *rshared*, *runbindable*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo\n" +msgstr "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:288 +msgid "is the same as:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:293 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"mount /dev/sda1 /foo\n" +"mount --make-private /foo\n" +"mount --make-unbindable /foo\n" +msgstr "" +"mount /dev/sda1 /foo\n" +"mount --make-private /foo\n" +"mount --make-unbindable /foo\n" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:295 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "GLOBAL OPTIONS" +msgid "COMMAND-LINE OPTIONS" +msgstr "전체 옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:298 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The full set of options used by an invocation of B<mount> is determined by first extracting the options for the file system from the I<fstab> table, then applying any options specified by the B<-o> argument, and finally applying a B<-r> or B<-w> option, when present." +msgid "The full set of mount options used by an invocation of *mount* is determined by first extracting the mount options for the filesystem from the _fstab_ table, then applying any options specified by the *-o* argument, and finally applying a *-r* or *-w* option, when present." +msgstr "B<mount> 를 사용하면 우선 I<fstab> 화일에 기술되어 있는 옵션을 적용한 후 B<-o> 옵션에서 주어진 것을 적용하고 마지막으로 B<-r> 또는 B<-w> 이 있다면 그것을 적용한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:300 +msgid "The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the mount helpers is described below in the *EXTERNAL HELPERS* section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:302 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Options available for the B<mount> command:" +msgid "Command-line options available for the *mount* command are:" +msgstr "B<mount> 명령에서 사용할 수 있는 옵션은 다음과 같다:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:305 +msgid "Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in _fstab_ (except for those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword). The filesystems are mounted following their order in _fstab_. The *mount* command compares filesystem source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) to detect already mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already mounted filesystems is cached during *mount --all*. This means that all duplicated _fstab_ entries will be mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:307 +msgid "The correct functionality depends on _/proc_ (to detect already mounted filesystems) and on _/sys_ (to evaluate filesystem tags like UUID= or LABEL=). It's strongly recommended to mount _/proc_ and _/sys_ filesystems before *mount -a* is executed, or keep /proc and /sys at the beginning of _fstab_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:309 +msgid "The option *--all* is possible to use for remount operation too. In this case all filters (*-t* and *-O*) are applied to the table of already mounted filesystems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:311 +msgid "Since version 2.35 it is possible to use the command line option *-o* to alter mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:313 +msgid "Note that it is a bad practice to use *mount -a* for _fstab_ checking. The recommended solution is *findmnt --verify*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:314 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-B*, *--bind*" +msgstr "*-B*, *--bind*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:316 +msgid "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both places). See above, under *Bind mount operation*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:317 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--no-canonicalize*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--no-canonicalize*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:319 +msgid "Don't canonicalize paths. The *mount* command canonicalizes all paths (from the command line or _fstab_) by default. This option can be used together with the *-f* flag for already canonicalized absolute paths. The option is designed for mount helpers which call *mount -i*. It is strongly recommended to not use this command-line option for normal mount operations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:321 +msgid "Note that *mount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ helpers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:322 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-F*, *--fork*" +msgstr "*-F*, *--fork*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:324 +msgid "(Used in conjunction with *-a*.) Fork off a new incarnation of *mount* for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to mount both _/usr_ and _/usr/spool_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:325 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f, --fake*" +msgstr "*-f, --fake*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:327 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this \"fakes\" mounting the filesystem. This option is useful in conjunction with the *-v* flag to determine what the *mount* command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were mounted earlier with the *-n* option. The *-f* option checks for an existing record in _/etc/mtab_ and fails when the record already exists (with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)." +msgstr "실제 시스템 호출은 하지 않고 마운트할 수 있는지 점검한다. 보통 B<-v> 플래그를 써서 B<mount> 명령의 결과를 알고자 할 때 유용하다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i, --internal-only*" +msgstr "*-i, --internal-only*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:330 +msgid "Don't call the **/sbin/mount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:333 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _label_." +msgstr "현재 시스템의 파티션 테이블을 나열하고 마친다. 계산되는 장치는 다음과 같다. B</dev/hda>, B</dev/hdb>, B</dev/sda>, B</dev/sdb>, B</dev/sdc>, B</dev/sdd>, B</dev/sde>, B</dev/sdf>, B</dev/sdg>, B</dev/sdh>" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:334 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--show-labels*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--show-labels*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:336 +msgid "Add the labels in the mount output. *mount* must have permission to read the disk device (e.g. be set-user-ID root) for this to work. One can set such a label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the *e2label*(8) utility, or for XFS using *xfs_admin*(8), or for reiserfs using *reiserfstune*(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-M*, *--move*" +msgstr "*-M*, *--move*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:339 +msgid "Move a subtree to some other place. See above, the subsection *The move operation*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:340 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" +msgid "*-m*, **--mkdir**[=__mode__]" +msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:342 +msgid "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. Alias to \"-o X-mount.mkdir[=mode]\", the default mode is 0755. For more details see *X-mount.mkdir* below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:343 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--no-mtab*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--no-mtab*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount without writing in I</etc/mtab>. This is necessary for example when I</etc> is on a read-only filesystem." +msgid "Mount without writing in _/etc/mtab_. This is necessary for example when _/etc_ is on a read-only filesystem." +msgstr "I</etc/mtab> 화일에 쓰기 작업을 하지 않고 마운트한다. I</etc> 가 읽기전용 화일 시스템인 경우에 필요하다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:346 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:86 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>" +msgid "*-N*, *--namespace* _ns_" +msgstr "B<-V>,B< --version>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:348 +msgid "Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that namespace." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:350 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount* switches to the mount namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *mount*(2), otherwise it runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the target namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the *mount*(2) call.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:352 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:92 +msgid "See *mount_namespaces*(7) for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:353 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _opts_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:355 +msgid "Limit the set of filesystems to which the *-a* option applies. In this regard it is like the *-t* option except that *-O* is useless without *-a*. For example, the command" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:357 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount -a -O no_netdev*\n" +msgstr "*mount -a -O no_netdev*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:359 +msgid "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option _netdev_ specified in the options field in the _/etc/fstab_ file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:361 +msgid "It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading *no* at the beginning of one option does not negate the rest." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:363 +msgid "The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect; that is, the command" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:365 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount -a -t ext2 -O _netdev*\n" +msgstr "*mount -a -t ext2 -O _netdev*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:367 +msgid "mounts all ext2 filesystems with the _netdev option, not all filesystems that are either ext2 or have the _netdev option specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:368 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *--options* _opts_" +msgstr "*-o*, *--options* _옵션_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:370 +msgid "Use the specified mount options. The _opts_ argument is a comma-separated list. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:372 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:374 +msgid "Note that the order of the options matters, as the last option wins if there are conflicting ones. The options from the command line also overwrite options from fstab by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:376 +msgid "For more details, see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* and *FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS* sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:377 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--onlyonce*" +msgstr "*--onlyonce*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:379 +msgid "Forces mount command to check if the filesystem is already mounted. This behavior is the default for *--all*; otherwise, it depends on the kernel filesystem driver. Some filesystems may be mounted more than once on the same mount point (e.g. tmpfs)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:380 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--options-mode* _mode_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:382 +msgid "Controls how to combine options from _fstab_/_mtab_ with options from the command line. _mode_ can be one of *ignore*, *append*, *prepend* or *replace*. For example, *append* means that options from _fstab_ are appended to options from the command line. The default value is *prepend* -- it means command line options are evaluated after _fstab_ options. Note that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:383 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<--options-source-force>" +msgid "*--options-source* _source_" +msgstr "B<--options-source-force>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:385 +msgid "Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, *mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and enables *--options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:386 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--options-source-force*" +msgstr "*--options-source-force*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:388 +msgid "Use options from _fstab_/_mtab_ even if both _device_ and _dir_ are specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:389 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-R*, *--rbind*" +msgstr "*-R*, *--rbind*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:391 +msgid "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection *Bind mount operation*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:394 +msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only. A synonym is *-o ro*." +msgstr "읽기만 가능하게 마운트한다. 같은 옵션으로는 *-o ro* 이 있다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:396 +msgid "Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, the system may still write to the device. For example, ext3 and ext4 will replay the journal if the filesystem is dirty. To prevent this kind of write access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with the *ro,noload* mount options or set the block device itself to read-only mode, see the *blockdev*(8) command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:399 +msgid "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this option. Currently it's supported by the *mount.nfs* mount helper only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:400 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--source* _device_" +msgstr "*--source* _장치명_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:402 +msgid "If only one argument for the *mount* command is given, then the argument might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount source." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:403 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--target* _directory_" +msgstr "*--target* _디렉토리_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:405 +msgid "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount target." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:406 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--target-prefix* _directory_" +msgstr "*--target-prefix* _디렉토리_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:408 +msgid "Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets. This option can be used to follow _fstab_, but mount operations are done in another place, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:410 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir*\n" +msgstr "*mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:412 +msgid "mounts all from system _fstab_ to _/chroot_, all missing mountpoint are created (due to X-mount.mkdir). See also *--fstab* to use an alternative _fstab_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:413 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-T*, *--fstab* _path_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:415 +msgid "Specifies an alternative _fstab_ file. If _path_ is a directory, then the files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start with \".\" or without an _.fstab_ extension are ignored. The option can be specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard system configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:417 +msgid "Note that *mount* does not pass the option *--fstab* to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ helpers, meaning that the alternative _fstab_ files will be invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but user (non-root) mounts always require _fstab_ to verify the user's rights." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:418 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-t*, *--types* _fstype_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:420 +msgid "The argument following the *-t* is used to indicate the filesystem type. The filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the running kernel. See _/proc/filesystems_ and _/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ for a complete list of the filesystems. The most common are ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:422 +msgid "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) support filesystem subtypes. The subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the mount source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:424 +msgid "If no *-t* option is given, or if the *auto* type is specified, *mount* will try to guess the desired type. *mount* uses the *libblkid*(3) library for guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up anything that looks familiar, *mount* will try to read the file _/etc/filesystems_, or, if that does not exist, _/proc/filesystems_. All of the filesystem types listed there will be tried, except for those that are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g. _devpts_, _proc_ and _nfs_). If _/etc/filesystems_ ends in a line with a single {asterisk}, mount will read _/proc/filesystems_ afterwards. While trying, all filesystem types will be mounted with the mount option *silent*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:427 +msgid "The *auto* type may be useful for user-mounted floppies. Creating a file _/etc/filesystems_ can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., to try vfat before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel module autoloader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken. (This can be meaningful with the B<-a> option.)" +msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the *-t* option as well as in an _/etc/fstab_ entry. The list of filesystem types for the *-t* option can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. The prefix *no* has no effect when specified in an _/etc/fstab_ entry." +msgstr "콤마로 분리하여 하나 이상의 유형을 명시할 수 있다. 화일 시스템 유형 앞에 B<no> 을 붙이면 아무런 작용도 하지 못하게 만드는 것이다. ( 보통 B<-a> 이라는 옵션을 사용할 때 쓸모있다. )" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:431 +msgid "The prefix *no* can be meaningful with the *-a* option. For example, the command" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:433 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n" +msgstr "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:435 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mounts all file systems except those of type I<msdos> and I<ext>." +msgid "mounts all filesystems except those of type _msdos_ and _smbfs_." +msgstr "이 명령은 I<msdos> 와 I<ext> 을 제외한 모든 화일 시스템을 마운트한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:437 +msgid "For most types all the *mount* program has to do is issue a simple *mount*(2) system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem type is required. For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, ncpfs) an ad hoc code is necessary. The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and ncpfs filesystems have a separate mount program. In order to make it possible to treat all types in a uniform way, *mount* will execute the program **/sbin/mount.**__type__ (if that exists) when called with type _type_. Since different versions of the *smbmount* program have different calling conventions, */sbin/mount.smbfs* may have to be a shell script that sets up the desired call." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:440 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _uuid_." +msgstr "현재 시스템의 파티션 테이블을 나열하고 마친다. 계산되는 장치는 다음과 같다. B</dev/hda>, B</dev/hdb>, B</dev/sda>, B</dev/sdb>, B</dev/sdc>, B</dev/sdd>, B</dev/sde>, B</dev/sdf>, B</dev/sdg>, B</dev/sdh>" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:444 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-w*, *--rw*, *--read-write*" +msgstr "*-w*, *--rw*, *--read-write*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:446 +msgid "Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the *mount* default is to try read-only if the previous *mount*(2) syscall with read-write flags on write-protected devices failed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:448 +msgid "A synonym is *-o rw*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:450 +msgid "Note that specifying *-w* on the command line forces *mount* to never try read-only mount on write-protected devices or already mounted read-only filesystems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:453 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "FILESYSTEM SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS" +msgid "FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS" +msgstr "화일 시스템 개별적인 마운트 옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:456 +msgid "Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the _/etc/fstab_ file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:458 +msgid "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the system kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/mounts_. Note that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default mount options (see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext__N__ filesystems)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:460 +msgid "The options *nosuid*, *noexec*, *nodiratime*, *relatime*, *noatime*, *strictatime*, and *nosymfollow* are interpreted only by the abstract VFS kernel layer and applied to the mountpoint node rather than to the filesystem itself. Try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:463 +#, no-wrap +msgid " findmnt -o TARGET,VFS-OPTIONS,FS-OPTIONS\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:466 +msgid "to get a complete overview of filesystems and VFS options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:473 +msgid "The read-only setting (*ro* or *rw*) is interpreted by VFS and the filesystem and depends on how the option is specified on the *mount*(8) command line. The default is to interpret it on the filesystem level. The operation \"-o bind,remount,ro\" is applied only to the VFS mountpoint, and operation \"-o remount,ro\" is applied to VFS and filesystem superblock. This semantic allows create a read-only mountpoint but keeps the filesystem writable from another mountpoint." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:478 +msgid "Since v2.39 libmount can use a new kernel mount interface to set the VFS options recursive. For backward compatibility, this feature is not enabled by default, although recursive operation (e.g. rbind) has been requested. The new option argument \"recursive\" could be specified, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:481 +#, no-wrap +msgid " mount -orbind,ro=recursive,noexec=recursive,nosuid /foo /bar\n" +msgstr " mount -orbind,ro=recursive,noexec=recursive,nosuid /foo /bar\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:486 +msgid "recursively binds filesystems from /foo to /bar, /bar, and all submounts will be read-only and noexec, but only /bar itself will be \"nosuid\". The \"recursive\" optional argument for VFS mount options is an EXPERIMENTAL feature." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:488 +msgid "The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but not every filesystem actually honors them - e.g., the *sync* option today has an effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and xfs):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:489 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*async*" +msgstr "*async*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All I/O to the file system should be done asynchronously." +msgid "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the *sync* option.)" +msgstr "화일 시스템에 대한 I/O가 비동기적으로 이뤄지도록 한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:492 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*atime*" +msgstr "*atime*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:494 +msgid "Do not use the *noatime* feature, so the inode access time is controlled by kernel defaults. See also the descriptions of the *relatime* and *strictatime* mount options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:495 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*noatime*" +msgstr "*noatime*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:497 +msgid "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g. for faster access on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types (directories too), so it implies *nodiratime*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:498 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*auto*" +msgstr "*auto*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:500 +msgid "Can be mounted with the *-a* option." +msgstr "*-a* 옵션으로 마운트 가능하게 한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:503 +msgid "Can only be mounted explicitly (i.e., the *-a* option will not cause the filesystem to be mounted)." +msgstr "명시적으로만 마운트 가능하다.( 즉, *-a* 옵션으로는 마운트되지 않는다. )" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:504 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**context=**__context__, **fscontext=**__context__, **defcontext=**__context__, and **rootcontext=**__context__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:506 +msgid "The *context=* option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation. You can also use *context=* on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy. It also helps in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier 2.4.<x> kernel versions. Even where xattrs are supported, you can save time not having to label every file by assigning the entire disk one security context." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:508 +msgid "A commonly used option for removable media is *context=\"system_u:object_r:removable_t*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:510 +msgid "The *fscontext=* option works for all filesystems, regardless of their xattr support. The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem label to a specific security context. This filesystem label is separate from the individual labels on the files. It represents the entire filesystem for certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount or file creation. Individual file labels are still obtained from the xattrs on the files themselves. The context option actually sets the aggregate context that fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the same label for individual files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:512 +msgid "You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using *defcontext=* option. This overrides the value set for unlabeled files in the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:514 +msgid "The *rootcontext=* option allows you to explicitly label the root inode of a FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to userspace. This was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux. The special value *@target* can be used to assign the current context of the target mountpoint location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:516 +msgid "Note that the kernel rejects any remount request that includes the context option, *even* when unchanged from the current context." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:518 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Warning: the* _context_ *value might contain commas*, in which case the value has to be properly quoted, otherwise *mount* will interpret the comma as a separator between mount options. Don't forget that the shell strips off quotes and thus *double quoting is required*. For example:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:521 +msgid "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:524 +msgid "For more details, see *selinux*(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:527 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use the default options: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, *nouser*, and *async*." +msgstr "다음과 같은 기본 옵션을 사용하게 한다: B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, B<auto>, B<nouser>, and B<async.>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:529 +msgid "Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel and filesystem type. See the beginning of this section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:530 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dev*" +msgstr "*dev*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Interpret character or block special devices on the file system." +msgid "Interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem." +msgstr "화일 시스템 상의 문자, 블럭 특수 장치를 해석한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:533 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nodev*" +msgstr "*nodev*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:535 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not interpret character or block special devices on the file system." +msgid "Do not interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem." +msgstr "화일 시스템 상의 문자, 블럭 장치에 대한 해석을 하지 않는다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:536 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*diratime*" +msgstr "*diratime*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:538 +msgid "Update directory inode access times on this filesystem. This is the default. (This option is ignored when *noatime* is set.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:539 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nodiratime*" +msgstr "*nodiratime*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:541 +msgid "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option is implied when *noatime* is set.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:542 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dirsync*" +msgstr "*dirsync*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:544 +msgid "All directory updates within the filesystem should be done synchronously. This affects the following system calls: *creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), *symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), *mknod*(2) and *rename*(2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:545 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*exec*" +msgstr "*exec*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Permit execution of binaries." +msgid "Permit execution of binaries and other executable files." +msgstr "바이너리의 실행은 허가한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:548 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*noexec*" +msgstr "*noexec*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:550 +msgid "Do not permit direct execution of any binaries on the mounted filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:551 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*group*" +msgstr "*group*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:553 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)." +msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's groups matches the group of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *group,dev,suid*)." +msgstr "일반 사용자도 마운트할 수 있게 허용한다. 이 옵션은 다음 B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, 와 B<nodev> 도 효력을 발휘하게 한다. ( 같은 줄에서 B<user,exec,dev,suid> 등의 옵션을 주지 않는다면 )." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:554 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*iversion*" +msgstr "*iversion*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:556 +msgid "Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:557 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*noiversion*" +msgstr "*noiversion*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:559 +msgid "Do not increment the i_version inode field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:560 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mand*" +msgstr "*mand*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:562 +msgid "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2). This option was deprecated in Linux 5.15." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:563 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nomand*" +msgstr "*nomand*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:565 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the file system." +msgid "Do not allow mandatory locks on this filesystem." +msgstr "화일 시스템의 보호 비트에 어떤 변화도 허용치 않는다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:566 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*_netdev*" +msgstr "*_netdev*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:568 +msgid "The filesystem resides on a device that requires network access (used to prevent the system from attempting to mount these filesystems until the network has been enabled on the system)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:571 +msgid "Do not report errors for this device if it does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:572 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*relatime*" +msgstr "*relatime*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:574 +msgid "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time is only updated if the previous access time was earlier than or equal to the current modify or change time. (Similar to *noatime*, but it doesn't break *mutt*(1) or other applications that need to know if a file has been read since the last time it was modified.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:576 +msgid "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this option (unless *noatime* was specified), and the *strictatime* option is required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, the file's last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day old." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*norelatime*" +msgstr "*norelatime*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:579 +msgid "Do not use the *relatime* feature. See also the *strictatime* mount option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:580 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*strictatime*" +msgstr "*strictatime*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:582 +msgid "Allows to explicitly request full atime updates. This makes it possible for the kernel to default to *relatime* or *noatime* but still allow userspace to override it. For more details about the default system mount options see _/proc/mounts_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:583 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nostrictatime*" +msgstr "*nostrictatime*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:585 +msgid "Use the kernel's default behavior for inode access time updates." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:586 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lazytime*" +msgstr "*lazytime*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:588 +msgid "Only update times (atime, mtime, ctime) on the in-memory version of the file inode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:590 +msgid "This mount option significantly reduces writes to the inode table for workloads that perform frequent random writes to preallocated files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:592 +msgid "The on-disk timestamps are updated only when:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:594 +msgid "the inode needs to be updated for some change unrelated to file timestamps" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:595 +msgid "the application employs *fsync*(2), *syncfs*(2), or *sync*(2)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:596 +msgid "an undeleted inode is evicted from memory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:597 +msgid "more than 24 hours have passed since the inode was written to disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:598 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nolazytime*" +msgstr "*nolazytime*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:600 +msgid "Do not use the lazytime feature." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:601 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*suid*" +msgstr "*suid*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:603 +msgid "Honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing programs from this filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:604 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nosuid*" +msgstr "*nosuid*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:606 +msgid "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing programs from this filesystem. In addition, SELinux domain transitions require permission _nosuid_transition_, which in turn needs also policy capability _nnp_nosuid_transition_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:607 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*silent*" +msgstr "*silent*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:609 +msgid "Turn on the silent flag." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:610 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*loud*" +msgstr "*loud*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:612 +msgid "Turn off the silent flag." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:615 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)." +msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *owner,dev,suid*)." +msgstr "일반 사용자도 마운트할 수 있게 허용한다. 이 옵션은 다음 B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, 와 B<nodev> 도 효력을 발휘하게 한다. ( 같은 줄에서 B<user,exec,dev,suid> 등의 옵션을 주지 않는다면 )." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:616 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*remount*" +msgstr "*remount*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:618 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Attempt to remount an already-mounted file system. This is commonly used to change the mount flags for a file system, especially to make a readonly file system writeable." +msgid "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point." +msgstr "이미 마운트된 화일 시스템을 다시 마운트한다. 보통 읽기 전용 화일 시스템을 읽기/쓰기 모드로 전환하는 등 화일 시스템에 대한 플래그를 바꿀 때 사용된다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:620 +msgid "The remount operation together with the *bind* flag has special semantics. See above, the subsection *Bind mount operation*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:629 +msgid "The default kernel behavior for VFS mount flags (nodev,nosuid,noexec,ro) is to reset all unspecified flags on remount. That's why *mount*(8) tries to keep the current setting according to _fstab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. This default behavior is possible to change by *--options-mode*. The recursive change of the mount flags (supported since v2.39 on systems with *mount_setattr*(2) syscall), for example, *mount -o remount,ro=recursive*, do not use \"reset-unspecified\" behavior, and it works as a simple add/remove operation and unspecified flags are not modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:631 +msgid "The remount functionality follows the standard way the *mount* command works with options from _fstab_. This means that *mount* does not read _fstab_ (or _mtab_) only when both _device_ and _dir_ are specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:633 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" +msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dev/foo /dir*\n" +msgstr "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:635 +msgid "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff from _fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the *loop=* option which is internally generated and maintained by the *mount* command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:637 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" +msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dir*\n" +msgstr "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:639 +msgid "After this call, *mount* reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in _fstab_, then it defaults to mount options from _/proc/self/mountinfo_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:642 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount* allows the use of *--all* to remount all already mounted filesystems which match a specified filter (*-O* and *-t*). For example:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:644 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat*\n" +msgstr "*mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:646 +msgid "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of the filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro* _/dir_ semantic. This means the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these options with the options from the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:647 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ro*" +msgstr "*ro*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:649 +msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only." +msgstr "화일 시스템을 읽기만 가능하게 한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:650 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*rw*" +msgstr "*rw*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:652 +msgid "Mount the filesystem read-write." +msgstr "읽기/쓰기 모두 가능하게 마운트한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:653 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sync*" +msgstr "*sync*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:655 +msgid "All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously. In the case of media with a limited number of write cycles (e.g. some flash drives), *sync* may cause life-cycle shortening." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:658 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)." +msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting user is written to the _mtab_ file (or to the private libmount file in _/run/mount_ on systems without a regular _mtab_) so that this same user can unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options *noexec*, *nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *user,exec,dev,suid*)." +msgstr "일반 사용자도 마운트할 수 있게 허용한다. 이 옵션은 다음 B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, 와 B<nodev> 도 효력을 발휘하게 한다. ( 같은 줄에서 B<user,exec,dev,suid> 등의 옵션을 주지 않는다면 )." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:659 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nouser*" +msgstr "*nouser*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:661 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Forbid an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user to mount the file system. This is the default." +msgid "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it does not imply any other options." +msgstr "일반 사용자( 즉, 루트 아닌 )가 마운트할 수 있도록 허용하지 않는다. 기본 설정치이다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:662 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*users*" +msgstr "*users*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:664 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)." +msgid "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options *noexec*, *nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *users,exec,dev,suid*)." +msgstr "일반 사용자도 마운트할 수 있게 허용한다. 이 옵션은 다음 B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, 와 B<nodev> 도 효력을 발휘하게 한다. ( 같은 줄에서 B<user,exec,dev,suid> 등의 옵션을 주지 않는다면 )." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:665 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*X-**" +msgstr "*X-**" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:667 +msgid "All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as userspace application-specific options. These options are not stored in user space (e.g., _mtab_ file), nor sent to the mount._type_ helpers nor to the *mount*(2) system call. The suggested format is **X-**__appname__._option_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:668 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*x-**" +msgstr "*x-**" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:670 +msgid "The same as *X-** options, but stored permanently in user space. This means the options are also available for *umount*(8) or other operations. Note that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the options will be always available (for example after a move mount operation or in unshared namespace)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:672 +msgid "Note that before util-linux v2.30 the x-* options have not been maintained by libmount and stored in user space (functionality was the same as for X-* now), but due to the growing number of use-cases (in initrd, systemd etc.) the functionality has been extended to keep existing _fstab_ configurations usable without a change." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:673 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*X-mount.auto-fstypes*=_list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:676 +msgid "Specifies allowed or forbidden filesystem types for automatic filesystem detection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:680 +msgid "The _list_ is a comma-separated list of the filesystem names. The automatic filesystem detection is triggered by the \"auto\" filesystem type or when the filesystem type is not specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:685 +msgid "Thy _list_ follows how mount evaluates type patterns (see *-t* for more details). Only specified filesystem types are allowed, or all specified types are forbidden if the list is prefixed by \"no\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:689 +msgid "For example, X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"ext4,btrfs\" accepts only ext4 and btrfs, and X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"novfat,xfs\" accepts all filesystems except vfat and xfs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:693 +msgid "Note that comma is used as a separator between mount options, it means that auto-fstypes values have to be properly quoted, donât forget that the shell strips off quotes and thus double quoting is required. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:695 +msgid "mount -t auto -o'X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"noext2,ext3\"' /dev/sdc1 /mnt/test" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:697 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount [-t>I< type>B<]>" +msgid "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]" +msgstr "B<mount [-t>I< type>B<]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:699 +msgid "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. The optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used for *mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This functionality is supported only for root users or when *mount* is executed without suid permissions. The option is also supported as *x-mount.mkdir*, but this notation is deprecated since v2.30. See also *--mkdir* command line option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:700 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<X-mount.subdir=>I<directory>" +msgid "**X-mount.subdir=**__directory__" +msgstr "B<X-mount.subdir=>I<디렉토리>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:702 +msgid "Allow mounting sub-directory from a filesystem instead of the root directory. For now, this feature is implemented by temporary filesystem root directory mount in unshared namespace and then bind the sub-directory to the final mount point and umount the root of the filesystem. The sub-directory mount shows up atomically for the rest of the system although it is implemented by multiple *mount*(2) syscalls. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:703 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*X-mount.owner*=_username_|_UID_, *X-mount.group*=_group_|_GID_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:705 +msgid "Set _mountpoint_'s ownership after mounting. Names resolved in the target mount namespace, see *-N*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:706 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*X-mount.mode*=_mode_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:708 +msgid "Set _mountpoint_'s mode after mounting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:709 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*X-mount.idmap*=__id-type__:__id-mount__:__id-host__:__id-range__ [__id-type__:__id-mount__:__id-host__:__id-range__], *X-mount.idmap*=__file__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:714 +msgid "Use this option to create an idmapped mount. An idmapped mount allows to change ownership of all files located under a mount according to the ID-mapping associated with a user namespace. The ownership change is tied to the lifetime and localized to the relevant mount. The relevant ID-mapping can be specified in two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:716 +msgid "A user can specify the ID-mapping directly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:724 +msgid "The ID-mapping must be specified using the syntax __id-type__:__id-mount__:__id-host__:__id-range__. Specifying *u* as the __id-type__ prefix creates a UID-mapping, *g* creates a GID-mapping and omitting __id-type__ or specifying *b* creates both a UID- and GID-mapping. The __id-mount__ parameter indicates the starting ID in the new mount. The __id-host__ parameter indicates the starting ID in the filesystem. The __id-range__ parameter indicates how many IDs are to be mapped. It is possible to specify multiple ID-mappings. The individual ID-mappings must be separated by spaces." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:727 +msgid "For example, the ID-mapping *X-mount.idmap=u:1000:0:1 g:1001:1:2 5000:1000:2* creates an idmapped mount where UID 0 is mapped to UID 1000, GID 1 is mapped to GUID 1001, GID 2 is mapped to GID 1002, UID and GID 1000 are mapped to 5000, and UID and GID 1001 are mapped to 5001 in the mount." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:730 +msgid "When an ID-mapping is specified directly a new user namespace will be allocated with the requested ID-mapping. The newly created user namespace will be attached to the mount." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:731 +msgid "A user can specify a user namespace file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:733 +msgid "The user namespace will then be attached to the mount and the ID-mapping of the user namespace will become the ID-mapping of the mount." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:735 +msgid "For example, *X-mount.idmap=/proc/PID/ns/user* will attach the user namespace of the process PID to the mount." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:736 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nosymfollow*" +msgstr "*nosymfollow*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:738 +msgid "Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths. Symlinks can still be created, and *readlink*(1), *readlink*(2), *realpath*(1), and *realpath*(3) all still work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:739 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS" +msgstr "화일 시스템 개별적인 마운트 옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:742 +msgid "This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems. Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages for details. Some of those pages are listed in the following table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:753 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|*Filesystem(s)* |*Manual page*\n" +"|btrfs |*btrfs*(5)\n" +"|cifs |*mount.cifs*(8)\n" +"|ext2, ext3, ext4 |*ext4*(5)\n" +"|fuse |*fuse*(8)\n" +"|nfs |*nfs*(5)\n" +"|tmpfs |*tmpfs*(5)\n" +"|xfs |*xfs*(5)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:756 +msgid "Note that some of the pages listed above might be available only after you install the respective userland tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The following options apply only to certain file systems. We sort them by file system. They all follow the B<-o> flag." +msgid "The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by filesystem. All options follow the *-o* flag." +msgstr "다음 옵션은 몇몇 화일 시스템에만 적용된다. 화일 시스템별로 정리를 한다. 모두 B<-o> 플래그 뒤에 쓰이는 옵션이다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:760 +msgid "What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel. Further information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel source subdirectory _Documentation/filesystems_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:761 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for adfs" +msgstr "adfs 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:763 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:771 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:821 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:852 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:979 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1011 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<uid=>I<value> and B<gid=>I<value>" +msgid "**uid=**__value__ and **gid=**__value__" +msgstr "B<uid=>I<value> 와 B<gid=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:765 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the owner and group of all files." +msgid "Set the owner and group of the files in the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0)." +msgstr "모든 화일의 소유자와 그룹을 설정한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:766 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<uid=>I<value> and B<gid=>I<value>" +msgid "**ownmask=**__value__ and **othmask=**__value__" +msgstr "B<uid=>I<value> 와 B<gid=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:768 +msgid "Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively). See also _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:769 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for affs" +msgstr "affs 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:773 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the owner and group of the root of the file system (default: uid=gid=0, but with option B<uid> or B<gid> without specified value, the uid and gid of the current process are taken)." +msgid "Set the owner and group of the root of the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, but with option *uid* or *gid* without specified value, the UID and GID of the current process are taken)." +msgstr "화일 시스템의 루트에 대한 소유자와 그룹을 설정한다.( 기본값은 : uid=gid=0, 이다. 하지만 B<uid> 와 B<gid> 을 아무 설정값없이 적으면 현재 프로세스의 uid, gid를 따른다.)" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:774 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<setuid=>I<value> and B<setgid=>I<value>" +msgid "**setuid=**__value__ and **setgid=**__value__" +msgstr "B<setuid=>I<value> 와 B<setgid=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:776 +msgid "Set the owner and group of all files." +msgstr "모든 화일의 소유자와 그룹을 설정한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:777 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:814 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:824 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1017 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**mode=**__value__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:779 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the mode of all files to I<value> & 0777 disregarding the original permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. The value is given in octal." +msgid "Set the mode of all files to _value_ & 0777 disregarding the original permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. The value is given in octal." +msgstr "원래의 퍼미션을 무시하고 모든 화일에 대한 모드를 I<value> & 0777 한 값으로 설정한다. 그리고 읽기 퍼미션을 갖는 디렉토리에 대하여 검색 퍼미션을 부여한다. 값은 8 진수로 적는다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:780 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*protect*" +msgstr "*protect*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:782 +msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the filesystem." +msgstr "화일 시스템의 보호 비트에 어떤 변화도 허용치 않는다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:783 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*usemp*" +msgstr "*usemp*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:785 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set uid and gid of the root of the file system to the uid and gid of the mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. Strange..." +msgid "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. Strange..." +msgstr "첫번째 sync, umount 하자마자 마운트 포인트의 uid, gid 로 화일 시스템의 uid, gid 를 설정한다. 그리고 나서 다시 이 값을 지운다. 약간은 이상한 옵션이다..." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:786 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*verbose*" +msgstr "*verbose*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:788 +msgid "Print an informational message for each successful mount." +msgstr "각 마운트 행위에 대한 정보를 출력한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:789 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**prefix=**__string__" +msgstr "**prefix=**__문자열__" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:791 +msgid "Prefix used before volume name, when following a link." +msgstr "심볼릭 링크를 따라갈 때 볼륨명 앞에 prefix 를 사용한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:792 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**volume=**__string__" +msgstr "**volume=**__문자열__" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:794 +msgid "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic link." +msgstr "심볼릭 링크를 따라갈 때 '/' 앞에다 최대 30 자의 prefix 를 사용한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:795 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<reserved=>I<value>" +msgid "**reserved=**__value__" +msgstr "B<reserved=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:797 +msgid "(Default: 2.) Number of unused blocks at the start of the device." +msgstr "(기본값: 2.) 장치의 시작부터 수치만큼의 블럭이 사용되지 않음." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:798 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**root=**__value__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:800 +msgid "Give explicitly the location of the root block." +msgstr "루트 블럭의 위치를 명시한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:801 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**bs=**__value__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:803 +msgid "Give blocksize. Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096." +msgstr "블럭사이즈를 지정한다. 512, 1024, 2048, 4096 이라는 수치를 넣을 수 있다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:804 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*" +msgstr "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:806 +msgid "These options are accepted but ignored. (However, quota utilities may react to such strings in _/etc/fstab_.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:807 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for debugfs" +msgstr "debugfs 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:810 +msgid "The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/sys/kernel/debug_. As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:811 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:962 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**uid=**__n__**, gid=**__n__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:813 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the owner and group of all files." +msgid "Set the owner and group of the mountpoint." +msgstr "모든 화일의 소유자와 그룹을 설정한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:816 +msgid "Sets the mode of the mountpoint." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:817 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for devpts" +msgstr "devpts 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:820 +msgid "The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/dev/pts_. In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens _/dev/ptmx_; the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as _/dev/pts/_<number>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:823 +msgid "This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified values. When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID and GID of the creating process. For example, if there is a tty group with GID 5, then *gid=5* will cause newly created pseudo terminals to belong to the tty group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:826 +msgid "Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value. The default is 0600. A value of *mode=620* and *gid=5* makes \"mesg y\" the default on newly created pseudo terminals." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:827 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*newinstance*" +msgstr "*newinstance*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:829 +msgid "Create a private instance of the devpts filesystem, such that indices of pseudo terminals allocated in this new instance are independent of indices created in other instances of devpts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:831 +msgid "All mounts of devpts without this *newinstance* option share the same set of pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode). Each mount of devpts with the *newinstance* option has a private set of pseudo terminal indices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:833 +msgid "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It is implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this mount option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:835 +msgid "To use this option effectively, _/dev/ptmx_ must be a symbolic link to _pts/ptmx_. See _Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt_ in the Linux kernel source tree for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:836 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mode=>I<value>" +msgid "**ptmxmode=**__value__" +msgstr "B<mode=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:838 +msgid "Set the mode for the new _ptmx_ device node in the devpts filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:840 +msgid "With the support for multiple instances of devpts (see *newinstance* option above), each instance has a private _ptmx_ node in the root of the devpts filesystem (typically _/dev/pts/ptmx_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:842 +msgid "For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of the new _ptmx_ node is 0000. **ptmxmode=**__value__ specifies a more useful mode for the _ptmx_ node and is highly recommended when the *newinstance* option is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:844 +msgid "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:845 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for fat" +msgstr "fat 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:848 +msgid "(Note: _fat_ is not a separate filesystem, but a common part of the _msdos_, _umsdos_ and _vfat_ filesystems.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:849 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}" +msgstr "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set blocksize (default 512)." +msgid "Set blocksize (default 512). This option is obsolete." +msgstr "블럭 사이즈를 결정한다.( 기본 설정치 512 )." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:854 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:964 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:981 +msgid "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the current process.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:855 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:982 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<umask=>I<value>" +msgid "**umask=**__value__" +msgstr "B<umask=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:857 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:984 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal." +msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are *not* present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal." +msgstr "umask값을 설정한다.(기본적으로 설정되지 B<않을> 퍼미션값을 말한다.) 기본 umask 값은 현재 프로세스의 값을 따른다. 이 값은 8 진수로 주어야 한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:858 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<umask=>I<value>" +msgid "**dmask=**__value__" +msgstr "B<umask=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:860 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal." +msgid "Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal." +msgstr "umask값을 설정한다.(기본적으로 설정되지 B<않을> 퍼미션값을 말한다.) 기본 umask 값은 현재 프로세스의 값을 따른다. 이 값은 8 진수로 주어야 한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:861 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<umask=>I<value>" +msgid "**fmask=**__value__" +msgstr "B<umask=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal." +msgid "Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal." +msgstr "umask값을 설정한다.(기본적으로 설정되지 B<않을> 퍼미션값을 말한다.) 기본 umask 값은 현재 프로세스의 값을 따른다. 이 값은 8 진수로 주어야 한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:864 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mode=>I<value>" +msgid "**allow_utime=**__value__" +msgstr "B<mode=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:866 +msgid "This option controls the permission check of mtime/atime." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:867 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*20*" +msgstr "*20*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:869 +msgid "If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change timestamp." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:872 +msgid "Other users can change timestamp." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:874 +msgid "The default is set from 'dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, *utime*(2) is also allowed. I.e. ~dmask & 022)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:876 +msgid "Normally *utime*(2) checks that the current process is owner of the file, or that it has the *CAP_FOWNER* capability. But FAT filesystems don't have UID/GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. With this option you can relax it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:877 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<check=>I<value>" +msgid "**check=**__value__" +msgstr "B<check=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:879 +msgid "Three different levels of pickiness can be chosen:" +msgstr "화일 이름에 대한 3 가지 옵션이 있다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:880 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<r>[B<elaxed>]" +msgid "*r*[*elaxed*]" +msgstr "B<r>[B<elaxed>]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:882 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are truncated (e.g. I<verylongname.foobar> becomes I<verylong.foo>), leading and embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)." +msgid "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are truncated (e.g. _verylongname.foobar_ becomes _verylong.foo_), leading and embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)." +msgstr "대소문자를 쓸 수 있으며, 긴 이름은 잘려나간다.( 예. I<verylongname.foobar> 이라는 이름은 I<verylong.foo> 이 된다.), 화일명 앞, 중간의 공백문자도 받아들인다.( 화일명과 확장자 )" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:883 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<n>[B<ormal>]" +msgid "*n*[*ormal*]" +msgstr "B<n>[B<ormal>]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:885 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, E<lt>, spaces, etc.) are rejected. This is the default." +msgid "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, <, spaces, etc.) are rejected. This is the default." +msgstr "\"relaxed\"와 마찬가지이지만 특수문자들( *, ?, E<lt>, 스페이스 등 )은 사용할 수 없다. 이것이 기본값이다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:886 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<s>[B<trict>]" +msgid "*s*[*trict*]" +msgstr "B<s>[B<trict>]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:888 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Like \"normal\", but names may not contain long parts and special characters that are sometimes used on Linux, but are not accepted by MS-DOS are rejected. (+, =, spaces, etc.)" +msgid "Like \"normal\", but names that contain long parts or special characters that are sometimes used on Linux but are not accepted by MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) are rejected." +msgstr "\"normal\"과 같으나 이름을 길게 쓸 수 없으며 리눅스에서 많이 사용되는 있으며 MS-DOS에서는 사용할 수 없는 특수 문자는 사용할 수 없다. (+, =, 공백 등 )" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:889 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mode=>I<value>" +msgid "**codepage=**__value__" +msgstr "B<mode=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:891 +msgid "Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT filesystems. By default, codepage 437 is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:892 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:988 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1026 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**conv=**__mode__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These options are accepted but ignored." +msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or be ignored." +msgstr "이 옵션을 사용할 수는 있으나 무시된다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:895 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**cvf_format=**__module__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:897 +msgid "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module cvf___module__ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports *kmod*, the **cvf_format=**__xxx__ option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. This option is obsolete." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:898 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o >I<option-name>" +msgid "**cvf_option=**__option__" +msgstr "B<-o >I<옵션-이름>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:900 +msgid "Option passed to the CVF module. This option is obsolete." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:901 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*debug*" +msgstr "*debug*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:903 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Turn on the I<debug> flag. A version string and a list of filesystem parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters appear to be inconsistent)." +msgid "Turn on the _debug_ flag. A version string and a list of filesystem parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters appear to be inconsistent)." +msgstr "I<debug> 플래그를 작동시킨다. 화일 시스템의 버전과 파라미터 목록을 보여준다. (파라미터값이 제대로 맞지 않을 때도 출력된다.)" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:904 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*discard*" +msgstr "*discard*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:906 +msgid "If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device when blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-provisioned LUNs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:907 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dos1xfloppy*" +msgstr "*dos1xfloppy*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:909 +msgid "If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, determined by backing device size. These static parameters match defaults assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB floppies and floppy images." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:910 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}" +msgstr "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:912 +msgid "Specify FAT behavior on critical errors: panic, continue without doing anything, or remount the partition in read-only mode (default behavior)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:913 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}" +msgstr "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:915 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specify either a 12 bit fat or a 16 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type detection routine. Use with caution!" +msgid "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type detection routine. Use with caution!" +msgstr "12 비트 fat 인지 16 비트 fat 인지 명시한다. 자동 FAT 형 감지를 하지 못하게 한다. 주의하여 사용하기 바란다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:916 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1040 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<check=>I<value>" +msgid "**iocharset=**__value__" +msgstr "B<check=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:918 +msgid "Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit Unicode characters. The default is iso8859-1. Long filenames are stored on disk in Unicode format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:919 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<nfs=>{B<stale_rw>|B<nostale_ro>}" +msgid "*nfs=*{**stale_rw**|*nostale_ro*}" +msgstr "B<nfs=>{B<stale_rw>|B<nostale_ro>}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:921 +msgid "Enable this only if you want to export the FAT filesystem over NFS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:923 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*stale_rw*: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes which is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups. Full file operations (read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at NFS server, this could result in spurious *ESTALE* errors.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:925 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nostale_ro*: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the on-disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry. This ensures that *ESTALE* will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode cache. However, it means that operations such as rename, create and unlink could cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to point at a different file, potentially causing data corruption. For this reason, this option also mounts the filesystem readonly.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:927 +msgid "To maintain backward compatibility, *-o nfs* is also accepted, defaulting to *stale_rw*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:928 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*tz=UTC*" +msgstr "*tz=UTC*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:930 +msgid "This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally). This is particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:931 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**time_offset=**__minutes__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:933 +msgid "Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to UTC. I.e., _minutes_ will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert it to UTC used internally by Linux. This is useful when the time zone set in the kernel via *settimeofday*(2) is not the time zone used by the filesystem. Note that this option still does not provide correct time stamps in all cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different DST setting will be off by one hour." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:934 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:974 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*quiet*" +msgstr "*quiet*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:936 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Turn on the I<quiet> flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return errors, although they fail. Use with caution!" +msgid "Turn on the _quiet_ flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return errors, although they fail. Use with caution!" +msgstr "I<quiet> 플래그를 설정한다. chown, chmod 명령이 실패한다 할 지라도 에러를 출력하지 않는다. 주의하여 사요하기 바란다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:937 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*rodir*" +msgstr "*rodir*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:939 +msgid "FAT has the *ATTR_RO* (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the *ATTR_RO* of the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as a flag (e.g. it's set for the customized folder)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:941 +msgid "If you want to use *ATTR_RO* as read-only flag even for the directory, set this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:942 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*showexec*" +msgstr "*showexec*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:944 +msgid "If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if the extension part of the name is .EXE, .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:945 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sys_immutable*" +msgstr "*sys_immutable*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:947 +msgid "If set, *ATTR_SYS* attribute on FAT is handled as *IMMUTABLE* flag on Linux. Not set by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:948 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*flush*" +msgstr "*flush*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:950 +msgid "If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not set by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:951 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*usefree*" +msgstr "*usefree*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:953 +msgid "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on *FSINFO*. It'll be used to determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it's not used by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in some case. If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on *FSINFO* is correct, by this option you can avoid scanning disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:954 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]" +msgstr "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:956 +msgid "Various misguided attempts to force Unix or DOS conventions onto a FAT filesystem." +msgstr "FAT 화일시스템에 유닉스 또는 DOS 규칙을 무리하게 적용하려할 때 사용한다." + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:957 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for hfs" +msgstr "hfs 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:959 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<creator=>I<cccc>B<, type=>I<cccc>" +msgid "**creator=**__cccc__**, type=**__cccc__" +msgstr "B<creator=>I<cccc>B<, type=>I<cccc>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:961 +msgid "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for creating new files. Default values: '????'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:965 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**dir_umask=**__n__**, file_umask=**__n__**, umask=**__n__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:967 +msgid "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:968 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**session=**__n__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:970 +msgid "Select the CDROM session to mount. Defaults to leaving that decision to the CDROM driver. This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as underlying device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:971 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**part=**__n__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:973 +msgid "Select partition number n from the device. Only makes sense for CDROMs. Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:976 +msgid "Don't complain about invalid mount options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:977 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for hpfs" +msgstr "hpfs 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:985 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}" +msgstr "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:987 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: B<case=lower>.)" +msgid "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: *case=lower*.)" +msgstr "화일명은 모두 소문자로 바꾸거나 아니면 그래도 둔다. (기본값: B<case=lower>.)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:990 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1028 +msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or being ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:991 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nocheck*" +msgstr "*nocheck*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:993 +msgid "Do not abort mounting when certain consistency checks fail." +msgstr "화일 시스템에서 자료 불일치 점검에 실패하더라도 마운트를 중지하지 않는다." + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:994 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for iso9660" +msgstr "iso9660 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:997 +msgid "ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs. See also the _udf_ filesystem.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:999 +msgid "Normal _iso9660_ filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of links, provision for block/character devices, etc." +msgstr "_iso9660_ 화일명이 8.3 형식으로 나타나게 한다.( 즉 DOS 식 화일명 제한을 사용한다. ) 그리고 모두 대문자로 표시되게 한다. 또한 소유권, 허가권, 링크 수, 블럭/문자 장치 표시 등의 필드를 없앤다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1001 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these unix like features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX file system (except that it is read-only, of course)." +msgid "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that it is read-only, of course)." +msgstr "락 릿지(Rock Ridge)는 iso9660 시스템에 유닉스의 모든 기능을 제공하는 확장 기능이다. 기본적으로 각 디렉토리마다 추가 정보를 위한 공간이 마련되어 있기 때문에 락 릿지를 사용하면 유닉스 화일 시스템과 거의 구별할 수 없을 정도로 된다.( 물론 읽기 전용이지만 )" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1002 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*norock*" +msgstr "*norock*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1004 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf. B<map>." +msgid "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*." +msgstr "락 릿지가 가능해도 그것을 사용하지 않게 한다. Cf.\\& B<map>." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1005 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nojoliet*" +msgstr "*nojoliet*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1007 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf.\\& B<map>." +msgid "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*." +msgstr "락 릿지가 가능해도 그것을 사용하지 않게 한다. Cf.\\& B<map>." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1008 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}" +msgstr "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1010 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "With B<check=relaxed>, a filename is first converted to lower case before doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with B<norock> and B<map=normal>. (Default: B<check=strict>.)" +msgid "With *check=relaxed*, a filename is first converted to lower case before doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with *norock* and *map=normal*. (Default: *check=strict*.)" +msgstr "B<check=relaxed> 옵션과 같이 쓰이면 화일명이 우선 소문자로 변환된다. B<norock> 와 B<map=normal> 이 같이 쓰일 때만 의미를 갖는다. (기본값: B<check=strict>.)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1013 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: B<uid=0,gid=0>.)" +msgid "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: *uid=0,gid=0*.)" +msgstr "화일 시스템의 모든 화일에 주어진 UID, GID 를 부여한다. 락 릿지 확장 기능의 정보를 덮어쓸 수 있다. (기본값: B<uid=0,gid=0>.)" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1014 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}" +msgstr "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1016 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case ASCII, drops a trailing `;1', and converts `;' to `.'. With B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>. (Default: B<map=normal>.)" +msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case ASCII, drops a trailing ';1', and converts ';' to '.'. With *map=off* no name translation is done. See *norock*. (Default: *map=normal*.) *map=acorn* is like *map=normal* but also apply Acorn extensions if present." +msgstr "락 릿지가 아닌 시스템에 대하여 대문자를 소문자로 변환하고 끝에 나오는 `;1' 문자를 떼어내고 `;'는 `.'로 변환한다. B<map=off> 을 함께 사용하면 화일명 변환이 이뤄지지 않는다. B<norock>. 을 보기 바란다. (기본값: B<map=normal>.)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1019 +#, fuzzy +msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a leading 0." +msgstr "락 릿지 아닌 시스템에서 모든 화일에 주어진 모드를 설정한다. (기본값: 모든 사람에게 읽기 허가권 )" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1020 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1335 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*unhide*" +msgstr "*unhide*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1022 +msgid "Also show hidden and associated files. (If the ordinary files and the associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the ordinary files inaccessible.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1023 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}" +msgstr "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1025 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the block size to the indicated value. (Default: B<block=1024>.)" +msgid "Set the block size to the indicated value. (Default: *block=1024*.)" +msgstr "블럭 사이즈를 주어진 값을 설정한다. (기본값: B<block=1024>.)" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1029 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*cruft*" +msgstr "*cruft*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1031 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a file cannot be larger than 16MB. The `cruft' option is set automatically if the entire CDROM has a weird size (negative, or more than 800MB). It is also set when volume sequence numbers other than 0 or 1 are seen." +msgid "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a file cannot be larger than 16 MB." +msgstr "화일 길이의 상위 바이트에 다른 무의미한 정보가 들어있는 경우, 이 옵션을 주어서 화일 길이의 상위 비트를 무시하도록 한다. 이렇게 하면 화일은 16 메가를 넘어갈 수 없다. 전체 시디롬이 음수 또는 800 메가 이상의 이상한 크기를 갖는 경우에 `cruft' 옵션이 자동으로 사용된다. 또한 볼륨 시퀀스 번호가 0 또는 1이 아닌 경우에도 자동으로 사용된다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1032 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**session=**__x__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1034 +msgid "Select number of session on a multisession CD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1035 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<sbsector=>I<xxx>" +msgid "**sbsector=**__xxx__" +msgstr "B<sbsector=>I<xxx>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1037 +msgid "Session begins from sector xxx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1039 +msgid "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1042 +msgid "Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 bit characters. The default is iso8859-1." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1043 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1082 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1359 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1457 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*utf8*" +msgstr "*utf8*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1045 +msgid "Convert 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to UTF-8." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1046 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for jfs" +msgstr "jfs 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1048 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1076 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<check=>I<value>" +msgid "**iocharset=**__name__" +msgstr "B<check=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1050 +msgid "Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII. The default is to do no conversion. Use *iocharset=utf8* for UTF8 translations. This requires *CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* to be set in the kernel _.config_ file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1051 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<reserved=>I<value>" +msgid "**resize=**__value__" +msgstr "B<reserved=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1053 +msgid "Resize the volume to _value_ blocks. JFS only supports growing a volume, not shrinking it. This option is only valid during a remount, when the volume is mounted read-write. The *resize* keyword with no value will grow the volume to the full size of the partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1054 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nointegrity*" +msgstr "*nointegrity*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1056 +msgid "Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option is to allow for higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media. The integrity of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1057 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*integrity*" +msgstr "*integrity*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1059 +msgid "Default. Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to remount a volume where the *nointegrity* option was previously specified in order to restore normal behavior." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1060 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}" +msgstr "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1062 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Define the behaviour when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and just mark the file system erroneous and continue, or remount the file system read-only, or panic and halt the system.) The default is set in the filesystem superblock, and can be changed using B<tune2fs>(8)." +msgid "Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem read-only, or panic and halt the system.)" +msgstr "오류가 발생했을 때의 반응양식을 정의한다. (오류를 무시하고 화일 시스템에 이상이 있더라도 그냥 사용하게 하거나 화일 시스템을 읽기 전용으로 마운트 또는 시스템을 패닉 상태로 두어 중지하도록 할 수 있다.) 기본 설정치는 화일 시스템의 수퍼블럭에 저장되며 B<tune2fs>(8) 를 사용하여 변경할 수 있다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1063 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*" +msgstr "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1065 +msgid "These options are accepted but ignored." +msgstr "이 옵션을 사용할 수는 있으나 무시된다." + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1066 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for msdos" +msgstr "msdos 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1069 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "See mount options for fat. If the I<msdos> filesystem detects an inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it." +msgid "See mount options for fat. If the _msdos_ filesystem detects an inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it." +msgstr "fat 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션을 보기 바란다. I<msdos> 화일 시스템에 어떤 이상이 있는 경우 에러를 내고 읽기 전용으로 만든다. 다시 마운트하면 쓰기가 가능하다." + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1070 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for ncpfs" +msgstr "ncpfs 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Just like I<nfs>, the I<ncp> implementation expects a binary argument (a I<struct ncp_mount_data>) to the mount system call. This argument is constructed by B<ncpmount>(8) and the current version of B<mount> (2.6h) does not know anything about ncp." +msgid "Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a _struct ncp_mount_data_) to the *mount*(2) system call. This argument is constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) does not know anything about ncpfs." +msgstr "I<nfs> 와 마찬가지로 I<ncp> 는 마운트 시 바이너리 옵션을 필요로 한다.( I<struct ncp_mount_data>) 전달인수는 B<ncpmount>(8) 에 의해 만들어지고 현재 버전의 B<mount> (2.5k) 는 ncp 에 대한 것을 인식하지 못한다." + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1074 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for ntfs" +msgstr "ntfs 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1078 +msgid "Character set to use when returning file names. Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses names that contain nonconvertible characters. Deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1079 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**nls=**__name__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1081 +msgid "New name for the option earlier called _iocharset_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1084 +msgid "Use UTF-8 for converting file names." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1085 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}" +msgstr "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1087 +msgid "For 0 (or 'no' or 'false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown Unicode characters. For 1 (or 'yes' or 'true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape sequences starting with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a byteswapped bigendian encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1088 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*posix=[0|1]*" +msgstr "*posix=[0|1]*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1090 +msgid "If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and lower case. The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of being suppressed. This option is obsolete." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1091 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<uid=>I<value> and B<gid=>I<value>" +msgid "**uid=**__value__, **gid=**__value__ and **umask=**__value__" +msgstr "B<uid=>I<value> 와 B<gid=>I<value>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1093 +msgid "Set the file permission on the filesystem. The umask value is given in octal. By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by somebody else." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1094 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for overlay" +msgstr "overlay 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1097 +msgid "Since Linux 3.18 the overlay pseudo filesystem implements a union mount for other filesystems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1099 +msgid "An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an *upper* filesystem and a *lower* filesystem. When a name exists in both filesystems, the object in the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower filesystem is either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with the upper object." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1101 +msgid "The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does not need to be writable. The lower filesystem can even be another overlayfs. The upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is it must support the creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must provide a valid d_type in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1103 +msgid "A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem type. The options *lowerdir* and *upperdir* are combined into a merged directory by using:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"mount -t overlay overlay \\\n" +" -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work /merged\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1111 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<lowerdir=>I<directory>" +msgid "**lowerdir=**__directory__" +msgstr "B<lowerdir=>I<디렉토리>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1113 +msgid "Any filesystem, does not need to be on a writable filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1114 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<upperdir=>I<directory>" +msgid "**upperdir=**__directory__" +msgstr "B<upperdir=>I<디렉토리>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The file is on a read-only filesystem." +msgid "The upperdir is normally on a writable filesystem." +msgstr "파일은 오직 읽기가 가능한 파일시스템상에 있다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1117 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<workdir=>I<directory>" +msgid "**workdir=**__directory__" +msgstr "B<workdir=>I<디렉토리>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1119 +msgid "The workdir needs to be an empty directory on the same filesystem as upperdir." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*userxattr*" +msgstr "*userxattr*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1122 +msgid "Use the \"*user.overlay.*\" xattr namespace instead of \"*trusted.overlay.*\". This is useful for unprivileged mounting of overlayfs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*redirect_dir=*{**on**|**off**|**follow**|**nofollow**}" +msgstr "*redirect_dir=*{**on**|**off**|**follow**|**nofollow**}" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1125 +msgid "If the _redirect_dir_ feature is enabled, then the directory will be copied up (but not the contents). Then the \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.redirect\" extended attribute is set to the path of the original location from the root of the overlay. Finally the directory is moved to the new location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1126 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*on*" +msgstr "*on*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1128 +msgid "Redirects are enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1129 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:78 +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*off*" +msgstr "*off*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1131 +msgid "Redirects are not created and only followed if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is enabled in the kernel/module config." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*follow*" +msgstr "*follow*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1134 +msgid "Redirects are not created, but followed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nofollow*" +msgstr "*nofollow*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1137 +msgid "Redirects are not created and not followed (equivalent to \"redirect_dir=off\" if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is not enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*index=*{**on**|**off**}" +msgstr "*index=*{**on**|**off**}" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1140 +msgid "Inode index. If this feature is disabled and a file with multiple hard links is copied up, then this will \"break\" the link. Changes will not be propagated to other names referring to the same inode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uuid=*{**on**|**off**}" +msgstr "*uuid=*{**on**|**off**}" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1143 +msgid "Can be used to replace UUID of the underlying filesystem in file handles with null, and effectively disable UUID checks. This can be useful in case the underlying disk is copied and the UUID of this copy is changed. This is only applicable if all lower/upper/work directories are on the same filesystem, otherwise it will fallback to normal behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nfs_export=*{**on**|**off**}" +msgstr "*nfs_export=*{**on**|**off**}" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1147 +msgid "When the underlying filesystems supports NFS export and the \"nfs_export\" feature is enabled, an overlay filesystem may be exported to NFS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1154 +msgid "With the \"nfs_export\" feature, on copy_up of any lower object, an index entry is created under the index directory. The index entry name is the hexadecimal representation of the copy up origin file handle. For a non-directory object, the index entry is a hard link to the upper inode. For a directory object, the index entry has an extended attribute \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.upper\" with an encoded file handle of the upper directory inode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "When encoding a file handle from an overlay filesystem object, the following rules apply" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1158 +msgid "For a non-upper object, encode a lower file handle from lower inode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1159 +msgid "For an indexed object, encode a lower file handle from copy_up origin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1160 +msgid "For a pure-upper object and for an existing non-indexed upper object, encode an upper file handle from upper inode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The encoded overlay file handle includes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1165 +msgid "Header including path type information (e.g. lower/upper)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1166 +msgid "UUID of the underlying filesystem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1167 +msgid "Underlying filesystem encoding of underlying inode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This encoding format is identical to the encoding format of file handles that are stored in extended attribute \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.origin\". When decoding an overlay file handle, the following steps are followed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1172 +msgid "Find underlying layer by UUID and path type information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1173 +msgid "Decode the underlying filesystem file handle to underlying dentry." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1174 +msgid "For a lower file handle, lookup the handle in index directory by name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1175 +msgid "If a whiteout is found in index, return **ESTALE**. This represents an overlay object that was deleted after its file handle was encoded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1176 +msgid "For a non-directory, instantiate a disconnected overlay dentry from the decoded underlying dentry, the path type and index inode, if found." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1177 +msgid "For a directory, use the connected underlying decoded dentry, path type and index, to lookup a connected overlay dentry." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1183 +msgid "Decoding a non-directory file handle may return a disconnected dentry. copy_up of that disconnected dentry will create an upper index entry with no upper alias." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1195 +msgid "When overlay filesystem has multiple lower layers, a middle layer directory may have a \"redirect\" to lower directory. Because middle layer \"redirects\" are not indexed, a lower file handle that was encoded from the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to find the middle or upper layer directory. Similarly, a lower file handle that was encoded from a descendant of the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to reconstruct a connected overlay path. To mitigate the cases of directories that cannot be decoded from a lower file handle, these directories are copied up on encode and encoded as an upper file handle. On an overlay filesystem with no upper layer this mitigation cannot be used NFS export in this setup requires turning off redirect follow (e.g. \"__redirect_dir=nofollow__\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1197 +msgid "The overlay filesystem does not support non-directory connectable file handles, so exporting with the _subtree_check_ exportfs configuration will cause failures to lookup files over NFS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1199 +msgid "When the NFS export feature is enabled, all directory index entries are verified on mount time to check that upper file handles are not stale. This verification may cause significant overhead in some cases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1202 +msgid "Note: the mount options __index=off,nfs_export=on__ are conflicting for a read-write mount and will result in an error." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*xino=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}" +msgstr "*xino=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1206 +msgid "The \"xino\" feature composes a unique object identifier from the real object st_ino and an underlying fsid index. The \"xino\" feature uses the high inode number bits for fsid, because the underlying filesystems rarely use the high inode number bits. In case the underlying inode number does overflow into the high xino bits, overlay filesystem will fall back to the non xino behavior for that inode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1208 +msgid "For a detailed description of the effect of this option please refer to https://docs.kernel.org/filesystems/overlayfs.html" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*metacopy=*{**on**|**off**}" +msgstr "*metacopy=*{**on**|**off**}" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1211 +msgid "When metadata only copy up feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy up metadata (as opposed to whole file), when a metadata specific operation like chown/chmod is performed. Full file will be copied up later when file is opened for WRITE operation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1213 +msgid "In other words, this is delayed data copy up operation and data is copied up when there is a need to actually modify data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*volatile*" +msgstr "*volatile*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1216 +msgid "Volatile mounts are not guaranteed to survive a crash. It is strongly recommended that volatile mounts are only used if data written to the overlay can be recreated without significant effort." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1218 +msgid "The advantage of mounting with the \"volatile\" option is that all forms of sync calls to the upper filesystem are omitted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1220 +msgid "In order to avoid a giving a false sense of safety, the syncfs (and fsync) semantics of volatile mounts are slightly different than that of the rest of VFS. If any writeback error occurs on the upperdirâs filesystem after a volatile mount takes place, all sync functions will return an error. Once this condition is reached, the filesystem will not recover, and every subsequent sync call will return an error, even if the upperdir has not experience a new error since the last sync call." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1222 +msgid "When overlay is mounted with \"volatile\" option, the directory \"$workdir/work/incompat/volatile\" is created. During next mount, overlay checks for this directory and refuses to mount if present. This is a strong indicator that user should throw away upper and work directories and create fresh one. In very limited cases where the user knows that the system has not crashed and contents of upperdir are intact, The \"volatile\" directory can be removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1223 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for reiserfs" +msgstr "reiserfs 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The file is on a read-only filesystem." +msgid "Reiserfs is a journaling filesystem." +msgstr "파일은 오직 읽기가 가능한 파일시스템상에 있다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*conv*" +msgstr "*conv*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1229 +msgid "Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 filesystem, using the 3.6 format for newly created objects. This filesystem will no longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}" +msgstr "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1232 +msgid "Choose which hash function reiserfs will use to find files within directories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1233 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*rupasov*" +msgstr "*rupasov*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1235 +msgid "A hash invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. It is fast and preserves locality, mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash values. This option should not be used, as it causes a high probability of hash collisions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*tea*" +msgstr "*tea*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1238 +msgid "A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge. It uses hash permuting bits in the name. It gets high randomness and, therefore, low probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost. This may be used if *EHASHCOLLISION* errors are experienced with the r5 hash." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1239 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*r5*" +msgstr "*r5*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1241 +msgid "A modified version of the rupasov hash. It is used by default and is the best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-name patterns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1242 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*detect*" +msgstr "*detect*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1244 +msgid "Instructs *mount* to detect which hash function is in use by examining the filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the reiserfs superblock. This is only useful on the first mount of an old format filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hashed_relocation*" +msgstr "*hashed_relocation*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1247 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1250 +msgid "Tunes the block allocator. This may provide performance improvements in some situations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*no_unhashed_relocation*" +msgstr "*no_unhashed_relocation*" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*noborder*" +msgstr "*noborder*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1253 +msgid "Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. This may provide performance improvements in some situations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nolog*" +msgstr "*nolog*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1256 +msgid "Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from crashes. Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all journaling operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. Implementation of _nolog_ is a work in progress." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*notail*" +msgstr "*notail*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1259 +msgid "By default, reiserfs stores small files and 'file tails' directly into its tree. This confuses some utilities such as *lilo*(8). This option is used to disable packing of files into the tree." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1260 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*replayonly*" +msgstr "*replayonly*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1262 +msgid "Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually mount the filesystem. Mainly used by _reiserfsck_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1263 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<reserved=>I<value>" +msgid "**resize=**__number__" +msgstr "B<reserved=>I<value>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1265 +msgid "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has _number_ blocks. This option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume management (LVM). There is a special _resizer_ utility which can be obtained from _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1266 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*user_xattr*" +msgstr "*user_xattr*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1268 +msgid "Enable Extended User Attributes. See the *attr*(1) manual page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1269 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*acl*" +msgstr "*acl*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1271 +msgid "Enable POSIX Access Control Lists. See the *acl*(5) manual page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1272 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*" +msgstr "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1274 +msgid "This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling code. *barrier=none* disables, *barrier=flush* enables (default). This also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs gets an error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a warning. Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some performance penalty. If your disks are battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may safely improve performance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for ubifs" +msgstr "ubifs 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1278 +msgid "UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes. Note that *atime* is not supported and is always turned off." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1280 +msgid "The device name may be specified as" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1282 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ubiX_Y*" +msgstr "*ubiX_Y*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1284 +msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume number *Y*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1284 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ubiY*" +msgstr "*ubiY*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1286 +msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume number *Y*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1286 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ubiX:NAME*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1288 +msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume with name *NAME*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ubi:NAME*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1290 +msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume with name *NAME*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1293 +msgid "Alternative *!* separator may be used instead of *:*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1295 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The following options are available:" +msgid "The following mount options are available:" +msgstr "사용할 수 있는 옵션은 다음과 같다:" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1296 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*bulk_read*" +msgstr "*bulk_read*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1298 +msgid "Enable bulk-read. VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the filesystem. Bulk-Read is an internal optimization. Some flashes may read faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read requests. For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads more than one NAND page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*no_bulk_read*" +msgstr "*no_bulk_read*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "no translation is performed. This is the default." +msgid "Do not bulk-read. This is the default." +msgstr "아무런 변환도 일어나지 않는다. 기본값." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*chk_data_crc*" +msgstr "*chk_data_crc*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1304 +msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums. This is the default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*no_chk_data_crc*" +msgstr "*no_chk_data_crc*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1307 +msgid "Do not check data CRC-32 checksums. With this option, the filesystem does not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the internal indexing information. This option only affects reading, not writing. CRC-32 is always calculated when writing the data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1308 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}" +msgstr "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1310 +msgid "Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written. It is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the *none* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1311 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for udf" +msgstr "udf 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1314 +msgid "UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the Optical Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, frequently in the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, however, perfectly usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and other block devices. See also _iso9660_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1315 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uid=*" +msgstr "*uid=*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1317 +msgid "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user. uid=forget can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) uid=<user> and results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In fact the recorded uid is the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is given as either <user> which is a valid user name or the corresponding decimal user id, or the special string \"forget\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1318 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*gid=*" +msgstr "*gid=*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1320 +msgid "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group. gid=forget can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) gid=<group> and results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In fact the recorded gid is the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is given as either <group> which is a valid group name or the corresponding decimal group id, or the special string \"forget\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1321 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*umask=*" +msgstr "*umask=*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1323 +msgid "Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem. The value is given in octal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1324 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mode=*" +msgstr "*mode=*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal." +msgid "If *mode=* is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal." +msgstr "umask값을 설정한다.(기본적으로 설정되지 B<않을> 퍼미션값을 말한다.) 기본 umask 값은 현재 프로세스의 값을 따른다. 이 값은 8 진수로 주어야 한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*dmode=*" +msgstr "*dmode=*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1329 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal." +msgid "If *dmode=* is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal." +msgstr "umask값을 설정한다.(기본적으로 설정되지 B<않을> 퍼미션값을 말한다.) 기본 umask 값은 현재 프로세스의 값을 따른다. 이 값은 8 진수로 주어야 한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1330 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*bs=*" +msgstr "*bs=*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1332 +msgid "Set the block size. Default value prior to kernel version 2.6.30 was 2048. Since 2.6.30 and prior to 4.11 it was logical device block size with fallback to 2048. Since 4.11 it is logical block size with fallback to any valid block size between logical device block size and 4096." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1334 +msgid "For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, see the *COMPATIBILITY* and *BLOCK SIZE* sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1337 +msgid "Show otherwise hidden files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1338 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*undelete*" +msgstr "*undelete*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1340 +msgid "Show deleted files in lists." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1341 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*adinicb*" +msgstr "*adinicb*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1343 +msgid "Embed data in the inode. (default)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1344 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*noadinicb*" +msgstr "*noadinicb*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1346 +msgid "Don't embed data in the inode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1347 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*shortad*" +msgstr "*shortad*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1349 +msgid "Use short UDF address descriptors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1350 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*longad*" +msgstr "*longad*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1352 +msgid "Use long UDF address descriptors. (default)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nostrict*" +msgstr "*nostrict*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1355 +msgid "Unset strict conformance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1356 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*iocharset=*" +msgstr "*iocharset=*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1358 +msgid "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with *CONFIG_UDF_NLS* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1361 +msgid "Set the UTF-8 character set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1362 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for debugging and disaster recovery" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1364 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*novrs*" +msgstr "*novrs*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1366 +msgid "Ignore the Volume Recognition Sequence and attempt to mount anyway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1367 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*session=*" +msgstr "*session=*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1369 +msgid "Select the session number for multi-session recorded optical media. (default= last session)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1370 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*anchor=*" +msgstr "*anchor=*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1372 +msgid "Override standard anchor location. (default= 256)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1373 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lastblock=*" +msgstr "*lastblock=*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1375 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I</etc/mtab> table of mounted file systems" +msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem." +msgstr "I</etc/mtab> 마운트된 화일 시스템에 대한 테입르" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1376 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unused historical mount options that may be encountered and should be removed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1378 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<uid=ignore>" +msgid "*uid=ignore*" +msgstr "B<uid=ignore>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1380 +msgid "Ignored, use uid=<user> instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1381 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<gid=ignore>" +msgid "*gid=ignore*" +msgstr "B<gid=ignore>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1383 +msgid "Ignored, use gid=<group> instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1384 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<volume=>" +msgid "*volume=*" +msgstr "B<volume=>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1386 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1389 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1392 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1395 +msgid "Unimplemented and ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1387 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<partition=>" +msgid "*partition=*" +msgstr "B<partition=>" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1390 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<fileset=>" +msgid "*fileset=*" +msgstr "B<fileset=>" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1393 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<rootdir=>" +msgid "*rootdir=*" +msgstr "B<rootdir=>" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1396 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for ufs" +msgstr "ufs 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1398 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<bs=>I<value>" +msgid "**ufstype=**__value__" +msgstr "B<bs=>I<value>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1400 +msgid "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The problem are differences among implementations. Features of some implementations are undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of ufs automatically. That's why the user must specify the type of ufs by mount option. Possible values are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1401 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*old*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1403 +msgid "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don't forget to give the *-r* option.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1404 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*44bsd*" +msgstr "*44bsd*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1406 +msgid "For filesystems created by a BSD-like system (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1407 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ufs2*" +msgstr "*ufs2*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1409 +msgid "Used in FreeBSD 5.x supported as read-write." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1410 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*5xbsd*" +msgstr "*5xbsd*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1412 +msgid "Synonym for ufs2." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1413 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sun*" +msgstr "*sun*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1415 +msgid "For filesystems created by SunOS or Solaris on Sparc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*sunx86*" +msgstr "*sunx86*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1418 +msgid "For filesystems created by Solaris on x86." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1419 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hp*" +msgstr "*hp*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount the file system read-only." +msgid "For filesystems created by HP-UX, read-only." +msgstr "화일 시스템을 읽기만 가능하게 한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nextstep*" +msgstr "*nextstep*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1424 +msgid "For filesystems created by NeXTStep (on NeXT station) (currently read only)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1425 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nextstep-cd*" +msgstr "*nextstep-cd*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1427 +msgid "For NextStep CDROMs (block_size == 2048), read-only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1428 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*openstep*" +msgstr "*openstep*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1430 +msgid "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same filesystem type is also used by macOS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1431 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mode=>I<value>" +msgid "**onerror=**__value__" +msgstr "B<mode=>I<value>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1433 +msgid "Set behavior on error:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1434 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*panic*" +msgstr "*panic*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1436 +msgid "If an error is encountered, cause a kernel panic." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1437 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]" +msgstr "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1439 +msgid "These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is encountered only a console message is printed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1440 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for umsdos" +msgstr "umsdos 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1443 +#, fuzzy +msgid "See mount options for msdos. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by _umsdos_." +msgstr "msdos 에 대한 옵션을 보기 바람." + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1444 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for vfat" +msgstr "vfat 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1447 +#, fuzzy +msgid "First of all, the mount options for _fat_ are recognized. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by _vfat_. Furthermore, there are" +msgstr "일단 fat 에 대한 옵션을 인식하며 다음 옵션도 사용가능하다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*uni_xlate*" +msgstr "*uni_xlate*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1450 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode characters. Without this option, a '?' is used when no translation is possible. The escape character is ':' because it is otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u is the Unicode character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), (u>>12)." +msgstr "" +"처리되지 않는 유니코드 문자를 특수한 이스케이프 시퀀스로 변환한다.\n" +"유니코드 문자로 화일명을 쓴 화일을 백업/복원할 수 있도록 해준다.\n" +"이 옵션이 없는 경우 '?'이라는 문자가 사용된다. vfat 화일 시스템에서는\n" +"이스케이프 문자를 ':'으로 사용한다. u 가 유니코드 ㅁ누자라면 이스케이프\n" +"시퀀스는 다음과 같다.\n" +" ':', (u & 0x3f), ((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1451 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*posix*" +msgstr "*posix*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1453 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allow two files with names that only differ in case." +msgid "Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete." +msgstr "대소문자만 다른 화일명을 허용한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1454 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*nonumtail*" +msgstr "*nonumtail*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying I<name~num.ext>." +msgid "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying _name~num.ext_." +msgstr "I<name~num.ext> 라는 화일명을 쓰기 전에 시퀀스 번호를 사용하지 않는 짧은 이름을 먼저 시도해본다." + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1459 +msgid "UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the console. It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or disabled with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false. If _uni_xlate_ gets set, UTF8 gets disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1460 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**shortname=**__mode__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1462 +msgid "Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into 8.3 characters. If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the preferred one for display. There are four __mode__s:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1463 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*lower*" +msgstr "*lower*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1465 +msgid "Force the short name to lower case upon display; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1466 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*win95*" +msgstr "*win95*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1468 +msgid "Force the short name to upper case upon display; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*winnt*" +msgstr "*winnt*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1471 +msgid "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not all lower case or all upper case." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1472 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mixed*" +msgstr "*mixed*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1474 +msgid "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case. This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1475 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mount options for usbfs" +msgstr "usbfs 화일 시스템에 대한 옵션" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1477 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**devuid=**__uid__ and **devgid=**__gid__ and **devmode=**__mode__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1479 +msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644). The mode is given in octal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1480 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<setuid=>I<value> and B<setgid=>I<value>" +msgid "**busuid=**__uid__ and **busgid=**__gid__ and **busmode=**__mode__" +msgstr "B<setuid=>I<value> 와 B<setgid=>I<value>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1482 +msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555). The mode is given in octal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1483 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<setuid=>I<value> and B<setgid=>I<value>" +msgid "**listuid=**__uid__ and **listgid=**__gid__ and **listmode=**__mode__" +msgstr "B<setuid=>I<value> 와 B<setgid=>I<value>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the owner and group of all files." +msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the file _devices_ (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0444). The mode is given in octal." +msgstr "모든 화일의 소유자와 그룹을 설정한다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1486 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DM-VERITY SUPPORT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1489 +msgid "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command can open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before the device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount (optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the root hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be automatically reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1490 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**verity.hashdevice=**__path__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1492 +msgid "Path to the hash tree device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-verity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1493 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**verity.roothash=**__hex__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1495 +msgid "Hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice_. Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothashfile._" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1496 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**verity.roothashfile=**__path__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1498 +msgid "Path to file containing the hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice._ Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothash._" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1499 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**verity.hashoffset=**__offset__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1501 +msgid "If the hash tree device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is used by dm-verity to get to the tree." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1502 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**verity.fecdevice=**__path__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1504 +msgid "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1505 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**verity.fecoffset=**__offset__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1507 +msgid "If the FEC device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is used by dm-verity to get to the FEC area. Optional." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1508 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<root=>I<value>" +msgid "**verity.fecroots=**__value__" +msgstr "B<root=>I<value>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1510 +msgid "Parity bytes for FEC (default: 2). Optional." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1511 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**verity.roothashsig=**__path__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1513 +msgid "Path to *pkcs7*(1ssl) signature of root hash hex string. Requires crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. For device reuse, signatures have to be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1514 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<verity.oncorruption=>I<ignore>|I<restart>|I<panic>" +msgid "**verity.oncorruption=**__ignore__|__restart__|__panic__" +msgstr "B<verity.oncorruption=>I<ignore>|I<restart>|I<panic>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1516 +msgid "Instruct the kernel to ignore, reboot or panic when corruption is detected. By default the I/O operation simply fails. Requires Linux 4.1 or newer, and libcrypsetup 2.3.4 or newer. Optional." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1518 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "util-linux 2.37.4" +msgid "Supported since util-linux v2.35." +msgstr "util-linux 2.37.4" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1520 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "For example, the command:" +msgid "For example commands:" +msgstr "예를 들어, 다음과 같이 한다고 치자:" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n" +"dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n" +"veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n" +"openssl smime -sign -in <hash> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\\n" +"-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n" +"mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=<hash>,\\\n" +"verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1532 +msgid "create squashfs image from _/etc_ directory, verity hash device and mount verified filesystem image to _/mnt_. The kernel will verify that the root hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1533 +#, no-wrap +msgid "LOOP-DEVICE SUPPORT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1536 +msgid "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the command" +msgstr "또 다른 타입 중 하나로서 루트 장치를 통한 마운트를 들 수 있다. 예를 들어, 다음과 같이 한다고 하자." + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1539 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount /tmp/fdimage /mnt -t msdos -o loop=/dev/loop3,blocksize=1024>\n" +msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*\n" +msgstr "B<mount /tmp/fdimage /mnt -t msdos -o loop=/dev/loop3,blocksize=1024>\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1542 +msgid "will set up the loop device _/dev/loop3_ to correspond to the file _/tmp/disk.img_, and then mount this device on _/mnt_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1544 +msgid "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option '**-o loop**' is given), then *mount* will try to find some unused loop device and use that, for example" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1547 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount /tmp/fdimage /mnt -t msdos -o loop=/dev/loop3,blocksize=1024>\n" +msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop*\n" +msgstr "B<mount /tmp/fdimage /mnt -t msdos -o loop=/dev/loop3,blocksize=1024>\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1550 +msgid "The *mount* command *automatically* creates a loop device from a regular file if a filesystem type is not specified or the filesystem is known for libblkid, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1553 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1555 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1558 +msgid "This type of mount knows about three options, namely *loop*, *offset* and *sizelimit*, that are really options to *losetup*(8). (These options can be used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1560 +msgid "Since Linux 2.6.25 auto-destruction of loop devices is supported, meaning that any loop device allocated by *mount* will be freed by *umount* independently of _/etc/mtab_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1562 +msgid "You can also free a loop device by hand, using *losetup -d* or *umount -d*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1564 +msgid "Since util-linux v2.29, *mount* re-uses the loop device rather than initializing a new device if the same backing file is already used for some loop device with the same offset and sizelimit. This is necessary to avoid a filesystem corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1568 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount* has the following exit status values (the bits can be ORed):\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1574 +msgid "incorrect invocation or permissions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1577 +msgid "system error (out of memory, cannot fork, no more loop devices)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1580 +msgid "internal *mount* bug" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1583 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ic interrupt" +msgid "user interrupt" +msgstr "Ic interrupt" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1586 +msgid "problems writing or locking _/etc/mtab_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1589 +msgid "mount failure" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1592 +msgid "some mount succeeded" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1594 +msgid "The command *mount -a* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1595 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EXTERNAL HELPERS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1598 +msgid "The syntax of external mount helpers is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1600 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ _spec dir_ [*-sfnv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-o* _options_] [*-t* __type__**.**_subtype_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1602 +msgid "where the _suffix_ is the filesystem type and the *-sfnvoN* options have the same meaning as the normal mount options. The *-t* option is used for filesystems with subtypes support (for example */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1604 +msgid "The command *mount* does not pass the mount options *unbindable*, *runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, *rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* and *sizelimit* to the mount.<suffix> helpers. All other options are used in a comma-separated list as an argument to the *-o* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1609 +msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for suid)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1615 +msgid "enables libblkid debug output" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1618 +msgid "enables loop device setup debug output" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1622 +msgid "See also \"*The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts*\" section above." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1625 +msgid "filesystem table" +msgstr "화일 시스템 테이블" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1626 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/run/mount_" +msgstr "_/run/mount_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1628 +msgid "libmount private runtime directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1629 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/mtab_" +msgstr "_/etc/mtab_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1631 +msgid "table of mounted filesystems or symlink to _/proc/mounts_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1632 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/mtab~_" +msgstr "_/etc/mtab~_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1634 +msgid "lock file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1635 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/mtab.tmp_" +msgstr "_/etc/mtab.tmp_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1637 +msgid "temporary file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1638 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/filesystems_" +msgstr "_/etc/filesystems_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1640 +msgid "a list of filesystem types to try" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A B<mount> command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX." +msgid "A *mount* command existed in Version 5 AT&T UNIX." +msgstr "B<mount> 명령은 AT&T UNIX 버전 6 에서 생겼다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1648 +msgid "It is possible for a corrupted filesystem to cause a crash." +msgstr "깨진 화일 시스템을 사용하는 경우 시스템 다운이 될 수도 있다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Some Linux file systems don't support B<-o sync> (the ext2fs I<does> support synchronous updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)." +msgid "Some Linux filesystems don't support *-o sync* and *-o dirsync* (the ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems _do_ support synchronous updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the *sync* option)." +msgstr "몇 가지 리눅스 화일 시스템은 B<-o sync> (ext2fs는 B<sync> 옵션을 사용하여 마운트하는 경우 동기적 갱신( BSD에서처럼 )을 I<지원함> )" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1652 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all I<ext2fs>-specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a remount, for example, but you can't change B<gid> or B<umask> for the I<fatfs>)." +msgid "The *-o remount* may not be able to change mount parameters (all _ext2fs_-specific parameters, except *sb*, are changeable with a remount, for example, but you can't change *gid* or *umask* for the _fatfs_)." +msgstr "B<-o remount> 를 통하여 마운트 파라미터에 변화를 줄 수 있다.(모든 B<sb> 를 제외한 I<ext2fs> 화일 시스템의 모든 파라미터 값을 바굴 수 있다. 하지만 I<fatfs> 에 대해서는 B<gid> 또는 B<umask> 를 변경할 수 없다)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1654 +msgid "It is possible that the files _/etc/mtab_ and _/proc/mounts_ don't match on systems with a regular _mtab_ file. The first file is based only on the *mount* command options, but the content of the second file also depends on the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS server -- in certain cases the *mount* command may report unreliable information about an NFS mount point and the _/proc/mount_ file usually contains more reliable information.) This is another reason to replace the _mtab_ file with a symlink to the _/proc/mounts_ file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1656 +msgid "Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e. the *fcntl* and *ioctl* families of functions) may lead to inconsistent results due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the *noac* mount option is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1658 +msgid "The *loop* option with the *offset* or *sizelimit* options used may fail when using older kernels if the *mount* command can't confirm that the size of the block device has been configured as requested. This situation can be worked around by using the *losetup*(8) command manually before calling *mount* with the configured loop device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1684 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*mount*(2),\n" +"*umount*(2),\n" +"*filesystems*(5),\n" +"*fstab*(5),\n" +"*nfs*(5),\n" +"*xfs*(5),\n" +"*mount_namespaces*(7),\n" +"*xattr*(7),\n" +"*e2label*(8),\n" +"*findmnt*(8),\n" +"*losetup*(8),\n" +"*lsblk*(8),\n" +"*mke2fs*(8),\n" +"*mountd*(8),\n" +"*nfsd*(8),\n" +"*swapon*(8),\n" +"*tune2fs*(8),\n" +"*umount*(8),\n" +"*xfs_admin*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*mount*(2),\n" +"*umount*(2),\n" +"*filesystems*(5),\n" +"*fstab*(5),\n" +"*nfs*(5),\n" +"*xfs*(5),\n" +"*mount_namespaces*(7),\n" +"*xattr*(7),\n" +"*e2label*(8),\n" +"*findmnt*(8),\n" +"*losetup*(8),\n" +"*lsblk*(8),\n" +"*mke2fs*(8),\n" +"*mountd*(8),\n" +"*nfsd*(8),\n" +"*swapon*(8),\n" +"*tune2fs*(8),\n" +"*umount*(8),\n" +"*xfs_admin*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mountpoint(1)" +msgstr "mountpoint(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:12 +msgid "mountpoint - see if a directory or file is a mountpoint" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mountpoint* [*-d*|*-q*] _directory_|_file_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mountpoint* *-x* _device_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mountpoint* checks whether the given _directory_ or _file_ is mentioned in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--fs-devno*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--fs-devno*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:27 +msgid "Show the major/minor numbers of the device that is mounted on the given directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:30 +msgid "Be quiet - don't print anything." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--nofollow*" +msgstr "*--nofollow*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:33 +msgid "Do not follow symbolic link if it the last element of the _directory_ path." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--devno*" +msgstr "*-x*, *--devno*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:36 +msgid "Show the major/minor numbers of the given blockdevice on standard output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mountpoint* has the following exit status values:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:45 +msgid "success; the directory is a mountpoint, or device is block device on *--devno*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:48 +msgid "failure; incorrect invocation, permissions or system error" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:51 +msgid "failure; the directory is not a mountpoint, or device is not a block device on *--devno*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:60 +msgid "The util-linux *mountpoint* implementation was written from scratch for libmount. The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "nsenter(1)" +msgstr "nsenter(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:12 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "setsid - run a program in a new session" +msgid "nsenter - run program in different namespaces" +msgstr "setsid - 새 세션 안에서 한 풀그림을 실행한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<setsid>I< program>B< [ >I<arg ...>B< ]>" +msgid "*nsenter* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n" +msgstr "B<setsid>I< 풀그림>B< [ >I<인자 ...>B< ]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:20 +msgid "The *nsenter* command executes _program_ in the namespace(s) that are specified in the command-line options (described below). If _program_ is not given, then \"$\\{SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:22 +msgid "Enterable namespaces are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mount namespace*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:25 +msgid "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ for the *shared* flag). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7) and the discussion of the *CLONE_NEWNS* flag in *clone*(2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:26 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*UTS namespace*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:34 +msgid "Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system. For further details, see *uts_namespaces*(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*IPC namespace*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:37 +msgid "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues as well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory segments. For further details, see *ipc_namespaces*(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*network namespace*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:40 +msgid "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing tables, firewall rules, the _/proc/net_ and _/sys/class/net_ directory trees, sockets, etc. For further details, see *network_namespaces*(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*PID namespace*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:37 +msgid "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the *nsenter* process. *nsenter* will fork by default if changing the PID namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID namespace and are visible to each other. If *--no-fork* is used, the new program will be exec'ed without forking. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*user namespace*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:49 +msgid "The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities. For further details, see *user_namespaces*(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*cgroup namespace*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:46 +msgid "The process will have a virtualized view of _/proc/self/cgroup_, and new cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root. For further details, see *cgroup_namespaces*(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*time namespace*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:52 +msgid "The process can have a distinct view of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* and/or *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which can be changed using _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. For further details, see *time_namespaces*(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:51 +msgid "Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional _file_ argument. This should be one of the _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ files described in *namespaces*(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was created on one of those files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:55 +msgid "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ namespace paths. The default paths to the target process namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., *--all --mount*=[_path_])." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:57 +msgid "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current user namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from regaining those capabilities via a call to setns(). See *setns*(2) for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *--target* _PID_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:60 +msgid "Specify a target process to get contexts from. The paths to the contexts specified by _pid_ are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/mnt_" +msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/mnt_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63 +msgid "the mount namespace" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/uts_" +msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/uts_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65 +msgid "the UTS namespace" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/ipc_" +msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/ipc_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67 +msgid "the IPC namespace" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/net_" +msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/net_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69 +msgid "the network namespace" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/pid_" +msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/pid_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71 +msgid "the PID namespace" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/user_" +msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/user_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73 +msgid "the user namespace" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/cgroup_" +msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/cgroup_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75 +msgid "the cgroup namespace" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/time_" +msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/time_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77 +msgid "the time namespace" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/proc/pid/root_" +msgstr "_/proc/pid/root_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "the dictionary" +msgid "the root directory" +msgstr "사전" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/proc/pid/cwd_" +msgstr "_/proc/pid/cwd_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:81 +msgid "the working directory respectively" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[=_file_]" +msgstr "*-m*, *--mount*[=_파일_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:84 +msgid "Enter the mount namespace. If no file is specified, enter the mount namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the mount namespace specified by _file_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:85 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[=_file_]" +msgstr "*-u*, *--uts*[=_파일_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:87 +msgid "Enter the UTS namespace. If no file is specified, enter the UTS namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the UTS namespace specified by _file_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[=_file_]" +msgstr "*-i*, *--ipc*[=_파일_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:90 +msgid "Enter the IPC namespace. If no file is specified, enter the IPC namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the IPC namespace specified by _file_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--net*[=_file_]" +msgstr "*-n*, *--net*[=_파일_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:93 +msgid "Enter the network namespace. If no file is specified, enter the network namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the network namespace specified by _file_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[=_file_]" +msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*[=_파일_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:96 +msgid "Enter the PID namespace. If no file is specified, enter the PID namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the PID namespace specified by _file_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-U*, *--user*[=_file_]" +msgstr "*-U*, *--user*[=_파일_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:99 +msgid "Enter the user namespace. If no file is specified, enter the user namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the user namespace specified by _file_. See also the *--setuid* and *--setgid* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[=_file_]" +msgstr "*-C*, *--cgroup*[=_파일_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:102 +msgid "Enter the cgroup namespace. If no file is specified, enter the cgroup namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the cgroup namespace specified by _file_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--time*[=_file_]" +msgstr "*-T*, *--time*[=_파일_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:105 +msgid "Enter the time namespace. If no file is specified, enter the time namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the time namespace specified by _file_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-G*, *--setgid* _gid_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:110 +msgid "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop supplementary groups. *nsenter* always sets GID for user namespaces, the default is 0. If the argument \"follow\" is specified the GID of the target process is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S*, *--setuid* _uid_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:115 +msgid "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace. *nsenter* always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0. If the argument \"follow\" is specified the UID of the target process is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--preserve-credentials*" +msgstr "*--preserve-credentials*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:118 +msgid "Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to drops supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--root*[=_directory_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:121 +msgid "Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root directory to the root directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set the root directory to the specified directory. The specified _directory_ is open before it switches to the requested namespaces." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-w*, *--wd*[=_directory_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:124 +msgid "Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set the working directory to the specified directory. The specified _directory_ is open before it switches to the requested namespaces, it means the specified directory works as \"tunnel\" to the current namespace. See also *--wdns*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-W*, *--wdns*[=_directory_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:127 +msgid "Set the working directory. The _directory_ is open after switch to the requested namespaces and after *chroot*(2) call. The options *--wd* and *--wdns* are mutually exclusive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--env*" +msgstr "*-e*, *--env*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:130 +msgid "Pass environment variables from the target process to the new process being created. If this option is not provided, the environment variables will remain the same as in the current namespace.." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:133 +msgid "Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program. By default, when entering a PID namespace, *nsenter* calls *fork* before calling *exec* so that any children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-Z*, *--follow-context*" +msgstr "*-Z*, *--follow-context*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:136 +msgid "Set the SELinux security context used for executing a new process according to already running process specified by *--target* PID. (The util-linux has to be compiled with SELinux support otherwise the option is unavailable.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:143 +msgid "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*clone*(2),\n" +"*setns*(2),\n" +"*namespaces*(7)\n" +msgstr "" +"*clone*(2),\n" +"*setns*(2),\n" +"*namespaces*(7)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pivot_root(8)" +msgstr "pivot_root(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:12 +msgid "pivot_root - change the root filesystem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*pivot_root* _new_root_ _put_old_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*pivot_root* moves the root file system of the current process to the directory _put_old_ and makes _new_root_ the new root file system. Since *pivot_root*(8) simply calls *pivot_root*(2), we refer to the man page of the latter for further details.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:22 +msgid "Note that, depending on the implementation of *pivot_root*, root and current working directory of the caller may or may not change. The following is a sequence for invoking *pivot_root* that works in either case, assuming that *pivot_root* and *chroot* are in the current *PATH*:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"cd new_root\n" +"pivot_root . put_old\n" +"exec chroot . command\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:30 +msgid "Note that *chroot* must be available under the old root and under the new root, because *pivot_root* may or may not have implicitly changed the root directory of the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:32 +msgid "Note that *exec chroot* changes the running executable, which is necessary if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also note that standard input, output, and error may still point to a device on the old root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed when invoking *chroot* (see below; note the absence of leading slashes to make it work whether *pivot_root* has changed the shell's root or not)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:40 +msgid "Change the root file system to _/dev/hda1_ from an interactive shell:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"mount /dev/hda1 /new-root\n" +"cd /new-root\n" +"pivot_root . old-root\n" +"exec chroot . sh <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n" +"umount /old-root\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:50 +msgid "Mount the new root file system over NFS from 10.0.0.1:/my_root and run *init*:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up # for portmap\n" +"# configure Ethernet or such\n" +"portmap # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n" +"mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n" +"killall portmap # portmap keeps old root busy\n" +"cd /mnt\n" +"pivot_root . old_root\n" +"exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /old_root; exec /sbin/init' \\\n" +" <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*chroot*(1),\n" +"*pivot_root*(2),\n" +"*mount*(8),\n" +"*switch_root*(8),\n" +"*umount*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*chroot*(1),\n" +"*pivot_root*(2),\n" +"*mount*(8),\n" +"*switch_root*(8),\n" +"*umount*(8)\n" + +#. prlimit.1 -- +#. Copyright 2011 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org> +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "prlimit(1)" +msgstr "prlimit(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:18 +msgid "prlimit - get and set process resource limits" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] _command_ [_argument_...]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:28 +msgid "Given a process ID and one or more resources, *prlimit* tries to retrieve and/or modify the limits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:30 +msgid "When _command_ is given, *prlimit* will run this command with the given arguments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:32 +msgid "The _limits_ parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated by a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no _limits_ are given, *prlimit* will display the current values. If one of the values is not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the unlimited or infinity limit (*RLIM_INFINITY*), the -1 or 'unlimited' string can be passed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:34 +msgid "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource limits, refer to the *RESOURCE OPTIONS* section." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:37 +msgid "_soft_{colon}_hard_ Specify both limits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:38 +msgid "_soft_{colon} Specify only the soft limit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:39 +msgid "{colon}__hard__ Specify only the hard limit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:40 +msgid "_value_ Specify both limits to the same value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:41 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS" +msgstr "설명" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:46 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o>,B< --output >I<list>" +msgid "*-o, --output* _list_" +msgstr "B<-o>,B< --output >I<목록>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:48 +msgid "Define the output columns to use. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p, --pid*" +msgstr "*-p, --pid*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:51 +msgid "Specify the process id; if none is given, the running process will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:60 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "OPTIONS" +msgid "RESOURCE OPTIONS" +msgstr "옵션" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c, --core*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:64 +msgid "Maximum size of a core file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d, --data*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:67 +msgid "Maximum data size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e, --nice*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:70 +msgid "Maximum nice priority allowed to raise." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f, --fsize*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Maximum file size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i, --sigpending*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:76 +msgid "Maximum number of pending signals." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l, --memlock*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:79 +msgid "Maximum locked-in-memory address space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m, --rss*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:82 +msgid "Maximum Resident Set Size (RSS)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n, --nofile*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:85 +msgid "Maximum number of open files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-q, --msgqueue*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:88 +msgid "Maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r, --rtprio*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:91 +msgid "Maximum real-time priority." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s, --stack*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:94 +msgid "Maximum size of the stack." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t, --cpu*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:97 +msgid "CPU time, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u, --nproc*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:100 +msgid "Maximum number of processes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-v, --as*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:103 +msgid "Address space limit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x, --locks*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:106 +msgid "Maximum number of file locks held." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-y, --rttime*[=_limits_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:109 +msgid "Timeout for real-time tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:113 +msgid "The *prlimit*(2) system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels will break this program." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134*" +msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:118 +msgid "Display limit values for all current resources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --rss --nofile=1024:4095*" +msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134 --rss --nofile=1024:4095*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:121 +msgid "Display the limits of the RSS, and set the soft and hard limits for the number of open files to 1024 and 4095, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --nproc=512:*" +msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134 --nproc=512:*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:124 +msgid "Modify only the soft limit for the number of processes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*prlimit --pid $$ --nproc=unlimited*" +msgstr "*prlimit --pid $$ --nproc=unlimited*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:127 +msgid "Set for the current process both the soft and ceiling values for the number of processes to unlimited." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*prlimit --cpu=10 sort -u hugefile*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:130 +msgid "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run *sort*(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:134 +msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso] - In memory of Dennis M. Ritchie." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*ulimit*(1p),\n" +"*prlimit*(2)\n" +msgstr "" +"*ulimit*(1p),\n" +"*prlimit*(2)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "readprofile(8)" +msgstr "readprofile(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:12 +msgid "readprofile - read kernel profiling information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*readprofile* [options]\n" +msgstr "*readprofile* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VERSION" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:20 +msgid "This manpage documents version 2.0 of the program." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:24 +msgid "The *readprofile* command uses the _/proc/profile_ information to print ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: the first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C function in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is the normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between the number of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled with blanks to ease readability." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:29 +msgid "Print all symbols in the mapfile. By default the procedures with reported ticks are not printed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-b*, *--histbin*" +msgstr "*-b*, *--histbin*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:32 +msgid "Print individual histogram-bin counts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:35 +msgid "Info. This makes *readprofile* only print the profiling step used by the kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and is chosen during kernel configuration (through *make config*), or in the kernel's command line. If the *-t* (terse) switch is used together with *-i* only the decimal number is printed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--mapfile* _mapfile_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:38 +msgid "Specify a mapfile, which by default is _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. You should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't the last one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the name of the map file ends with _.gz_ it is decompressed on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-M*, *--multiplier* _multiplier_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:41 +msgid "On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU. This option allows you to set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. Linux 2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems. This option also resets the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--profile* _pro-file_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:44 +msgid "Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is _/proc/profile_. Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' the kernel profiling at some time and read it later. The _/proc/profile_ file can be copied using *cat*(1) or *cp*(1). There is no more support for compressed profile buffers, like in *readprofile-1.1*, because the program needs to know the size of the buffer in advance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:53 +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--reset*" +msgstr "*-r*, *--reset*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:47 +msgid "Reset the profiling buffer. This can only be invoked by root, because _/proc/profile_ is readable by everybody but writable only by the superuser. However, you can make *readprofile* set-user-ID 0, in order to reset the buffer without gaining privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s, --counters*" +msgstr "*-s, --counters*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:50 +msgid "Print individual counters within functions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:53 +msgid "Verbose. The output is organized in four columns and filled with blanks. The first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the second is the name of the function, the third is the number of clock ticks and the last is the normalized load." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/proc/profile_" +msgstr "_/proc/profile_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:60 +msgid "A binary snapshot of the profiling buffer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/usr/src/linux/System.map_" +msgstr "_/usr/src/linux/System.map_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:63 +msgid "The symbol table for the kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/usr/src/linux/*_" +msgstr "_/usr/src/linux/*_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:66 +msgid "The program being profiled :-)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*readprofile* only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because _/proc/profile_ changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:72 +msgid "This program only works with ELF kernels. The change for a.out kernels is trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:74 +msgid "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build. To enable profiling, you can specify *profile*=_2_ (or another number) on the kernel commandline. The number you specify is the two-exponent used as profiling step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:76 +msgid "Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited. This means that many profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled. Watch out for misleading information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:80 +msgid "Browse the profiling buffer ordering by clock ticks:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid " readprofile | sort -nr | less\n" +msgstr " readprofile | sort -nr | less\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:86 +msgid "Print the 20 most loaded procedures:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid " readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n" +msgstr " readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:92 +msgid "Print only filesystem profile:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid " readprofile | grep _ext2\n" +msgstr " readprofile | grep _ext2\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:98 +msgid "Look at all the kernel information, with ram addresses:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid " readprofile -av | less\n" +msgstr " readprofile -av | less\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:104 +msgid "Browse a 'frozen' profile buffer for a non current kernel:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid " readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:110 +msgid "Request profiling at 2kHz per CPU, and reset the profiling buffer:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid " sudo readprofile -M 20\n" +msgstr " sudo readprofile -M 20\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 +#. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)renice.8 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93 +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "renice(1)" +msgstr "renice(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:46 +msgid "renice - alter priority of running processes" +msgstr "renice - 실행 중인 프로세스의 우선권을 바꾼다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*renice* [*--priority|--relative*] _priority_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifier_...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:54 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "E<.Nm Renice> alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. The following E<.Ar who> parameters are interpreted as process ID's, process group ID's, or user names. E<.Nm Renice Ns 'ing> a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling priority altered. E<.Nm Renice Ns 'ing> a user causes all processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered. By default, the processes to be affected are specified by their process ID's." +msgid "*renice* alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. The first argument is the _priority_ value to be used. The other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process group IDs, user IDs, or user names. *renice*'ing a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling priority altered. *renice*'ing a user causes all processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered.\n" +msgstr "E<.Nm Renice> 명령은 하나 또는 그 이상의 실행중인 프로세스의 진행 우선권을 바꾼다. 각 옵션에서 사용되는 옵션의 인자는 프로세스 ID, 프로세스 그룹 ID, 사용자 ID이다. 프로세스 그룹의 우선권 변환은 그 해당되는 그룹의 모든 프로세스에 적용된다. 사용자의 우선권 변환은 그 해당되는 사용자의 모든 프로세스에 적용된다. 초기값으로 우선권 변환에 영향을 받는 프로세스는 그 지정한 프로세스만이다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:56 +msgid "If no *-n*, *--priority* or *--relative* option is used, then the priority is set as *absolute*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n* _priority_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:61 +msgid "Specify the *absolute* or *relative* (depending on environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT) scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process group, or user. Use of the option *-n* is optional, but when used, it must be the first argument. See *NOTES* for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:62 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-p>,B< --priority >I<priority>" +msgid "*--priority* _priority_" +msgstr "B<-p>,B< --priority >I<우선권>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:64 +msgid "Specify an *absolute* scheduling _priority_. _Priority_ is set to the given value. This is the default, when no option is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--relative* _priority_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:67 +msgid "Specify a *relative* scheduling _priority_. Same as the standard POSIX *-n* option. _Priority_ gets _incremented/decremented_ by the given value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-g*, *--pgrp*" +msgstr "*-g*, *--pgrp*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:70 +msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process group IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process IDs (the default)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--user*" +msgstr "*-u*, *--user*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:76 +msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as usernames or UIDs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/passwd_" +msgstr "_/etc/passwd_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "to map user names to user ID's" +msgid "to map user names to user IDs" +msgstr "UID와 사용자 이름을 확인하기 위해" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:87 +msgid "Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes they own. Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only _increase_ the \"nice value\" (i.e., choose a lower priority) and such changes are irreversible unless (since Linux 2.6.12) the user has a suitable \"nice\" resource limit (see *ulimit*(1p) and *getrlimit*(2))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority to any value in the range -20 to 19. Useful priorities are: 19 (the affected processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the \"base\" scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very fast)." +msgstr "이 명령을 사용하는 이가 root가 아니라면, 자신의 프로세스만을 바꿀 수 있다. 또한 ``nice 값''은 0에서 E<.Dv PRIO_MAX> (20) 까지만 사용할 수 있다. (This prevents overriding administrative fiats.) root의 경우는 모든 프로세스의 우선권을 바꿀 수 있으며, 사용할 수 있는 ``nice 값''은 E<.Dv PRIO_MIN> (\\-20)부터 E<.Dv PRIO_MAX > 까지이다. 유용한 우선권은: 20 (the affected processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the ``base'' scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very fast)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:91 +msgid "For historical reasons in this implementation, the *-n* option did not follow the POSIX specification. Therefore, instead of setting a *relative* priority, it sets an *absolute* priority by default. As this may not be desirable, this behavior can be controlled by setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT to be fully POSIX compliant. See the *-n* option for details. See *--relative* and *--priority* for options that do not change behavior depending on environment variables." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The E<.Nm> command appeared in E<.Bx 4.0>." +msgid "The *renice* command appeared in 4.0BSD." +msgstr "E<.Nm> 명령은 E<.Bx 4.0> 시스템에서 처음 나타났다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "would change the priority of process ID's 987 and 32, and all processes owned by users daemon and root." +msgid "The following command would change the priority of the processes with PIDs 987 and 32, plus all processes owned by the users daemon and root:" +msgstr "이런 명령이 내려지면, 프로세스 ID가 987, 32인 것과, 사용자가 daemon과 root인 모든 프로세스의 우선권을 바꾼다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*renice +1 987 -u daemon root -p 32*\n" +msgstr "*renice +1 987 -u daemon root -p 32*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*nice*(1),\n" +"*chrt*(1),\n" +"*getpriority*(2),\n" +"*setpriority*(2),\n" +"*credentials*(7),\n" +"*sched*(7)\n" +msgstr "" +"*nice*(1),\n" +"*chrt*(1),\n" +"*getpriority*(2),\n" +"*setpriority*(2),\n" +"*credentials*(7),\n" +"*sched*(7)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "rfkill(8)" +msgstr "rfkill(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:12 +msgid "rfkill - tool for enabling and disabling wireless devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*rfkill* [options] [_command_] [_ID_|_type_ ...]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*rfkill* lists, enabling and disabling wireless devices.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:22 +msgid "The command \"list\" output format is deprecated and maintained for backward compatibility only. The new output format is the default when no command is specified or when the option *--output* is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:24 +msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:35 +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of available columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*help*" +msgstr "*help*" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*event*" +msgstr "*event*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:51 +msgid "Listen for rfkill events and display them on stdout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*list* [__id__|__type__ ...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:54 +msgid "List the current state of all available devices. The command output format is deprecated, see the *DESCRIPTION* section. It is a good idea to check with *list* command _id_ or _type_ scope is appropriate before setting *block* or *unblock*. Special _all_ type string will match everything. Use of multiple _ID_ or _type_ arguments is supported. Possible types are all, {wlan | wifi}, bluetooth, {uwb | ultrawideband}, wimax, wwan, gps, fm, nfc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**block** __id__|__type__ [...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:57 +msgid "Disable the corresponding device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**unblock** __id__|__type__ [...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:60 +msgid "Enable the corresponding device. If the device is hard-blocked, for example via a hardware switch, it will remain unavailable though it is now soft-unblocked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**toggle** __id__|__type__ [...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:63 +msgid "Enable or disable the corresponding device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" rfkill --output ID,TYPE\n" +" rfkill block all\n" +" rfkill unblock wlan\n" +" rfkill block bluetooth uwb wimax wwan gps fm nfc\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*rfkill* was originally written by mailto:johannes@sipsolutions.net[Johannes Berg] and mailto:marcel@holtmann.org[Marcel Holtmann]. The code has been later modified by mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] for the util-linux project.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:77 +msgid "This manual page was written by mailto:linux@youmustbejoking.demon.co.uk[Darren Salt] for the Debian project (and may be used by others)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*powertop*(8),\n" +"*systemd-rfkill*(8),\n" +"https://docs.kernel.org/driver-api/rfkill.html[Linux kernel documentation]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "rtcwake(8)" +msgstr "rtcwake(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:12 +msgid "rtcwake - enter a system sleep state until specified wakeup time" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*rtcwake* [options] [*-d* _device_] [*-m* _standby_mode_] {*-s* _seconds_|*-t* _time_t_}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:20 +msgid "This program is used to enter a system sleep state and to automatically wake from it at a specified time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:22 +msgid "This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, and leave it no later than a specified time. It uses any RTC framework driver that supports standard driver model wakeup flags." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:24 +msgid "This is normally used like the old *apmsleep* utility, to wake from a suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM). Most platforms can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:26 +msgid "On some systems, this can also be used like *nvram-wakeup*, waking from states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk). Not all systems have persistent media that are appropriate for such suspend modes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:28 +msgid "Note that alarm functionality depends on hardware; not every RTC is able to setup an alarm up to 24 hours in the future." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:30 +msgid "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction of a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid this problem and it waits to the terminal to settle down before entering a system sleep." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-A*, *--adjfile* _file_" +msgstr "*-A*, *--adjfile* _파일_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:35 +msgid "Specify an alternative path to the adjust file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:38 +msgid "Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local time) from the _adjtime_ file, where *hwclock*(8) stores that information. This is the default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--date* _timestamp_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:41 +msgid "Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp. Format of the timestamp can be any of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n" +"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n" +"|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n" +"|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n" +"|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n" +"|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n" +"|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n" +"|+5min |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--device* _device_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:56 +msgid "Use the specified _device_ instead of *rtc0* as realtime clock. This option is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC. You may specify *rtc1*, *rtc2*, ... here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--local*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--local*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:59 +msgid "Assume that the hardware clock is set to local time, regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--list-modes*" +msgstr "*--list-modes*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:62 +msgid "List available *--mode* option arguments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--mode* _mode_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:65 +msgid "Go into the given standby state. Valid values for _mode_ are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*standby*" +msgstr "*standby*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:68 +msgid "ACPI state S1. This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, while providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system. This is the default mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*freeze*" +msgstr "*freeze*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:71 +msgid "The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the processors idled. This state is a general state that does not need any platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, because the system is still in a running state. (Available since Linux 3.9.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*mem*" +msgstr "*mem*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:74 +msgid "ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM). This state offers significant power savings as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except for memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*disk*" +msgstr "*disk*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:77 +msgid "ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk). This state offers the greatest power savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform support for power management. This state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM, but includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:80 +msgid "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'. Not officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*no*" +msgstr "*no*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:83 +msgid "Don't suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:86 +msgid "Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. This mode is useful for debugging." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:89 +msgid "Disable a previously set alarm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*show*" +msgstr "*show*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:92 +msgid "Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on <time>\". The time is in ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 2010\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:95 +msgid "This option does everything apart from actually setting up the alarm, suspending the system, or waiting for the alarm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--seconds* _seconds_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:98 +msgid "Set the wakeup time to _seconds_ in the future from now." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:99 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-c>, B<--stdout>, B<--to-stdout>" +msgid "*-t*, *--time* _time_t_" +msgstr "B<-c>, B<--stdout>, B<--to-stdout>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:101 +msgid "Set the wakeup time to the absolute time _time_t_. _time_t_ is the time in seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC. Use the *date*(1) tool to convert between human-readable time and _time_t_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--utc*" +msgstr "*-u*, *--utc*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:104 +msgid "Assume that the hardware clock is set to UTC (Universal Time Coordinated), regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:113 +msgid "Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as *mem* using only the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from userspace code to make the framebuffer work again." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:121 +msgid "The program was posted several times on LKML and other lists before appearing in kernel commit message for Linux 2.6 in the GIT commit 87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:125 +msgid "The program was written by mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David Brownell] and improved by mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:129 +msgid "This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of the link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[GNU General Public License]. There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*adjtime_config*(5),\n" +"*hwclock*(8),\n" +"*date*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*adjtime_config*(5),\n" +"*hwclock*(8),\n" +"*date*(1)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "setarch(8)" +msgstr "setarch(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:12 +msgid "setarch - change reported architecture in new program environment and/or set personality flags" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<setsid>I< program>B< [ >I<arg ...>B< ]>" +msgid "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n" +msgstr "B<setsid>I< 풀그림>B< [ >I<인자 ...>B< ]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*setarch* *--list*|*-h*|*-V*\n" +msgstr "*setarch* *--list*|*-h*|*-V*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:20 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<setsid>I< program>B< [ >I<arg ...>B< ]>" +msgid "*arch* [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n" +msgstr "B<setsid>I< 풀그림>B< [ >I<인자 ...>B< ]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*setarch* modifies execution domains and process personality flags.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:26 +msgid "The execution domains currently only affects the output of *uname -m*. For example, on an AMD64 system, running *setarch i386* _program_ will cause _program_ to see i686 instead of _x86_64_ as the machine type. It can also be used to set various personality options. The default _program_ is */bin/sh*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:28 +msgid "Since version 2.33 the _arch_ command line argument is optional and *setarch* may be used to change personality flags (ADDR_LIMIT_*, SHORT_INODE, etc) without modification of the execution domain." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--list*" +msgstr "*--list*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:33 +msgid "List the architectures that *setarch* knows about. Whether *setarch* can actually set each of these architectures depends on the running kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--show[=personality]*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:38 +msgid "Show the currently active personality and flags. If the *personality* argument is provided, it is shown instead of the current one. *personality* is a hexadecimal number with values was described in *sys/personality.h*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--uname-2.6*" +msgstr "*--uname-2.6*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:41 +msgid "Causes the _program_ to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. Turns on *UNAME26*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-3*, *--3gb*" +msgstr "*-3*, *--3gb*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:47 +msgid "Specifies _program_ should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. Supported on x86. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--4gb*" +msgstr "*--4gb*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This option does nothing at all; it is provided only for backwards compatibility." +msgid "This option has no effect. It is retained for backward compatibility only, and may be removed in future releases." +msgstr "아무런 작용도 하지 않는다. 호환성을 위해 제공될 뿐이다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-B*, *--32bit*" +msgstr "*-B*, *--32bit*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:53 +msgid "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM and Alpha. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-F*, *--fdpic-funcptrs*" +msgstr "*-F*, *--fdpic-funcptrs*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:56 +msgid "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to address descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do not support *FDPIC* ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-I*, *--short-inode*" +msgstr "*-I*, *--short-inode*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:59 +msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *SHORT_INODE*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-L*, *--addr-compat-layout*" +msgstr "*-L*, *--addr-compat-layout*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:62 +msgid "Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the _program_ binary does not have *PT_GNU_STACK* ELF header. Turns on *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-R*, *--addr-no-randomize*" +msgstr "*-R*, *--addr-no-randomize*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:65 +msgid "Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on *ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-S*, *--whole-seconds*" +msgstr "*-S*, *--whole-seconds*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:68 +msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *WHOLE_SECONDS*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--sticky-timeouts*" +msgstr "*-T*, *--sticky-timeouts*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:71 +msgid "This makes *select*(2), *pselect*(2), and *ppoll*(2) system calls preserve the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount of time not slept when interrupted by a signal handler. Use when _program_ depends on this behavior. For more details see the timeout description in *select*(2) manual page. Turns on *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-X*, *--read-implies-exec*" +msgstr "*-X*, *--read-implies-exec*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:74 +msgid "If this is set then *mmap*(2) *PROT_READ* will also add the *PROT_EXEC* bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on *READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-Z*, *--mmap-page-zero*" +msgstr "*-Z*, *--mmap-page-zero*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:77 +msgid "SVr4 bug emulation that will set *mmap*(2) page zero as read-only. Use when _program_ depends on this behavior, and the source code is not available to be fixed. Turns on *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog\n" +"setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n" +"setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm\n" +"setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:94 +msgid "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*personality*(2),\n" +"*select*(2)\n" +msgstr "" +"*personality*(2),\n" +"*select*(2)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "setpriv(1)" +msgstr "setpriv(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:12 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "setsid - run a program in a new session" +msgid "setpriv - run a program with different Linux privilege settings" +msgstr "setsid - 새 세션 안에서 한 풀그림을 실행한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<setsid>I< program>B< [ >I<arg ...>B< ]>" +msgid "*setpriv* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n" +msgstr "B<setsid>I< 풀그림>B< [ >I<인자 ...>B< ]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:20 +msgid "Sets or queries various Linux privilege settings that are inherited across *execve*(2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:22 +msgid "In comparison to *su*(1) and *runuser*(1), *setpriv* neither uses PAM, nor does it prompt for a password. It is a simple, non-set-user-ID wrapper around *execve*(2), and can be used to drop privileges in the same way as *setuidgid*(8) from *daemontools*, *chpst*(8) from *runit*, or similar tools shipped by other service managers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--clear-groups*" +msgstr "*--clear-groups*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:27 +msgid "Clear supplementary groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--dump*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--dump*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:30 +msgid "Dump the current privilege state. This option can be specified more than once to show extra, mostly useless, information. Incompatible with all other options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--groups* _group_..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:33 +msgid "Set supplementary groups. The argument is a comma-separated list of GIDs or names." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--inh-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--ambient-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--bounding-set* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:38 +msgid "Set the inheritable capabilities, ambient capabilities or the capability bounding set. See *capabilities*(7). The argument is a comma-separated list of **+**__cap__ and **-**__cap__ entries, which add or remove an entry respectively. _cap_ can either be a human-readable name as seen in *capabilities*(7) without the _cap__ prefix or of the format *cap_N*, where _N_ is the internal capability index used by Linux. *+all* and *-all* can be used to add or remove all caps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:40 +msgid "The set of capabilities starts out as the current inheritable set for *--inh-caps*, the current ambient set for *--ambient-caps* and the current bounding set for *--bounding-set*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:42 +msgid "Note the following restrictions (detailed in *capabilities*(7)) regarding modifications to these capability sets:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:44 +msgid "A capability can be added to the inheritable set only if it is currently present in the bounding set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:45 +msgid "A capability can be added to the ambient set only if it is currently present in both the permitted and inheritable sets." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:46 +msgid "Notwithstanding the syntax offered by *setpriv*, the kernel does not permit capabilities to be added to the bounding set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:48 +msgid "If you drop a capability from the bounding set without also dropping it from the inheritable set, you are likely to become confused. Do not do that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--keep-groups*" +msgstr "*--keep-groups*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:51 +msgid "Preserve supplementary groups. Only useful in conjunction with *--rgid*, *--egid*, or *--regid*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--init-groups*" +msgstr "*--init-groups*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:54 +msgid "Initialize supplementary groups using initgroups3. Only useful in conjunction with *--ruid* or *--reuid*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--list-caps*" +msgstr "*--list-caps*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:57 +msgid "List all known capabilities. This option must be specified alone." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--no-new-privs*" +msgstr "*--no-new-privs*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:60 +msgid "Set the _no_new_privs_ bit. With this bit set, *execve*(2) will not grant new privileges. For example, the set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits as well as file capabilities will be disabled. (Executing binaries with these bits set will still work, but they will not gain privileges. Certain LSMs, especially AppArmor, may result in failures to execute certain programs.) This bit is inherited by child processes and cannot be unset. See *prctl*(2) and _Documentation/prctl/no_new_privs.txt_ in the Linux kernel source." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:62 +msgid "The _no_new_privs_ bit is supported since Linux 3.5." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--rgid* _gid_, *--egid* _gid_, *--regid* _gid_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:65 +msgid "Set the real, effective, or both GIDs. The _gid_ argument can be given as a textual group name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:67 +msgid "For safety, you must specify one of *--clear-groups*, *--groups*, *--keep-groups*, or *--init-groups* if you set any primary _gid_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--ruid* _uid_, *--euid* _uid_, *--reuid* _uid_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:70 +msgid "Set the real, effective, or both UIDs. The _uid_ argument can be given as a textual login name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:72 +msgid "Setting a _uid_ or _gid_ does not change capabilities, although the exec call at the end might change capabilities. This means that, if you are root, you probably want to do something like:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --inh-caps=-all*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--securebits* (**+**|*-*)__securebit__..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:77 +msgid "Set or clear securebits. The argument is a comma-separated list. The valid securebits are _noroot_, _noroot_locked_, _no_setuid_fixup_, _no_setuid_fixup_locked_, and _keep_caps_locked_. _keep_caps_ is cleared by *execve*(2) and is therefore not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**--pdeathsig keep**|**clear**|*<signal>*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:80 +msgid "Keep, clear or set the parent death signal. Some LSMs, most notably SELinux and AppArmor, clear the signal when the process' credentials change. Using *--pdeathsig keep* will restore the parent death signal after changing credentials to remedy that situation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--selinux-label* _label_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:83 +msgid "Request a particular SELinux transition (using a transition on exec, not dyntrans). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if SELinux is not in use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at SELinux's whim. (In particular, this is unlikely to work in conjunction with _no_new_privs_.) This is similar to *runcon*(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--apparmor-profile* _profile_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:86 +msgid "Request a particular AppArmor profile (using a transition on exec). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if AppArmor is not in use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at AppArmor's whim." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--reset-env*" +msgstr "*--reset-env*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:89 +msgid "Clears all the environment variables except *TERM*; initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* according to the user's passwd entry; sets *PATH* to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for a regular user and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ for root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:91 +msgid "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and _/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_. The environment variable *SHELL* defaults to */bin/sh* if none is given in the user's passwd entry." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:97 +msgid "If applying any specified option fails, _program_ will not be run and *setpriv* will return with exit status 127." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:99 +msgid "Be careful with this tool -- it may have unexpected security consequences. For example, setting _no_new_privs_ and then execing a program that is SELinux-confined (as this tool would do) may prevent the SELinux restrictions from taking effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:103 +msgid "If you're looking for behavior similar to *su*(1)/*runuser*(1), or *sudo*(8) (without the *-g* option), try something like:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --init-groups*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:107 +msgid "If you want to mimic daemontools' *setuid*(8), try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --clear-groups*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:113 +msgid "mailto:luto@amacapital.net[Andy Lutomirski]" +msgstr "mailto:luto@amacapital.net[Andy Lutomirski]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*runuser*(1),\n" +"*su*(1),\n" +"*prctl*(2),\n" +"*capabilities*(7)\n" +msgstr "" +"*runuser*(1),\n" +"*su*(1),\n" +"*prctl*(2),\n" +"*capabilities*(7)\n" + +#. Rick Sladkey <jrs@world.std.com> +#. In the public domain. +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:4 +#, no-wrap +msgid "setsid(1)" +msgstr "setsid(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:14 +msgid "setsid - run a program in a new session" +msgstr "setsid - 새 세션 안에서 한 풀그림을 실행한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:18 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<setsid>I< program>B< [ >I<arg ...>B< ]>" +msgid "*setsid* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n" +msgstr "B<setsid>I< 풀그림>B< [ >I<인자 ...>B< ]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*setsid* runs a program in a new session. The command calls *fork*(2) if already a process group leader. Otherwise, it executes a program in the current process. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--fork* option.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--ctty*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--ctty*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:27 +msgid "Set the controlling terminal to the current one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--fork*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--fork*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Always, for a user process." +msgid "Always create a new process." +msgstr "사용자 프로세스일 경우 항상." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-w*, *--wait*" +msgstr "*-w*, *--wait*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:33 +msgid "Wait for the execution of the program to end, and return the exit status of this program as the exit status of *setsid*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:43 +msgid "mailto:jrs@world.std.com[Rick Sladkey]" +msgstr "mailto:jrs@world.std.com[Rick Sladkey]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*setsid*(2)\n" +msgstr "*setsid*(2)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "swapon(8)" +msgstr "swapon(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:12 +msgid "swapon, swapoff - enable/disable devices and files for paging and swapping" +msgstr "swapon, swapoff - 페이징, 스와핑용 장치/화일 사용 설정" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B</sbin/swapoff>I< specialfile >B<...>" +msgid "*swapon* [options] [_specialfile_...]\n" +msgstr "B</sbin/swapoff>I< 특수화일 >B<...>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:18 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B</sbin/swapoff>I< specialfile >B<...>" +msgid "*swapoff* [*-va*] [_specialfile_...]\n" +msgstr "B</sbin/swapoff>I< 특수화일 >B<...>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*swapon* is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to take place.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:24 +msgid "The device or file used is given by the _specialfile_ parameter. It may be of the form *-L* _label_ or *-U* _uuid_ to indicate a device by label or uuid." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "B<Swapon> is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to take place. Calls to B<swapon> normally occur in the system multi-user initialization file I</etc/rc> making all swap devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved across several devices and files." +msgid "Calls to *swapon* normally occur in the system boot scripts making all swap devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved across several devices and files." +msgstr "B<Swapon> 은 페이징(Paging)과 스와핑(Swapping)에 쓰이는 장치를 나타낼 때 사용된다. B<swapon> 은 보통 시스템의 다중 사용자 초기화 화일 I</etc/rc> 에서 모든 스왑 장치를 사용하려고 할 때 사용된다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:28 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<Swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files, or on all swap entries in I</etc/fstab> when the B<-a> flag is given." +msgid "*swapoff* disables swapping on the specified devices and files. When the *-a* flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices and files (as found in _/proc/swaps_ or _/etc/fstab_).\n" +msgstr "B<Swapoff> 는 지정한 장치나 화일 상에서 또는 B<-a> 옵션을 사용할 때는 I</etc/fstab> 에 적힌 장치의 스와핑을 사용하지 않도록 한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:33 +msgid "All devices marked as \"swap\" in _/etc/fstab_ are made available, except for those with the \"noauto\" option. Devices that are already being used as swap are silently skipped." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:36 +msgid "Specifies an alternative fstab file for compatibility with *mount*(8). If _path_ is a directory, then the files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start with \".\" or without an .fstab extension are ignored. The option can be specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard system configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--discard*[**=**__policy__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:39 +msgid "Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or trim operation. This may improve performance on some Solid State Devices, but often it does not. The option allows one to select between two available swap discard policies:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--discard=once*" +msgstr "*--discard=once*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:42 +msgid "to perform a single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at swapon; or" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--discard=pages*" +msgstr "*--discard=pages*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:45 +msgid "to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are available for reuse." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:48 +msgid "If no policy is selected, the default behavior is to enable both discard types. The _/etc/fstab_ mount options *discard*, *discard=once*, or *discard=pages* may also be used to enable discard flags." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--ifexists*" +msgstr "*-e*, *--ifexists*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:51 +msgid "Silently skip devices that do not exist. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may also be used to skip non-existing device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--fixpgsz*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--fixpgsz*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:54 +msgid "Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match that of the current running kernel. *mkswap*(8) initializes the whole device and does not check for bad blocks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:55 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-l>I< filename>" +msgid "*-L* _label_" +msgstr "B<-l>I< 파일이름>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:57 +msgid "Use the partition that has the specified _label_. (For this, access to _/proc/partitions_ is needed.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:60 +msgid "Specify swap options by an __fstab__-compatible comma-separated string. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:62 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2>" +msgid "*swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2*\n" +msgstr "B<swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:64 +msgid "The _opts_ string is evaluated last and overrides all other command line options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specify priority for B<swapon>. This option is only available if B<swapon> was compiled under and is used under a 1.3.2 or later kernel. I<priority> is a value between 0 and 32767. See B<swapon>(2) for a full description of swap priorities. Add B<pri=>I<value> to the option field of I</etc/fstab> for use with B<swapon -a>." +msgid "Specify the priority of the swap device. _priority_ is a value between -1 and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See *swapon*(2) for a full description of swap priorities. Add **pri=**__value__ to the option field of _/etc/fstab_ for use with *swapon -a*. When no priority is defined, it defaults to -1." +msgstr "B<swapon> 에서 사용될 우선권을 설정한다. 이 옵션은 B<swapon> 이 커널 1.3.2 와 그 이후 버전에서 컴파일된 경우에만 가능하다. I<priority> 은 0 ~ 32767 사이의 값이다. 스왑 우선권에 대한 자세한 내용은 B<swapon>(2) 을 참고하라. B<pri=>I<value> 이라는 항목을 I</etc/fstab> 의 옵션 필드에 써넣으면 B<swapon -a> 할 때 이용된다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--summary*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--summary*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:70 +msgid "Display swap usage summary by device. Equivalent to *cat /proc/swaps*. This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show* that provides better control on output data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--show*[**=**__column__...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:73 +msgid "Display a definable table of swap areas. See the *--help* output for a list of available columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:79 +msgid "Do not print headings when displaying *--show* output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:82 +msgid "Display *--show* output without aligning table columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--bytes*" +msgstr "*--bytes*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:85 +msgid "Display swap size in bytes in *--show* output instead of in user-friendly units." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-U* _uuid_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:88 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use the partition that has the specified _uuid_." +msgstr "현재 시스템의 파티션 테이블을 나열하고 마친다. 계산되는 장치는 다음과 같다. B</dev/hda>, B</dev/hdb>, B</dev/sda>, B</dev/sdb>, B</dev/sdc>, B</dev/sdd>, B</dev/sde>, B</dev/sdf>, B</dev/sdg>, B</dev/sdh>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*swapoff* has the following exit status values since v2.36:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:103 +msgid "system has insufficient memory to stop swapping (OOM)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*swapoff*(2) syscall failed for another reason\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:109 +msgid "non-*swapoff*(2) syscall system error (out of memory, ...)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:112 +msgid "usage or syntax error" +msgstr "사용법이나, 문법이 틀림" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:115 +msgid "all swapoff failed on *--all*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:118 +msgid "some swapoff succeeded on *--all*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:120 +msgid "The command *swapoff --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:122 +msgid "The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means success in all versions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:133 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/dev/sd??_" +msgstr "_/dev/sd??_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "standard paging devices" +msgstr "I</dev/hd??> 표준 페이징 장치((E)IDE)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:138 +msgid "ascii filesystem description table" +msgstr "아스키 형식의 화일 시스템 표기 테이블" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Files with holes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:144 +msgid "The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem. This is a problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like Btrfs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:146 +msgid "Commands like *cp*(1) or *truncate*(1) create files with holes. These files will be rejected by *swapon*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:148 +msgid "Preallocated files created by *fallocate*(1) may be interpreted as files with holes too depending of the filesystem. Preallocated swap files are supported on XFS since Linux 4.18." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:150 +msgid "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use *dd*(1) and _/dev/zero_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Btrfs" +msgstr "Btrfs" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:154 +msgid "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with *nocow* attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NFS" +msgstr "NFS" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:158 +msgid "Swap over *NFS* may not work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:159 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Suspend" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*swapon* automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old software suspend data (e.g., *S1SUSPEND*, *S2SUSPEND*, ...). The problem is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an attempt at unsuspending is made.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The B<swapon> command appeared in 4.0BSD." +msgid "The *swapon* command appeared in 4.0BSD." +msgstr "B<swapon> 명령은 4.0BSD에서 생겼다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*swapoff*(2),\n" +"*swapon*(2),\n" +"*fstab*(5),\n" +"*init*(8),\n" +"*fallocate*(1),\n" +"*mkswap*(8),\n" +"*mount*(8),\n" +"*rc*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*swapoff*(2),\n" +"*swapon*(2),\n" +"*fstab*(5),\n" +"*init*(8),\n" +"*fallocate*(1),\n" +"*mkswap*(8),\n" +"*mount*(8),\n" +"*rc*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "switch_root(8)" +msgstr "switch_root(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:12 +msgid "switch_root - switch to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*switch_root* [*-hV*]\n" +msgstr "*switch_root* [*-hV*]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*switch_root* _newroot init_ [_arg_...]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*switch_root* moves already mounted _/proc_, _/dev_, _/sys_ and _/run_ to _newroot_ and makes _newroot_ the new root filesystem and starts _init_ process.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*WARNING: switch_root removes recursively all files and directories on the current root filesystem.*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*switch_root* returns 1 on failure, it never returns on success.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*switch_root* will fail to function if _newroot_ is not the root of a mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any directory into a mount point:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:39 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount --bind foo foo>" +msgid "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n" +msgstr "B<mount --bind foo foo>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:46 +msgid "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*chroot*(2),\n" +"*init*(8),\n" +"*mkinitrd*(8),\n" +"*mount*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*chroot*(2),\n" +"*init*(8),\n" +"*mkinitrd*(8),\n" +"*mount*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "tunelp(8)" +msgstr "tunelp(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:12 +msgid "tunelp - set various parameters for the lp device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<fdformat> [options] I<device>" +msgid "*tunelp* [options] _device_\n" +msgstr "B<fdformat> [옵션] I<장치이름>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*tunelp* sets several parameters for the /dev/lp__?__ devices, for better performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device characteristics accordingly.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--irq* _argument_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:25 +msgid "specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set to something non-zero, *-t* and *-c* have no effect. If your port does not use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command *tunelp -i 0* restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be desirable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*NOTE*: This option will have no effect with kernel 2.1.131 or later since the irq is handled by the parport driver. You can change the parport irq for example via _/proc/parport/*/irq_. Read _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/admin-guide/parport.rst_ for more details on parport.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:28 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-t*, *--time* _milliseconds_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:30 +msgid "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the *-c* parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don't care how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow printer with a buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give you very low system load. This value generally should be lower for printing graphics than text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--chars* _characters_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:33 +msgid "is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before sleeping for *-t* _TIME_. It is the number of times around a loop that tries to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some printers that become jerky otherwise, but you _must_ set this to '1' to handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using interrupts. If you have a very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more sense even if in polling mode. If you have a _really_ old printer, you can increase this further." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:35 +msgid "Setting *-t* _TIME_ to 0 is equivalent to setting *-c* _CHARS_ to infinity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-w*, *--wait* _milliseconds_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:38 +msgid "is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use longer cables. It's also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, *--abort* _<on|off>_" +msgstr "*-a*, *--abort* _<on|off>_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:41 +msgid "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the printer isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *--check-status* _<on|off>_" +msgstr "*-o*, *--check-status* _<on|off>_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:44 +msgid "This option is much like *-a*. It makes any *open*(2) of this device check to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of *lpd*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-C*, *--careful* _<on|off>_" +msgstr "*-C*, *--careful* _<on|off>_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:47 +msgid "This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*NOTE*: This option is obsolete because it's the default in 2.1.131 kernel or later.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--status*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--status*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:52 +msgid "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, *-q* off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:55 +msgid "This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-q*, *--print-irq* _<on|off>_" +msgstr "*-q*, *--print-irq* _<on|off>_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:58 +msgid "This option sets printing the display of the current IRQ setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:63 +msgid "_/dev/lp?_, _/proc/parport/*/*_" +msgstr "_/dev/lp?_, _/proc/parport/*/*_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *-C*, and *-s* all require a Linux kernel version of 1.1.76 or later.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-C* requires a Linux version prior to 2.1.131.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 1996 Andries Brouwer +#. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was +#. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California +#. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself. +#. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +#. the License, or (at your option) any later version. +#. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +#. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +#. document formatting or typesetting system, including +#. intermediate and printed output. +#. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +#. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "umount(8)" +msgstr "umount(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:37 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mount - mount a filesystem" +msgid "umount - unmount filesystems" +msgstr "mount - 화일 시스템 마운트" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:41 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mount -a [-fFnrsvw] [-t >I<vfstype>B<]>" +msgid "*umount* *-a* [*-dflnrv*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _option_...]\n" +msgstr "B<mount -a [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<화일시스템유형>B<]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*umount* [*-dflnrv*] {_directory_|_device_}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*umount* *-h*|*-V*\n" +msgstr "*umount* *-h*|*-V*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:49 +msgid "The *umount* command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file hierarchy. A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it has been mounted. Giving the special device on which the filesystem lives may also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case this device was mounted on more than one directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:51 +msgid "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for example, when there are open files on it, or when some process has its working directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The offending process could even be *umount* itself - it opens libc, and libc in its turn may open for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids this problem, but it may introduce other issues. See *--lazy* description below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:56 +msgid "All of the filesystems described in _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (or in deprecated _/etc/mtab_) are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may be replaced by *--types* umount option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-A*, *--all-targets*" +msgstr "*-A*, *--all-targets*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:59 +msgid "Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified filesystem. The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or the device name (or UUID, etc.). When this option is used together with *--recursive*, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are recursively unmounted. This option is only supported on systems where _/etc/mtab_ is a symlink to _/proc/mounts_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:62 +msgid "Do not canonicalize paths. The paths canonicalization is based on *stat*(2) and *readlink*(2) system calls. These system calls may hang in some cases (for example on NFS if server is not available). The option has to be used with canonical path to the mount point." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:64 +msgid "This option is silently ignored by *umount* for non-root users." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:66 +msgid "For more details about this option see the *mount*(8) man page. Note that *umount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helpers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--detach-loop*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--detach-loop*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:69 +msgid "When the unmounted device was a loop device, also free this loop device. This option is unnecessary for devices initialized by *mount*(8), in this case \"autoclear\" functionality is enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--fake*" +msgstr "*--fake*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:72 +msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem. It can be used to remove entries from the deprecated _/etc/mtab_ that were unmounted earlier with the *-n* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:75 +msgid "Force an unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:77 +msgid "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not hang. It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to avoid unwanted *readlink*(2) and *stat*(2) system calls on unreachable NFS in *umount*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--internal-only*" +msgstr "*-i*, *--internal-only*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:80 +msgid "Do not call the **/sbin/umount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists. By default such a helper program is called if it exists." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--lazy*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--lazy*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:83 +msgid "Lazy unmount. Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and clean up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy anymore." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:85 +msgid "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. The recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown due to an unreachable network share where a normal *umount* will hang due to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not be possible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:88 +msgid "Perform *umount* in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that namespace." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*umount* switches to the namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab_ (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *umount*(2) system call, otherwise it runs in the original namespace. It means that the target mount namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute *umount*(2) command.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:95 +msgid "Unmount without writing in _/etc/mtab_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:96 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _option_..." +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:98 +msgid "Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in _/etc/fstab_. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. Each option can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be taken for this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:101 +msgid "Suppress \"not mounted\" error messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-R*, *--recursive*" +msgstr "*-R*, *--recursive*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:104 +msgid "Recursively unmount each specified directory. Recursion for each directory will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any reason. The relationship between mountpoints is determined by _/proc/self/mountinfo_ entries. The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint path; a recursive unmount by device name (or UUID) is unsupported. Since version 2.37 it umounts also all over-mounted filesystems (more filesystems on the same mountpoint)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only." +msgid "When an unmount fails, try to remount the filesystem read-only." +msgstr "화일 시스템을 읽기만 가능하게 한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:108 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-t*, *--types* _type_..." +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:110 +msgid "Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the specified _type_. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned types. Note that *umount* reads information about mounted filesystems from kernel (_/proc/mounts_) and filesystem names may be different than filesystem names used in the _/etc/fstab_ (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NON-SUPERUSER UMOUNTS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "(iii) Normally, only the superuser can mount file systems. However, when I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, then anybody can mount the corresponding system." +msgid "Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can umount the corresponding filesystem. For more details see *mount*(8) man page." +msgstr "(iii) 일반적으로는 오로지 수퍼유저만 화일시스템 마운트를 할 수 있다. 하지만 I<fstab> 에 B<user> 라는 옵션이 붙어있는 경우 어느 누구든 마운트 가능하다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:121 +msgid "Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's ID. In this case _fstab_ *user=* mount option is not required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:123 +msgid "Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions are inadequate by internal *libmount* security rules. It drops suid permissions and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to support use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "LOOP DEVICE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:127 +msgid "The *umount* command will automatically detach loop device previously initialized by *mount*(8) command independently of _/etc/mtab_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:129 +msgid "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see *losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use the option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d* _device_. The autoclear feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:133 +msgid "The syntax of external unmount helpers is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**umount.**__suffix__ {__directory__|_device_} [*-flnrv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-t* _type_._subtype_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:139 +msgid "where _suffix_ is the filesystem type (or the value from a *uhelper=* or *helper=* marker in the mtab file). The *-t* option can be used for filesystems that have subtype support. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:145 +msgid "A **uhelper=**__something__ marker (unprivileged helper) can appear in the _/etc/mtab_ file when ordinary users need to be able to unmount a mountpoint that is not defined in _/etc/fstab_ (for example for a device that was mounted by *udisks*(1))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:147 +msgid "A **helper=**__type__ marker in the _mtab_ file will redirect all unmount requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:149 +msgid "Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other userspace mount options are maintained by *libmount*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:154 +msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for *suid*)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:157 +msgid "enables *libmount* debug output" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:162 +msgid "table of mounted filesystems (deprecated and usually replaced by symlink to _/proc/mounts_)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mount - mount a filesystem" +msgid "table of known filesystems" +msgstr "mount - 화일 시스템 마운트" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/proc/self/mountinfo_" +msgstr "_/proc/self/mountinfo_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by Daniel Quinlan (quinlan@yggdrasil.com)" +msgid "table of mounted filesystems generated by kernel." +msgstr "Daniel Quinlan (quinlan@yggdrasil.com)이 마운트 되어 있는 파일 시스템 검사 부분 기능 추가." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:172 +msgid "A *umount* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX." +msgstr "*umount* 명령은 Version 6 AT&T UNIX에서 처음 사용되었다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*umount*(2),\n" +"*losetup*(8),\n" +"*mount_namespaces*(7),\n" +"*mount*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*umount*(2),\n" +"*losetup*(8),\n" +"*mount_namespaces*(7),\n" +"*mount*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "unshare(1)" +msgstr "unshare(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:12 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "setsid - run a program in a new session" +msgid "unshare - run program in new namespaces" +msgstr "setsid - 새 세션 안에서 한 풀그림을 실행한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<setsid>I< program>B< [ >I<arg ...>B< ]>" +msgid "*unshare* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n" +msgstr "B<setsid>I< 풀그림>B< [ >I<인자 ...>B< ]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:20 +msgid "The *unshare* command creates new namespaces (as specified by the command-line options described below) and then executes the specified _program_. If _program_ is not given, then \"${SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:22 +msgid "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no member processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a filesystem path. A namespace that has been made persistent in this way can subsequently be entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ terminates (except PID namespaces where a permanently running init process is required). Once a persistent namespace is no longer needed, it can be unpersisted by using *umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the *EXAMPLES* section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.36 uses _/proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children_ and _/proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children_ files for persistent PID and TIME namespaces. This change requires Linux kernel 4.17 or newer.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:26 +msgid "The following types of namespaces can be created with *unshare*:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:29 +msgid "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ or *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* for the *shared* flags). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation to *private* in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new namespace is really unshared. It's possible to disable this feature with option *--propagation unchanged*. Note that *private* is the kernel default.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:43 +msgid "Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their parent. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[**=**__file__]" +msgstr "*-i*, *--ipc*[**=**__파일__]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:57 +msgid "Create a new IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[**=**__file__]" +msgstr "*-m*, *--mount*[**=**__파일__]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:60 +msgid "Create a new mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. Note that _file_ must be located on a mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error results). Use the command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the current setting. See also the examples below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--net*[**=**__file__]" +msgstr "*-n*, *--net*[**=**__파일__]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:63 +msgid "Create a new network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[**=**__file__]" +msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*[**=**__파일__]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:66 +msgid "Create a new PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. (Creation of a persistent PID namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also specified.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:68 +msgid "See also the *--fork* and *--mount-proc* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[**=**__file__]" +msgstr "*-u*, *--uts*[**=**__파일__]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:71 +msgid "Create a new UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-U*, *--user*[**=**__file__]" +msgstr "*-U*, *--user*[**=**__파일__]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:74 +msgid "Create a new user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__file__]" +msgstr "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__파일__]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:77 +msgid "Create a new cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--time*[**=**__file__]" +msgstr "*-T*, *--time*[**=**__파일__]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:80 +msgid "Create a new time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. The *--monotonic* and *--boottime* options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the time namespace." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:83 +msgid "Fork the specified _program_ as a child process of *unshare* rather than running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. Note that when *unshare* is waiting for the child process, then it ignores *SIGINT* and *SIGTERM* and does not forward any signals to the child. It is necessary to send signals to the child process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--keep-caps*" +msgstr "*--keep-caps*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:86 +msgid "When the *--user* option is given, ensure that capabilities granted in the user namespace are preserved in the child process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--kill-child*[**=**__signame__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:89 +msgid "When *unshare* terminates, have _signame_ be sent to the forked child process. Combined with *--pid* this allows for an easy and reliable killing of the entire process tree below *unshare*. If not given, _signame_ defaults to *SIGKILL*. This option implies *--fork*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--mount-proc*[**=**__mountpoint__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:92 +msgid "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at _mountpoint_ (default is _/proc_). This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. It also implies creating a new mount namespace since the _/proc_ mount would otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. The new proc filesystem is explicitly mounted as private (with *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**--map-user=**__uid|name__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:95 +msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped to _uid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**--map-users=**__inneruid:outeruid:count__|**auto**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:98 +msgid "Run the program only after the block of user IDs of size _count_ beginning at _outeruid_ has been mapped to the block of user IDs beginning at _inneruid_. This mapping is created with **newuidmap**(1). If the range of user IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-user*, then a \"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest user ID of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:100 +msgid "Before util-linux version 2.39, this option expected a comma-separated argument of the form _outeruid,inneruid,count_ but that format is now deprecated for consistency with the ordering used in _/proc/[pid]/uid_map_ and the _X-mount.idmap_ mount option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**--map-group=**__gid|name__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:103 +msgid "Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped to _gid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**--map-groups=**__innergid:outergid:count__|**auto**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:106 +msgid "Run the program only after the block of group IDs of size _count_ beginning at _outergid_ has been mapped to the block of group IDs beginning at _innergid_. This mapping is created with **newgidmap**(1). If the range of group IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-group*, then a \"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest group ID of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subgid_ to a block starting at group ID 0. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:108 +msgid "Before util-linux version 2.39, this option expected a comma-separated argument of the form _outergid,innergid,count_ but that format is now deprecated for consistency with the ordering used in _/proc/[pid]/gid_map_ and the _X-mount.idmap_ mount option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**--map-auto**" +msgstr "**--map-auto**" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:111 +msgid "Map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. In the same manner, also map the first block of group IDs owned by the effective group from _/etc/subgid_ to a block starting at group ID 0. This option is intended to handle the common case where the first block of subordinate user and group IDs can map the whole user and group ID space. This option is equivalent to specifying *--map-users=auto* and *--map-groups=auto*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--map-root-user*" +msgstr "*-r*, *--map-root-user*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:114 +msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities needed to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems in the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged. As a mere convenience feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, such as mapping multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--map-current-user*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--map-current-user*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:117 +msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**--propagation private**|**shared**|**slave**|*unchanged*" +msgstr "**--propagation private**|**shared**|**slave**|*unchanged*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:120 +msgid "Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace. The default is to set the propagation to _private_. It is possible to disable this feature with the argument *unchanged*. The option is silently ignored when the mount namespace (*--mount*) is not requested." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**--setgroups allow**|*deny*" +msgstr "**--setgroups allow**|*deny*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:123 +msgid "Allow or deny the *setgroups*(2) system call in a user namespace." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:125 +msgid "To be able to call *setgroups*(2), the calling process must at least have *CAP_SETGID*. But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the kernel gives permission to call *setgroups*(2) only after the GID map (**/proc/**__pid__*/gid_map*) has been set. The GID map is writable by root when *setgroups*(2) is enabled (i.e., *allow*, the default), and the GID map becomes writable by unprivileged processes when *setgroups*(2) is permanently disabled (with *deny*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-R*, **--root=**__dir__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:128 +msgid "run the command with root directory set to _dir_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-w*, **--wd=**__dir__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:131 +msgid "change working directory to _dir_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:134 +msgid "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:137 +msgid "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop supplementary groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--monotonic* _offset_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:140 +msgid "Set the offset of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* which will be used in the entered time namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--boottime* _offset_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:143 +msgid "Set the offset of *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which will be used in the entered time namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:149 +msgid "The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have to be restricted so that a less privileged user cannot get more access to sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short the rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:153 +msgid "The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure that the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the first process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option ensures that a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and that a new *proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information corresponding to the new PID namespace. When the *readlink*(1) command terminates, the new namespaces are automatically torn down." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self\n" +"1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:160 +msgid "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"$ id -u; id -g\n" +"1000\n" +"1000\n" +"$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n" +" sh -c 'whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map'\n" +"root\n" +" 0 1000 1\n" +" 0 1000 1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:173 +msgid "As an unprivileged user, create a user namespace where the first 65536 IDs are all mapped, and the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace. The map is determined by the subordinate IDs assigned in *subuid*(5) and *subgid*(5). Demonstrate this mapping by creating a file with user ID 1 and group ID 1. For brevity, only the user ID mappings are shown:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"$ id -u\n" +"1000\n" +"$ cat /etc/subuid\n" +"1000:100000:65536\n" +"$ unshare --user --map-auto --map-root-user\n" +"# id -u\n" +"0\n" +"# cat /proc/self/uid_map\n" +" 0 1000 1\n" +" 1 100000 65535\n" +"# touch file; chown 1:1 file\n" +"# ls -ln --time-style=+ file\n" +"-rw-r--r-- 1 1 1 0 file\n" +"# exit\n" +"$ ls -ln --time-style=+ file\n" +"-rw-r--r-- 1 100000 100000 0 file\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:194 +msgid "The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS namespace and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace. The namespace is then entered with *nsenter*(1) in order to display the modified hostname; this step demonstrates that the UTS namespace continues to exist even though the namespace had no member processes after the *unshare* command terminated. The namespace is then destroyed by removing the bind mount." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# touch /root/uts-ns\n" +"# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname FOO\n" +"# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname\n" +"FOO\n" +"# umount /root/uts-ns\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:204 +msgid "The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced by the bind mount _/root/namespaces/mnt_. In order to ensure that the creation of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (_/root/namespaces_) is made a bind mount whose propagation type is not *shared*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces\n" +"# mount --make-private /root/namespaces\n" +"# touch /root/namespaces/mnt\n" +"# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:213 +msgid "The following commands demonstrate the use of the *--kill-child* option when creating a PID namespace, in order to ensure that when *unshare* is killed, all of the processes within the PID namespace are killed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# set +m # Don't print job status messages\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\\n" +" bash --norc -c '(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999' &\n" +"[1] 53456\n" +"# PID TTY STAT TIME COMMAND\n" +" 1 pts/3 S+ 0:00 sleep 999\n" +" 3 pts/3 S+ 0:00 sleep 555\n" +" 5 pts/3 R+ 0:00 ps a\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# ps h -o 'comm' $! # Show that background job is unshare(1)\n" +"unshare\n" +"# kill $! # Kill unshare(1)\n" +"# pidof sleep\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:232 +msgid "The *pidof*(1) command prints no output, because the *sleep* processes have been killed. More precisely, when the *sleep* process that has PID 1 in the namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process) was killed, this caused all other processes in the namespace to be killed. By contrast, a similar series of commands where the *--kill-child* option is not used shows that when *unshare* terminates, the processes in the PID namespace are not killed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\\n" +" bash --norc -c '(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999' &\n" +"[1] 53479\n" +"# PID TTY STAT TIME COMMAND\n" +" 1 pts/3 S+ 0:00 sleep 999\n" +" 3 pts/3 S+ 0:00 sleep 555\n" +" 5 pts/3 R+ 0:00 ps a\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# kill $!\n" +"# pidof sleep\n" +"53482 53480\n" +msgstr "" +"# kill $!\n" +"# pidof sleep\n" +"53482 53480\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:248 +msgid "The following example demonstrates the creation of a time namespace where the boottime clock is set to a point several years in the past:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# uptime -p # Show uptime in initial time namespace\n" +"up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n" +"# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p\n" +"up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:260 +msgid "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:269 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*newuidmap*(1),\n" +"*newgidmap*(1),\n" +"*clone*(2),\n" +"*unshare*(2),\n" +"*namespaces*(7),\n" +"*mount*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*newuidmap*(1),\n" +"*newgidmap*(1),\n" +"*clone*(2),\n" +"*unshare*(2),\n" +"*namespaces*(7),\n" +"*mount*(8)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wdctl(8)" +msgstr "wdctl(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:12 +msgid "wdctl - show hardware watchdog status" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:16 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<unalias> [-B<a>] [I<name> ...]" +msgid "*wdctl* [options] [_device_...]\n" +msgstr "B<unalias> [-B<a>] [I<이름> ...]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:20 +msgid "Show hardware watchdog status. The default device is _/dev/watchdog_. If more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one blank line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:22 +msgid "If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the device, then *wdctl* reads data from sysfs. In this case information about supported features (flags) might be missing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:24 +msgid "Note that the number of supported watchdog features is hardware specific." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--flags* _list_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:29 +msgid "Print only the specified flags." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-F*, *--noflags*" +msgstr "*-F*, *--noflags*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:32 +msgid "Do not print information about flags." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-I*, *--noident*" +msgstr "*-I*, *--noident*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:35 +msgid "Do not print watchdog identity information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:38 +msgid "Do not print a header line for flags table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:41 +msgid "Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get list of all supported columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-O*, *--oneline*" +msgstr "*-O*, *--oneline*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:44 +msgid "Print all wanted information on one line in key=\"value\" output format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:45 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-p*, *--setpretimeout* _seconds_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:50 +msgid "Set the watchdog pre-timeout in seconds. A watchdog pre-timeout is a notification generated by the watchdog before the watchdog reset might occur in the event the watchdog has not been serviced. This notification is handled by the kernel and can be configured to take an action using sysfs or by **--setpregovernor**." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-g*, *--setpregovernor* _governor_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:53 +msgid "Set pre-timeout governor name. For available governors see default **wdctl** output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-s*, *--settimeout* _seconds_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:59 +msgid "Set the watchdog timeout in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--notimeouts*" +msgstr "*-T*, *--notimeouts*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:62 +msgid "Do not print watchdog timeouts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--flags-only*" +msgstr "*-x*, *--flags-only*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:65 +msgid "Same as *-I -T*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:72 +msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart Poettering]" +msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart Poettering]" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "zramctl(8)" +msgstr "zramctl(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:12 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices" +msgid "zramctl - set up and control zram devices" +msgstr "losetup - 루프 장치를 설정, 제어한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:15 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "info" +msgid "Get info: " +msgstr "info" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*zramctl* [options]\n" +msgstr "*zramctl* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Reset zram: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*zramctl* *-r* _zramdev_...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Print name of first unused zram device: " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*zramctl* *-f*\n" +msgstr "*zramctl* *-f*\n" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:27 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices" +msgid "Set up a zram device: " +msgstr "losetup - 루프 장치를 설정, 제어한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*zramctl* [*-f* | _zramdev_] [*-s* _size_] [*-t* _number_] [*-a* _algorithm_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*zramctl* is used to quickly set up zram device parameters, to reset zram devices, and to query the status of used zram devices.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:36 +msgid "If no option is given, all non-zero size zram devices are shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:38 +msgid "Note that _zramdev_ node specified on command line has to already exist. The command *zramctl* creates a new _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes only when *--find* option specified. It's possible (and common) that after system boot _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes are not created yet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**" +msgstr "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:43 +msgid "Set the compression algorithm to be used for compressing data in the zram device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--find*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--find*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:46 +msgid "Find the first unused zram device. If a *--size* argument is present, then initialize the device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:52 +msgid "Define the status output columns to be used. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:58 +msgid "Use the raw format for status output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:61 +msgid "Reset the options of the specified zram device(s). Zram device settings can be changed only after a reset." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:62 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>" +msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_" +msgstr "B<-V>,B< --version>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:64 +msgid "Create a zram device of the specified _size_. Zram devices are aligned to memory pages; when the requested _size_ is not a multiple of the page size, it will be rounded up to the next multiple. When not otherwise specified, the unit of the _size_ parameter is bytes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:66 +msgid "The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *--streams* _number_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:69 +msgid "Set the maximum number of compression streams that can be used for the device. The default is use all CPUs and one stream for kernels older than 4.6." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:75 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "The exit code returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure." +msgid "*zramctl* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure.\n" +msgstr "성공적으로 끝나면, 0, 실패하면, 1을 리턴한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:78 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "I</dev/loop[0..N]>" +msgid "_/dev/zram[0..N]_" +msgstr "I</dev/loop[0..N]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:80 +msgid "zram block devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device." +msgid "The following commands set up a zram device with a size of one gigabyte and use it as swap device." +msgstr "다음 명령들은 루프 장치를 사용하는 예제이다." + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n" +" /dev/zram0\n" +" # mkswap /dev/zram0\n" +" # swapon /dev/zram0\n" +" ...\n" +" # swapoff /dev/zram0\n" +" # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:99 +msgid "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:103 +msgid "link:https://docs.kernel.org/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.html[Linux kernel documentation]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "agetty(8)" +msgstr "agetty(8)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:12 +msgid "agetty - alternative Linux getty" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*agetty* [options] _port_ [_baud_rate_...] [_term_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*agetty* opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/login command. It is normally invoked by *init*(8).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*agetty* has several _non-standard_ features that are useful for hardwired and for dial-in lines:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:24 +msgid "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U (kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of line). See also the *--erase-chars* and *--kill-chars* options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:25 +msgid "Optionally deduces the baud rate from the CONNECT messages produced by Hayes(tm)-compatible modems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:26 +msgid "Optionally does not hang up when it is given an already opened line (useful for call-back applications)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:27 +msgid "Optionally does not display the contents of the _/etc/issue_ file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:28 +msgid "Optionally displays an alternative issue files or directories instead of _/etc/issue_ or _/etc/issue.d_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:29 +msgid "Optionally does not ask for a login name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:30 +msgid "Optionally invokes a non-standard login program instead of _/bin/login_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:31 +msgid "Optionally turns on hardware flow control." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:32 +msgid "Optionally forces the line to be local with no need for carrier detect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:34 +msgid "This program does not use the _/etc/gettydefs_ (System V) or _/etc/gettytab_ (SunOS 4) files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_port_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:39 +msgid "A path name relative to the _/dev_ directory. If a \"-\" is specified, *agetty* assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port and that a connection to a remote user has already been established." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:41 +msgid "Under System V, a \"-\" _port_ argument should be preceded by a \"--\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_baud_rate_,..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:44 +msgid "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time *agetty* receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as if it were circular." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:46 +msgid "Baud rates should be specified in descending order, so that the null character (Ctrl-@) can also be used for baud-rate switching." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:48 +msgid "This argument is optional and unnecessary for *virtual terminals*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:50 +msgid "The default for *serial terminals* is keep the current baud rate (see *--keep-baud*) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_term_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:53 +msgid "The value to be used for the *TERM* environment variable. This overrides whatever *init*(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:55 +msgid "The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or 'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-8*, *--8bits*" +msgstr "*-8*, *--8bits*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:60 +msgid "Assume that the tty is 8-bit clean, hence disable parity detection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-a*, *--autologin* _username_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:63 +msgid "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or password. Using this option causes an *-f* _username_ option and argument to be added to the */bin/login* command line. See *--login-options*, which can be used to modify this option's behavior." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:65 +msgid "Note that *--autologin* may affect the way in which *getty* initializes the serial line, because on auto-login *agetty* does not read from the line and it has no opportunity optimize the line setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--noreset*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--noreset*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:68 +msgid "Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes). See *termios*(3) for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-E*, *--remote*" +msgstr "*-E*, *--remote*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:71 +msgid "Typically the *login*(1) command is given a remote hostname when called by something such as *telnetd*(8). This option allows *agetty* to pass what it is using for a hostname to *login*(1) for use in *utmp*(5). See *--host*, *login*(1), and *utmp*(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:73 +msgid "If the *--host* _fakehost_ option is given, then an *-h* _fakehost_ option and argument are added to the _/bin/login_ command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:75 +msgid "If the *--nohostname* option is given, then an *-H* option is added to the */bin/login* command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:77 +msgid "See *--login-options*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--issue-file* _path_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:80 +msgid "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories are displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the specified path is a directory then display all files with __.issue__ file extension in version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom messages to be displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option will override this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--show-issue*" +msgstr "*--show-issue*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:83 +msgid "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and exit. Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed for any other purpose. Note that output may use some default or incomplete information as proper output depends on terminal and *agetty* command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-h, --flow-control*" +msgstr "*-h, --flow-control*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:86 +msgid "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-H*, *--host* _fakehost_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:89 +msgid "Write the specified _fakehost_ into the utmp file. Normally, no login host is given, since *agetty* is used for local hardwired connections and consoles. However, this option can be useful for identifying terminal concentrators and the like." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--noissue*" +msgstr "*-i*, *--noissue*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:92 +msgid "Do not display the contents of _/etc/issue_ (or other) before writing the login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if the login prompt is preceded by too much text." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-I*, *--init-string* _initstring_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:95 +msgid "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\). For example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\12." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-J*, *--noclear*" +msgstr "*-J*, *--noclear*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:98 +msgid "Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name. By default the screen is cleared." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--login-program* _login_program_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:101 +msgid "Invoke the specified _login_program_ instead of /bin/login. This allows the use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See *--login-options*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-L*, *--local-line*[=__mode__]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:104 +msgid "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is *auto*, *always* or *never*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default is *always*. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the default is *auto*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_always_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107 +msgid "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line does not set the carrier-detect signal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_never_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109 +msgid "Explicitly clears the CLOCAL flag from the line setting and the carrier-detect signal is expected on the line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<auto>" +msgid "_auto_" +msgstr "B<auto>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:111 +msgid "The *agetty* default. Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows the setting enabled by the kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--extract-baud*" +msgstr "*-m*, *--extract-baud*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:114 +msgid "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: \"<junk><speed><junk>\". *agetty* assumes that the modem emits its status message at the same speed as specified with (the first) _baud_rate_ value on the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:116 +msgid "Since the *--extract-baud* feature may fail on heavily-loaded systems, you still should enable BREAK processing by enumerating all expected baud rates on the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:117 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--list-speeds*" +msgstr "*--list-speeds*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:119 +msgid "Display supported baud rates. These are determined at compilation time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--skip-login*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--skip-login*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:122 +msgid "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with the *--login-program* option to invoke a non-standard login process such as a BBS system. Note that with the *--skip-login* option, *agetty* gets no input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line character. Beware that the program that *agetty* starts (usually /bin/login) is run as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-N*, *--nonewline*" +msgstr "*-N*, *--nonewline*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:125 +msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out _/etc/issue_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:126 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" +msgid "*-o*, *--login-options* _login_options_" +msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:128 +msgid "Options and arguments that are passed to *login*(1). Where \\u is replaced by the login name. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--login-options '-h darkstar \\-- \\u'*\n" +msgstr "*--login-options '-h darkstar \\-- \\u'*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:132 +msgid "See *--autologin*, *--login-program* and *--remote*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:134 +msgid "Please read the *SECURITY NOTICE* below before using this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--login-pause*" +msgstr "*-p*, *--login-pause*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:137 +msgid "Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt. Can be combined with *--autologin* to save memory by lazily spawning shells." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*, *--chroot* _directory_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:140 +msgid "Change root to the specified directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-R*, *--hangup*" +msgstr "*-R*, *--hangup*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:143 +msgid "Call *vhangup*(2) to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--keep-baud*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--keep-baud*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:146 +msgid "Try to keep the existing baud rate. The baud rates from the command line are used when *agetty* receives a BREAK character. If another baud rates specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the wanted baud rates list. This can be used to return to the original baud rate after unexpected BREAKs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:147 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:65 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-c>, B<--stdout>, B<--to-stdout>" +msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _timeout_" +msgstr "B<-c>, B<--stdout>, B<--to-stdout>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:149 +msgid "Terminate if no user name could be read within _timeout_ seconds. Use of this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-U*, *--detect-case*" +msgstr "*-U*, *--detect-case*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:152 +msgid "Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal. This setting will detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an uppercase-only terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case conversions. Note that this has no support for any Unicode characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-w*, *--wait-cr*" +msgstr "*-w*, *--wait-cr*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:155 +msgid "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed character before sending the _/etc/issue_ file (or others) and the login prompt. This is useful with the *--init-string* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--nohints*" +msgstr "*--nohints*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:158 +msgid "Do not print hints about Num, Caps and Scroll Locks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:159 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--nohostname*" +msgstr "*--nohostname*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:161 +msgid "By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no hostname at all will be shown. This setting is also possible to able by LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT option in the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see below for more details)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--long-hostname*" +msgstr "*--long-hostname*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:164 +msgid "By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot. With this option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by *gethostname*(3P) or (if not found) by *getaddrinfo*(3) is shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--erase-chars* _string_" +msgstr "*--erase-chars* _문자열_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:167 +msgid "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the login name. The default additional 'erase' has been '#', but since util-linux 2.23 no additional erase characters are enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--kill-chars* _string_" +msgstr "*--kill-chars* _문자열_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:170 +msgid "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login name. The default additional 'kill' has been '@', but since util-linux 2.23 no additional kill characters are enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--chdir* _directory_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:173 +msgid "Change directory before the login." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--delay* _number_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:176 +msgid "Sleep seconds before open tty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--nice* _number_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:179 +msgid "Run login with this priority." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--reload*" +msgstr "*--reload*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:182 +msgid "Ask all running *agetty* instances to reload and update their displayed prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without Linux *inotify*(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*agetty* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)).\n" +"Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils).\n" +"The following configuration items are relevant for *agetty*:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:193 +msgid "Tell *agetty* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. This is an alternative to the *--nohostname* command line option. The default value is _no_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:197 +msgid "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the _/etc/inittab_ file. You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the other fields. See *inittab*(5) for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:199 +msgid "For a hardwired line or a console tty:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1*\n" +msgstr "*/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:205 +msgid "For a directly connected terminal without proper carrier-detect wiring (try this if your terminal just sleeps instead of giving you a password: prompt):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:208 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100*\n" +msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:211 +msgid "For an old-style dial-in line with a 9600/2400/1200 baud modem:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200*\n" +msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:217 +msgid "For a Hayes modem with a fixed 115200 bps interface to the machine (the example init string turns off modem echo and result codes, makes modem/computer DCD track modem/modem DCD, makes a DTR drop cause a disconnection, and turns on auto-answer after 1 ring):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n" +msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:222 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SECURITY NOTICE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:225 +msgid "If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, which then get passed to the used login program. *agetty* does check for a leading \"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so embedded spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on how the login binary parses the command line that might not be sufficient. Check that the used login program cannot be abused this way." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:227 +msgid "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\u." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:228 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "FILES" +msgid "ISSUE FILES" +msgstr "파일" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:231 +msgid "The default issue file is _/etc/issue_. If the file exists, then *agetty* also checks for _/etc/issue.d_ directory. The directory is optional extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is printed after _/etc/issue_ content. If the _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then the directory is ignored. All files *with .issue extension* from the directory are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be used to maintain 3rd-party messages independently on the primary system _/etc/issue_ file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:233 +msgid "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are supported. If the default _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then *agetty* checks for _/run/issue_ and _/run/issue.d_, thereafter for _/usr/lib/issue_ and _/usr/lib/issue.d_. The directory _/etc_ is expected for host specific configuration, _/run_ is expected for generated stuff and _/usr/lib_ for static distribution maintained configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:235 +msgid "The default path maybe overridden by *--issue-file* option. In this case specified path has to be file or directory and all the default issue file and directory locations are ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:237 +msgid "The issue file feature can be completely disabled by *--noissue* option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:239 +msgid "It is possible to review the current issue file by *agetty --show-issue* on the current terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:241 +msgid "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:242 +#, no-wrap +msgid "4 or 4{_interface_}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:244 +msgid "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: \\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If no configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the machine's hostname." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "6 or 6{_interface_}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:247 +msgid "The same as \\4 but for IPv6." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "b" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:250 +msgid "Insert the baudrate of the current line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "d" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:253 +msgid "Insert the current date." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "e or e{_name_}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:256 +msgid "Translate the human-readable _name_ to an escape sequence and insert it (for example: \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). If the _name_ argument is not specified, then insert \\033. The currently supported names are: black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown names are silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "s" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:259 +msgid "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as 'uname -s'. See also the \\S escape code." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:260 +#, no-wrap +msgid "S or S{VARIABLE}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:262 +msgid "Insert the VARIABLE data from _/etc/os-release_. If this file does not exist then fall back to _/usr/lib/os-release_. If the VARIABLE argument is not specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name (see \\s). This escape code can be used to keep _/etc/issue_ distribution and release independent. Note that \\S{ANSI_COLOR} is converted to the real terminal escape sequence." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:263 +#, no-wrap +msgid "l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:265 +msgid "Insert the name of the current tty line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:266 +#, no-wrap +msgid "m" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:268 +msgid "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine. Same as *uname -m*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:269 +#, no-wrap +msgid "n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:271 +msgid "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as *uname -n*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:272 +#, no-wrap +msgid "o" +msgstr "o" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:274 +msgid "Insert the NIS domainname of the machine. Same as *hostname -d*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "O" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:277 +msgid "Insert the DNS domainname of the machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:278 +#, no-wrap +msgid "r" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:280 +msgid "Insert the release number of the OS. Same as *uname -r*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:281 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "o" +msgid "t" +msgstr "o" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:283 +msgid "Insert the current time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:284 +#, no-wrap +msgid "u" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:286 +msgid "Insert the number of current users logged in." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:287 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "SU" +msgid "U" +msgstr "SU" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:289 +msgid "Insert the string \"1 user\" or \"<n> users\" where <n> is the number of current users logged in." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "v" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:292 +msgid "Insert the version of the OS, that is, the build-date and such." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:294 +msgid "An example. On my system, the following _/etc/issue_ file:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:297 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This is \\n.\\o (\\s \\m \\r) \\t\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:300 +msgid "displays as:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:303 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This is thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:307 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/var/run/utmp_" +msgstr "_/var/run/utmp_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "filesystem table" +msgid "the system status file." +msgstr "화일 시스템 테이블" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:310 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/issue_" +msgstr "_/etc/issue_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:312 +msgid "printed before the login prompt." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:313 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release_" +msgstr "_/etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:315 +msgid "operating system identification data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:316 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/dev/console_" +msgstr "_/dev/console_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:318 +msgid "problem reports (if *syslog*(3) is not used)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:319 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_/etc/inittab_" +msgstr "_/etc/inittab_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:321 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*init*(8) configuration file for SysV-style init daemon.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:325 +msgid "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that *agetty* be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call (within 30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always use the *--extract-baud* option in combination with a multiple baud rate command-line argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:327 +msgid "The text in the _/etc/issue_ file (or other) and the login prompt are always output with 7-bit characters and space parity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:329 +msgid "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that the modem emits its status message _after_ raising the DCD line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:333 +msgid "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to the console device or reported via the *syslog*(3) facility. Error messages are produced if the _port_ argument does not specify a terminal device; if there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:338 +msgid "mailto:werner@suse.de[Werner Fink], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:werner@suse.de[Werner Fink], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:340 +msgid "The original *agetty* for serial terminals was written by mailto:wietse@wzv.win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] and ported to Linux by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]." +msgstr "" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993 +#. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)mesg.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 +#. type: Title = +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mesg(1)" +msgstr "mesg(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:46 +msgid "mesg - display (or do not display) messages from other users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:50 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<mesg> [B<y>|B<n>]" +msgid "*mesg* [_option_] [*n*|*y*]\n" +msgstr "B<mesg> [B<y>|B<n>]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:54 +msgid "The *mesg* utility is invoked by a user to control write access others have to the terminal device associated with standard error output. If write access is allowed, then programs such as *talk*(1) and *write*(1) may display messages on the terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:56 +msgid "Traditionally, write access is allowed by default. However, as users become more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to remove write access by default, at least for the primary login shell. To make sure your ttys are set the way you want them to be set, *mesg* should be executed in your login scripts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:58 +msgid "The *mesg* utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on terminal. In this case execute *mesg* is pointless. The command line option *--verbose* forces mesg to print a warning in this situation. This behaviour has been introduced in version 2.33." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:63 +msgid "Disallow messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*y*" +msgstr "*y*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:66 +msgid "Allow messages to be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If no option is given, B<mesg> prints out the current access state of your terminal." +msgid "If no arguments are given, *mesg* shows the current message status on standard error output." +msgstr "인자가 주어지지 않을 경우, B<mesg> 명령은 현재 상태를 표준 오류 출력으로 보여준다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The I<option-name> can be one of the following:" +msgid "The *mesg* utility exits with one of the following values:" +msgstr "I<옵션-이름>은 다음 중 한 가지이다:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:82 +msgid "Messages are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:84 +msgid "Messages are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*>1*" +msgstr "*>1*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred." +msgid "An error has occurred." +msgstr "오류 발생." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I</dev/port>" +msgid "_/dev/[pt]ty[pq]?_" +msgstr "I</dev/port>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A E<.Nm> command appeared in E<.At v6>." +msgid "A *mesg* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX." +msgstr "E<.Nm> 명령은 E<.At v6> 시스템에서 처음 나타났다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*login*(1),\n" +"*talk*(1),\n" +"*write*(1),\n" +"*wall*(1),\n" +"*xterm*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*login*(1),\n" +"*talk*(1),\n" +"*write*(1),\n" +"*wall*(1),\n" +"*xterm*(1)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 Regents of the University of California. +#. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)script.1 6.5 (Berkeley) 7/27/91 +#. type: Title = +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "script(1)" +msgstr "script(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:47 +msgid "script - make typescript of terminal session" +msgstr "script - 터미날에서 발생하는 모든 세션을 기록한다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*script* [options] [_file_]\n" +msgstr "*script* [옵션] [_파일_]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*script* makes a typescript of everything on your terminal session. The terminal data are stored in raw form to the log file and information about timing to another (optional) structured log file. The timing log file is necessary to replay the session later by *scriptreplay*(1) and to store additional information about the session.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:57 +msgid "Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This version also supports a new timing file which records additional information. The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:59 +#, fuzzy +msgid "If the argument _file_ or option *--log-out* _file_ is given, *script* saves the dialogue in this _file_. If no filename is given, the dialogue is saved in the file _typescript_." +msgstr "E<.Ar 파일> 인자가 있으면, 그 파일에 모든 내용을 기록하고, 없으면, E<.Pa typescript> 파일에 기록한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:61 +msgid "Note that logging input using *--log-in* or *--log-io* may record security-sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal session input (e.g., passwords) independently of the terminal echo flag setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:65 +msgid "Below, the _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Append the output to E<.Ar file> or E<.Pa typescript>, retaining the prior contents." +msgid "Append the output to _file_ or to _typescript_, retaining the prior contents." +msgstr "새로 기록하는 것이 아니라, 이미 있는 E<.Ar file> 에나, E<.Pa typescript> 파일에 내용을 덧붙힌다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:71 +msgid "Run the _command_ rather than an interactive shell. This makes it easy for a script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently when its stdout is not a tty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:72 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-Q>, B<--no-warn>" +msgid "*-E*, *--echo* _when_" +msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--no-warn>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:74 +msgid "This option controls the *ECHO* flag for the slave end of the session's pseudoterminal. The supported modes are _always_, _never_, or _auto_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:76 +msgid "The default is _auto_ -- in this case, *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal slave; if the current standard input is a terminal, *ECHO* is disabled for it to prevent double echo; if the current standard input is not a terminal (for example pipe: *echo date | script*) then keeping *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal slave enables the standard input data to be viewed on screen while being recorded to session log simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:78 +msgid "Note that 'never' mode affects content of the session output log, because users input is not repeated on output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--return*" +msgstr "*-e*, *--return*" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:81 +msgid "Return the exit status of the child process. Uses the same format as bash termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 {plus} the signal number). The exit status of the child process is always stored in the type script file too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--flush*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--flush*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:85 +msgid "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one person does *mkfifo* _foo_; *script -f* _foo_, and another can supervise in real-time what is being done using *cat* _foo_. Note that flush has an impact on performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on demand." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--force*" +msgstr "*--force*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:88 +msgid "Allow the default output file _typescript_ to be a hard or symbolic link. The command will follow a symbolic link." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:89 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:33 +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-B*, *--log-io* _file_" +msgstr "*-B*, *--log-io* _파일_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:91 +msgid "Log input and output to the same _file_. Note, this option makes sense only if *--log-timing* is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to separate output and input streams from the log _file_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:92 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:30 +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-I*, *--log-in* _file_" +msgstr "*-I*, *--log-in* _파일_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:94 +msgid "Log input to the _file_. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:96 +msgid "Use this logging functionality carefully as it logs all input, including input when terminal has disabled echo flag (for example, password inputs)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:97 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-O*, *--log-out* _file_" +msgstr "*-O*, *--log-out* _파일_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:99 +msgid "Log output to the _file_. The default is to log output to the file with name _typescript_ if the option *--log-out* or *--log-in* is not given. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:100 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:39 +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-T*, *--log-timing* _file_" +msgstr "*-T*, *--log-timing* _파일_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:102 +msgid "Log timing information to the _file_. Two timing file formats are supported now. The classic format is used when only one stream (input or output) logging is enabled. The multi-stream format is used on *--log-io* or when *--log-in* and *--log-out* are used together. See also *--logging-format*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--logging-format* _format_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:105 +msgid "Force use of _advanced_ or _classic_ timing log format. The default is the classic format to log only output and the advanced format when input as well as output logging is requested." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Classic format*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:108 +msgid "The timing log contains two fields, separated by a space. The first field indicates how much time elapsed since the previous output. The second field indicates how many characters were output this time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Advanced (multi-stream) format*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:111 +msgid "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, 'S'ignal). The second field is how much time elapsed since the previous entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:112 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o>, B<--output>=I<\\,FILE\\/>" +msgid "*-o*, *--output-limit* _size_" +msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output>=I<\\,파일\\/>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:114 +msgid "Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to _size_ and stop the child process after this size is exceeded. The calculated file size does not include the start and done messages that the *script* command prepends and appends to the child process output. Due to buffering, the resulting output file might be larger than the specified value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:117 +msgid "Be quiet (do not write start and done messages to standard output)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*[_file_], *--timing*[=_file_]" +msgstr "*-t*[_파일_], *--timing*[=_파일_]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:120 +msgid "Output timing data to standard error, or to _file_ when given. This option is deprecated in favour of *--log-timing* where the _file_ argument is not optional." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:126 +msgid "Upon receiving *SIGUSR1*, *script* immediately flushes the output files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by E<.Nm script>:" +msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by *script*:" +msgstr "다음은 E<.Nm script>에서 사용되는 환경변수들이다:" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:131 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:171 +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*SHELL*" +msgstr "*SHELL*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "If the variable *SHELL* exists, the shell forked by *script* will be that shell. If *SHELL* is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed. (Most shells set this variable automatically)." +msgstr "이 값이 지정되어 있으면, B<script>에서 사용할 쉘로 이것을 사용하고, 지정되어 있지 않으면, /bin/sh로 가정한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The script ends when the forked shell exits (a _control-D_ for the Bourne shell (*sh*(1p)), and _exit_, _logout_ or _control-d_ (if _ignoreeof_ is not set) for the C-shell, *csh*(1))." +msgstr "B<script>를 마치기 위해서는 쉘 종료를 호출하면 된다. (대게 exit, logout, ^D)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certain interactive commands, such as E<.Xr vi 1>, create garbage in the typescript file. E<.Nm Script> works best with commands that do not manipulate the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy terminal." +msgid "Certain interactive commands, such as *vi*(1), create garbage in the typescript file. *script* works best with commands that do not manipulate the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy terminal." +msgstr "E<.Xr vi 1> 와 같은 터미날의 출력을 사용하는 풀그림의 사용도 그대로 기록된다. 이때는 조금 지저분하게 보일 것이다. E<.Nm script> 명령은 현재 창, 화면에 대한 내용만 기록한다. 즉, 한 터미날의 모든 출력을 그대로 기록한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:141 +msgid "It is not recommended to run *script* in non-interactive shells. The inner shell of *script* is always interactive, and this could lead to unexpected results. If you use *script* in the shell initialization file, you have to avoid entering an infinite loop. You can use for example the *.profile* file, which is read by login shells only:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"if test -t 0 ; then\n" +" script\n" +" exit\n" +"fi\n" +msgstr "" +"if test -t 0 ; then\n" +" script\n" +" exit\n" +"fi\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:150 +msgid "You should also avoid use of *script* in command pipes, as *script* can read more input than you would expect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The E<.Nm script> command appeared in E<.Bx 3.0>." +msgid "The *script* command appeared in 3.0BSD." +msgstr "E<.Nm script> 명령은 E<.Bx 3.0> 시스템에서 처음 나타났다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:158 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "E<.Nm Script> places E<.Sy everything> in the log file, including linefeeds and backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects." +msgid "*script* places _everything_ in the log file, including linefeeds and backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects.\n" +msgstr "E<.Nm script> 명령은 앞에서 말했듯이 터미날로 출력되는 모든 것을 기록하기 때문에, 각종 특수문자(줄바꿈문자, 백스페이스, 안시..)들을 그대로 기록한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*script* is primarily designed for interactive terminal sessions. When stdin is not a terminal (for example: *echo foo | script*), then the session can hang, because the interactive shell within the script session misses EOF and *script* has no clue when to close the session. See the *NOTES* section for more information.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*csh*(1) (for the _history_ mechanism),\n" +"*scriptreplay*(1),\n" +"*scriptlive*(1)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "scriptlive(1)" +msgstr "scriptlive(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:13 +msgid "scriptlive - re-run session typescripts, using timing information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*scriptlive* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [*-I*|*-B*] _typescript_\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:21 +msgid "This program re-runs a typescript, using stdin typescript and timing information to ensure that input happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script was recorded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:23 +msgid "The *session is executed* in a newly created pseudoterminal with the user's $SHELL (or defaults to _/bin/bash_)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Be careful!* Do not forget that the typescript may contains arbitrary commands. It is recommended to use *\"scriptreplay --stream in --log-in typescript\"* (or with *--log-io* instead of *--log-in*) to verify the typescript before it is executed by *scriptlive*.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:27 +msgid "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--log-timing*. The typescript has to contain stdin information and it is what script1 outputs to file specified by *--log-in* or *--log-io*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:32 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:34 +msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal input." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:40 +msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output and input." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:36 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *--timing* _file_" +msgstr "*-t*, *--timing* _파일_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:43 +msgid "File containing *script*'s timing output. This option overrides old-style arguments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:41 +msgid "Aliased to *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:55 +msgid "Speed up the replay displaying this _number_ of times. The argument is a floating-point number. It's called divisor because it divides the timings by this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:45 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m*, *--maxdelay* _number_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:58 +msgid "Set the maximum delay between updates to _number_ of seconds. The argument is a floating-point number. This can be used to avoid long pauses in the typescript replay." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% script --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n" +"Script started, file is script.out\n" +"% date\n" +"<etc, etc>\n" +"% exit\n" +"Script done, file is script.out\n" +"% scriptlive --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:70 +msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2019 Karel Zak" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:72 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:92 +msgid "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:74 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:94 +msgid "Released under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*script*(1),\n" +"*scriptreplay*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*script*(1),\n" +"*scriptreplay*(1)\n" + +#. type: Title = +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "scriptreplay(1)" +msgstr "scriptreplay(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:13 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "make typescript of terminal session" +msgid "scriptreplay - play back typescripts, using timing information" +msgstr "터미날에서 발생하는 모든 세션을 기록한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*scriptreplay* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [_typescript_ [_divisor_]]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:21 +msgid "This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure that output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script was recorded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:23 +msgid "The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were run when the typescript was being recorded are *not run again*. Since the same information is simply being displayed, *scriptreplay* is only guaranteed to work properly if run on the same type of terminal the typescript was recorded on. Otherwise, any escape characters in the typescript may be interpreted differently by the terminal to which *scriptreplay* is sending its output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:25 +msgid "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--log-timing*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:27 +msgid "By default, the typescript to display is assumed to be named _typescript_, but other filenames may be specified, as the second parameter or with option *--log-out*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:29 +msgid "If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-up multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice as fast, and a speed-down of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the original session." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:37 +msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:46 +msgid "This is an alias for *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--typescript* _file_" +msgstr "*-s*, *--typescript* _파일_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:49 +msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output. Deprecated alias to *--log-out*. This option overrides old-style arguments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:52 +msgid "Specifies how to use the CR (0x0D, carriage return) character from log files. The default mode is _auto_, in this case CR is replaced with line break for stdin log, because otherwise *scriptreplay* would overwrite the same line. The other modes are _never_ and _always_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--summary*" +msgstr "*--summary*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:61 +msgid "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file and exit. The session has to be recorded using _advanced_ format (see *script*(1) option *--logging-format* for more details)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--stream* _type_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:64 +msgid "Forces *scriptreplay* to print only the specified stream. The supported stream types are _in_, _out_, _signal_, or _info_. This option is recommended for multi-stream logs (e.g., *--log-io*) in order to print only specified data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% script --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n" +"Script started, file is script.out\n" +"% ls\n" +"<etc, etc>\n" +"% exit\n" +"Script done, file is script.out\n" +"% scriptreplay --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:82 +msgid "The original *scriptreplay* program was written by mailto:joey@kitenet.net[Joey Hess]. The program was re-written in C by mailto:jay@gnu.org[James Youngman] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:87 +msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008 James Youngman" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:90 +msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008-2019 Karel Zak" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*script*(1),\n" +"*scriptlive*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*script*(1),\n" +"*scriptlive*(1)\n" + +#. Copyright 1990 Gordon Irlam (gordoni@cs.ua.oz.au) +#. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) +#. Copyright 2000 Colin Watson (cjw44@cam.ac.uk) +#. Do not restrict distribution. +#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License +#. type: Title = +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "setterm(1)" +msgstr "setterm(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:19 +msgid "setterm - set terminal attributes" +msgstr "setterm - 터미날 속성 지정" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*setterm* [options]\n" +msgstr "*setterm* [옵션]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*setterm* writes to standard output a character string that will invoke the specified terminal capabilities. Where possible _terminfo_ is consulted to find the string to use. Some options however (marked \"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a *terminfo*(5) capability. In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\" the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is output. Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:31 +msgid "For boolean options (*on* or *off*), the default is *on*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:33 +msgid "Below, an _8-color_ can be *black*, *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:35 +msgid "A _16-color_ can be an _8-color_, or *grey*, or *bright* followed by *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:37 +msgid "The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, *--underline* and *--half-bright*) are hardware-dependent." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:39 +msgid "The optional arguments are recommended with '=' (equals sign) and not space between the option and the argument. For example --option=argument. *setterm* can interpret the next non-option argument as an optional argument too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--appcursorkeys* on|off" +msgstr "*--appcursorkeys* on|off" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:42 +msgid "Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off. When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, etc. will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. See the _vi and Cursor-Keys_ section of the _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ for how this can cause problems for *vi* users. Virtual consoles only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--append* _console_number_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:45 +msgid "Like *--dump*, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting it. Only works if no *--dump* options are given." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--background* __8-color__|default" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:48 +msgid "Sets the background text color." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--blank*[=0-60|force|poke]" +msgstr "*--blank*[=0-60|force|poke]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:51 +msgid "Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will be automatically blanked (using APM if available). Without an argument, it gets the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an unblanked vt). Virtual consoles only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:53 +msgid "The *force* argument keeps the screen blank even if a key is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unblank the screen." +msgid "The *poke* argument unblanks the screen." +msgstr "화면 공백을 없앤다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--bfreq*[=_number_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:58 +msgid "Sets the bell frequency in Hertz. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. Virtual consoles only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--blength*[=0-2000]" +msgstr "*--blength*[=0-2000]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:61 +msgid "Sets the bell duration in milliseconds. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. Virtual consoles only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--blink* on|off" +msgstr "*--blink* on|off" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:64 +msgid "Turns blink mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--blink off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--bold* on|off" +msgstr "*--bold* on|off" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:67 +msgid "urns bold (extra bright) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--bold off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--clear*[=all|rest]" +msgstr "*--clear*[=all|rest]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:70 +msgid "Without an argument or with the argument *all*, the entire screen is cleared and the cursor is set to the home position, just like *clear*(1) does. With the argument *rest*, the screen is cleared from the current cursor position to the end." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--clrtabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range *1-160*. Without arguments, it clears all tab stops. Virtual consoles only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--cursor* on|off" +msgstr "*--cursor* on|off" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:76 +msgid "Turns the terminal's cursor on or off." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--default*" +msgstr "*--default*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:79 +msgid "Sets the terminal's rendering options to the default values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--dump*[=_console_number_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:82 +msgid "Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the file specified with the *--file* option, overwriting its contents; the default is _screen.dump_. Without an argument, it dumps the current virtual console. This overrides *--append*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:83 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-f >I<filename>" +msgid "*--file* _filename_" +msgstr "B<-f >I<파일명>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:85 +msgid "Sets the snapshot file name for any *--dump* or *--append* options on the same command line. If this option is not present, the default is _screen.dump_ in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the system maximum will be truncated, see *PATH_MAX* from _linux/limits.h_ for the value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--foreground* __8-color__|default" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:88 +msgid "Sets the foreground text color." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--half-bright* on|off" +msgstr "*--half-bright* on|off" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:91 +msgid "Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--half-bright off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--hbcolor* _16-color_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:94 +msgid "Sets the color for half-bright characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--initialize*" +msgstr "*--initialize*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:97 +msgid "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values." +msgstr "터미날 초기화 문자열을 보여준다. 이것은 전형적으로 터미날에서 지정하는 값들을 초기값으로 지정한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--inversescreen* on|off" +msgstr "*--inversescreen* on|off" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:100 +msgid "Swaps foreground and background colors for the whole screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--linewrap* on|off" +msgstr "*--linewrap* on|off" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:103 +msgid "Makes the terminal continue on a new line when a line is full." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--msg* on|off" +msgstr "*--msg* on|off" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:106 +msgid "Enables or disables the sending of kernel *printk*() messages to the console. Virtual consoles only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--msglevel* 0-8" +msgstr "*--msglevel* 0-8" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:109 +msgid "Sets the console logging level for kernel *printk()* messages. All messages strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging level of *0* has the same effect as *--msg on* and a logging level of *8* will print all kernel messages. *klogd*(8) may be a more convenient interface to the logging of kernel messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:111 +msgid "Virtual consoles only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--powerdown*[=0-60]" +msgstr "*--powerdown*[=0-60]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:114 +msgid "Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes. Without an argument, it defaults to *0* (disable powerdown). If the console is blanked or the monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend mode or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--powersave* _mode_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:117 +msgid "Valid values for _mode_ are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*vsync|on*" +msgstr "*vsync|on*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120 +msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA vsync suspend mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hsync*" +msgstr "*hsync*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122 +msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA hsync suspend mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*powerdown*" +msgstr "*powerdown*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124 +msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA powerdown mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:126 +msgid "Turns monitor VESA powersaving features." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--regtabs*[=1-160]" +msgstr "*--regtabs*[=1-160]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:129 +msgid "Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab every specified number of positions. Without an argument, it defaults to *8*. Virtual consoles only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--repeat* on|off" +msgstr "*--repeat* on|off" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:132 +msgid "Turns keyboard repeat on or off. Virtual consoles only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:133 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--reset*" +msgstr "*--reset*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:135 +msgid "Displays the terminal reset string, which typically resets the terminal to its power-on state." +msgstr "터미날 리셋 문자열을 보여준다. 이것은 전형적으로 터미날을 처음 시작할 때의 상태로 되돌리는데 사용된다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--resize*" +msgstr "*--resize*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:138 +msgid "Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column. This is useful when actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync. Most notable use case is with serial consoles, that do not use *ioctl*(2) but just byte streams and breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--reverse* on|off" +msgstr "*--reverse* on|off" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:141 +msgid "Turns reverse video mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--reverse off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--store*" +msgstr "*--store*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:144 +msgid "Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual consoles only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--tabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:147 +msgid "Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range *1-160*. Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:148 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o >I<option-name>" +msgid "*--term* _terminal_name_" +msgstr "B<-o >I<옵션-이름>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:150 +msgid "Overrides the *TERM* environment variable." +msgstr "*TERM* 환경 변수를 무시하고, 터미날을 지정한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--ulcolor* _16-color_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:153 +msgid "Sets the color for underlined characters. Virtual consoles only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*--underline* on|off" +msgstr "*--underline* on|off" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:156 +msgid "Turns underline mode on or off." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:162 +msgid "Since version 2.25 *setterm* has support for long options with two hyphens, for example *--help*, beside the historical long options with a single hyphen, for example *-help*. In scripts it is better to use the backward-compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen. Currently there are no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-hyphen compatibility." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:166 +msgid "Differences between the Minix and Linux versions are not documented." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*stty*(1),\n" +"*tput*(1),\n" +"*tty*(4),\n" +"*terminfo*(5)\n" +msgstr "" +"*stty*(1),\n" +"*tput*(1),\n" +"*tty*(4),\n" +"*terminfo*(5)\n" + +# +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California. +#. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)wall.1 6.5 (Berkeley) 4/23/91 +#. type: Title = +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wall(1)" +msgstr "wall(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "write a message to users" +msgid "wall - write a message to all users" +msgstr "모든 사람의 터미널에 메시지를 보낸다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _timeout_] [*-g* _group_] [_message_ | _file_]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*wall* displays a _message_, or the contents of a _file_, or otherwise its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users. The command will wrap lines that are longer than 79 characters. Short lines are whitespace padded to have 79 characters. The command will always put a carriage return and new line at the end of each line.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:57 +msgid "Only the superuser can write on the terminals of users who have chosen to deny messages or are using a program which automatically denies messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:59 +msgid "Reading from a _file_ is refused when the invoker is not superuser and the program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*, *--nobanner*" +msgstr "*-n*, *--nobanner*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:64 +msgid "Suppress the banner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:67 +msgid "Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after _timeout_ seconds. This _timeout_ must be a positive integer. The default value is 300 seconds, which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over modem lines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:68 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-o>, B<--output>=I<\\,FILE\\/>" +msgid "*-g*, *--group* _group_" +msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output>=I<\\,파일\\/>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:70 +msgid "Limit printing message to members of group defined as a _group_ argument. The argument can be group name or GID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:76 +msgid "Some sessions, such as *wdm*(1x), that have in the beginning of *utmp*(5) ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from *wall*. This is done to avoid write errors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A E<.Nm> command appeared in E<.At v7>." +msgid "A *wall* command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX." +msgstr "E<.Nm> 명령은 E<.At v7> 시스템에서 처음 나타났다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*mesg*(1),\n" +"*talk*(1),\n" +"*write*(1),\n" +"*shutdown*(8)\n" +msgstr "" +"*mesg*(1),\n" +"*talk*(1),\n" +"*write*(1),\n" +"*shutdown*(8)\n" + +# +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 +#. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +#. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +#. Jef Poskanzer and Craig Leres of the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)write.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 +#. type: Title = +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "write(1)" +msgstr "write(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:49 +msgid "write - send a message to another user" +msgstr "write - 다른 사용자에게 메시지를 보낸다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:51 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "E<.Nm write> E<.Ar user> E<.Op Ar ttyname>" +msgid "*write* _user_ [_ttyname_]\n" +msgstr "E<.Nm write> E<.Ar user> E<.Op Ar ttyname>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*write* allows you to communicate with other users, by copying lines from your terminal to theirs.\n" +msgstr "*write* 명령은 행단위로 다른 사용자와 의사소통을 할 수 있게 한다.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:57 +msgid "When you run the *write* command, the user you are writing to gets a message of the form:" +msgstr "*write* 명령을 사용하면, 상대방의 화면에는 다음과 같은 메세지가 나타난다." + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Message from yourname@yourhost on yourtty at hh:mm ...\n" +msgstr "Message from yourname@yourhost on yourtty at hh:mm ...\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:63 +msgid "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's terminal. If the other user wants to reply, they must run *write* as well." +msgstr "상대방이 어느 위치에 있건 간에 이 메시지는 나타난다. 상대방도 이 소식에 대한 답을 하기 위해서는 똑같이 *write* 명령을 사용하면 된다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:65 +msgid "When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character. The other user will see the message *EOF* indicating that the conversation is over." +msgstr "write 명령을 끝내려면, 파일 끝문자(eof)나, 중지 문자를 입력한다. 이러면, 상대방 화면에는 *EOF* 글자가 나타나고, 더이상의 메시지 입력은 되지 않는다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You can prevent people (other than the super-user) from writing to you with the E<.Xr mesg 1> command. Some commands, for example E<.Xr nroff 1> and E<.Xr pr 1>, disallow writing automatically, so that your output isn't overwritten." +msgid "You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you with the *mesg*(1) command. Some commands, for example *nroff*(1) and *pr*(1), may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they produce isn't overwritten." +msgstr "이 메시지 수신을 거부 하려면, E<.Xr mesg 1> 명령을 사용한다. 예를 들어, E<.Xr nroff 1>와 E<.Xr pr 1>명령들도, 자동 수신 거부 기능을 제공하고 있다. 하지만, 슈퍼 유저의 메시지는 거부할 수 없다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, you can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as the second operand to the *write* command. Alternatively, you can let *write* select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the shortest idle time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up from home, the message will go to the right place." +msgstr "만약, 이야기를 전할 사용자가 한번 이상 로그인하고 있는 상태라면, 이야기를 전할 사용자의 터미날까지 지정해 주어야한다. 이것은 사용자ID 다음에 공백문자를 두고 다음에 지정한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string _-o_, either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the other person's turn to talk. The string _oo_ means that the person believes the conversation to be over." +msgstr "누군가에게 전할 메시지의 통신 약자로 관례적으로 `-O'를 줄의 맨 끝에 추가하거나, `-O'만 있는 줄로 나타낸다. `OO'는 전할 소식이 끝났다는 기호로, write가 종료되기전에 사용되는 것이 관례이다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A E<.Nm> command appeared in E<.At v6>." +msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 5 AT&T UNIX (Jun 1974)." +msgstr "E<.Nm> 명령은 E<.At v6> 시스템에서 처음 나타났다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:85 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*mesg*(1),\n" +"*talk*(1),\n" +"*who*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*mesg*(1),\n" +"*talk*(1),\n" +"*who*(1)\n" + +# +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. +#. All rights reserved. +#. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +#. Michael Rendell. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)col.1 6.8 (Berkeley) 6/17/91 +#. type: Title = +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "col(1)" +msgstr "col(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:49 +msgid "col - filter reverse line feeds from input" +msgstr "col - 입력으로부터 줄 바꿈문자(line feed)를 바꾸는 필터" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*col* _options_\n" +msgstr "*col* _옵션_\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "*col* filters out reverse (and half-reverse) line feeds so the output is in the correct order, with only forward and half-forward line feeds. It also replaces any whitespace characters with tabs where possible. This can be useful in processing the output of *nroff*(1) and *tbl*(1).\n" +msgstr "E<.Nm Col> 필터는 \"\\en\\er\" 문자를 \"\\en\" 문자로 바꾸어 주는 필터이다. 또한 공백문자를 탭문자로 바꾸고, 백스페이스 문자를 없애는 기능을 한다. 이 필터는 E<.Xr nroff 1> 와 E<.Xr tbl 1> 출력물의 처리에 아주 유용하게 쓰인다. (이 두 풀그림에 의해서 만들어지는 대표적인 출력이 man의 cat 파일이다. 즉, cat 파일을 단순 텍스트 파일로 바꾸는데 아주 유용하게 쓰인다.)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:59 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "*col* reads from standard input and writes to standard output.\n" +msgstr "E<.Nm Col> 필터는 표준 입력으로 받아서 표준 출력으로 보낸다. (즉, 파일로 저장하려면, 파이프와 방향전환이 필요하다.)" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-b*, *--no-backspaces*" +msgstr "*-b*, *--no-backspaces*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:64 +msgid "Do not output any backspaces, printing only the last character written to each column position." +msgstr "어떠한 백스페이스 문자도 출력하지 않는다. 이것은 팩스페이스 문자와 연결되는 마지막 문자만 출력한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--fine*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--fine*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Permit half-forward line feeds. Normally characters destined for a half-line boundary are printed on the following line." +msgstr "밑줄 속성을 가진 문자열을(Forward half line feed) 변환하지 않는다. 일반적으로 밑줄 속성을 가진 문자열들은 다음줄에서 밑줄(\\-)이 나타난다.(그런데, 실질적으로 B<colcrt(1)> 필터를 사용하지 않고는 제대로 이 기능이 나타나지 않더군요. \\- 옮긴이 말)" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-h*, *--tabs*" +msgstr "*-h*, *--tabs*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Output multiple spaces instead of tabs." +msgid "Output tabs instead of multiple spaces." +msgstr "여러 공백문자들을 그대로 둔다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" +msgid "*-l*, *--lines* _number_" +msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Buffer at least I<number> lines in memory. By default, 128 lines are buffered." +msgid "Buffer at least _number_ lines in memory. By default, 128 lines are buffered." +msgstr "메모리에 한번에 둘수 있는 최대 줄수를 I<number> 줄로 한다. 초기값은 128줄이다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--pass*" +msgstr "*-p*, *--pass*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:76 +msgid "Force unknown control sequences to be passed through unchanged. Normally *col* will filter out any control sequences other than those recognized and interpreted by itself, which are listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--spaces*" +msgstr "*-x*, *--spaces*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:79 +msgid "Output multiple spaces instead of tabs." +msgstr "여러 공백문자들을 그대로 둔다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:85 +msgid "The *col* utility conforms to the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2. The *-l* option is an extension to the standard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:89 +msgid "The control sequences for carriage motion that *col* understands and their decimal values are listed in the following table:" +msgstr "다음은 *col* 명령에서 변환대상이 되는 각종 문자들이다:" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ESC-7*" +msgstr "*ESC-7*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:92 +msgid "reverse line feed (escape then 7)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ESC-8*" +msgstr "*ESC-8*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:94 +msgid "half reverse line feed (escape then 8)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ESC-9*" +msgstr "*ESC-9*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96 +msgid "half forward line feed (escape then 9)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*backspace*" +msgstr "*backspace*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98 +msgid "moves back one column (8); ignored in the first column" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*newline*" +msgstr "*newline*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100 +msgid "forward line feed (10); also does carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*carriage return*" +msgstr "*carriage return*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102 +msgid "(13)" +msgstr "(13)" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*shift in*" +msgstr "*shift in*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104 +msgid "shift to normal character set (15)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*shift out*" +msgstr "*shift out*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106 +msgid "shift to alternate character set (14)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*space*" +msgstr "*space*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108 +msgid "moves forward one column (32)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*tab*" +msgstr "*tab*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110 +msgid "moves forward to next tab stop (9)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*vertical tab*" +msgstr "*vertical tab*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:112 +msgid "reverse line feed (11)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "All unrecognized control characters and escape sequences are discarded." +msgstr "윗 문자들과 영문, 숫자, 글쇠판에 있는 각종 기호를 제외한 나머지 문자들은 모두 무시되어버린다. (즉 한글은 완전 무시되어버린다. - 옮긴이 말)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*col* keeps track of the character set as characters are read and makes sure the character set is correct when they are output.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:118 +msgid "If the input attempts to back up to the last flushed line, *col* will display a warning message." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:122 +msgid "A *col* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX." +msgstr "*col* 명령은 Version 6 AT&T UNIX에서 처음 사용되었다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*expand*(1),\n" +"*nroff*(1),\n" +"*tbl*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*expand*(1),\n" +"*nroff*(1),\n" +"*tbl*(1)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 +#. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)colcrt.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/30/93 +#. type: Title = +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "colcrt(1)" +msgstr "colcrt(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:47 +msgid "colcrt - filter nroff output for CRT previewing" +msgstr "colcrt - 밑줄 속성을 가진 문자 변환 필터" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*colcrt* [options] [_file_ ...]\n" +msgstr "*colcrt* [옵션] [_파일_ ...]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*colcrt* provides virtual half-line and reverse line feed sequences for terminals without such capability, and on which overstriking is destructive. Half-line characters and underlining (changed to dashing `-') are placed on new lines in between the normal output lines.\n" +msgstr "*colcrt* 필터는 밑줄 속성을 가진 문자를 볼 수 없는 터미날이나, 인쇄할 수 없는 프린터를 위해, 일반 텍스트 문서에서 그 문자 밑에 밑줄문자(-)를 넣어주는 필터이다.\n" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-*, *--no-underlining*" +msgstr "*-*, *--no-underlining*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Suppress all underlining. This option is especially useful for previewing E<.Em allboxed> tables from E<.Xr tbl 1>." +msgid "Suppress all underlining. This option is especially useful for previewing _allboxed_ tables from *tbl*(1)." +msgstr "밑줄 속성이 있는 문자열 아랫줄은 모두 밑줄로 표시한다. 이 옵션은 특별하게 E<.Xr tbl 1 > 명령에 의해서 만들어지는 표상자를 미리 보는데 유용하게 사용된다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-2*, *--half-lines*" +msgstr "*-2*, *--half-lines*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Causes all half-lines to be printed, effectively double spacing the output. Normally, a minimal space output format is used which will suppress empty lines. The program never suppresses two consecutive empty lines, however. The E<.Fl 2> option is useful for sending output to the line printer when the output contains superscripts and subscripts which would otherwise be invisible." +msgid "Causes all half-lines to be printed, effectively double spacing the output. Normally, a minimal space output format is used which will suppress empty lines. The program never suppresses two consecutive empty lines, however. The *-2* option is useful for sending output to the line printer when the output contains superscripts and subscripts which would otherwise be partially invisible." +msgstr "이 옵션을 사용하지 않으면, 밑줄 속성이 있는 문자열이 있는 다음줄에만 밀줄문자(\\-)를 추가하기 위해 줄이 첨가된다. 이것을 인쇄할 경우에 줄 간격이 이상하게 되어 읽기가 불편하다. 이런 것을 대비해서 이 옵션을 사용하면, 밑줄 속성이 없는 문자열에서도 무조건 다음줄은 공백으로 한줄 띄우게 된다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:69 +msgid "The *colcrt* command appeared in 3.0BSD." +msgstr "*colcrt* 명령은 3.0BSD 에서 처음 사용되었다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Should fold underlines onto blanks even with the *-* option so that a true underline character would show." +msgstr "*-* 옵션을 사용했음에도 불구하고 밑줄 문자가 만들어지지 않을 경우도 있다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:75 +msgid "Can't back up more than 102 lines." +msgstr "102줄 이상 되는 문서에서는 백업이 불가능하다." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "General overstriking is lost; as a special case E<.Ql \\&|> overstruck with E<.Ql \\-> or underline becomes E<.Ql \\&+>." +msgid "General overstriking is lost; as a special case '|' overstruck with '-' or underline becomes '{plus}'." +msgstr "가운데줄 속성(흔히 취소선이라고함,overstriking)을 가진 문자들에 대해서는 변환이 불가능하다. E<.Ql \\&|> 기능을 이용할 경우에는 E<.Ql \\-> 문자나, E<.Ql \\&+>. 문자로 보여질 수도 있다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lines are trimmed to 132 characters." +msgstr "한글이 있는 문자열은 변환 불가능(팻치가 시급함)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Some provision should be made for processing superscripts and subscripts in documents which are already double-spaced." +msgstr "이미 두 공백문자가 있는 문서 안의 슈퍼스크립트나 하위스크립트 처리를 위해서 약간의 준비과정이 필요하다.(?)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:86 +msgid "A typical use of *colcrt* would be:" +msgstr "*colcrt* 필터는 전형적으로 다음과 같이 사용된다:" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*tbl exum2.n | nroff -ms | colcrt - | more*\n" +msgstr "*tbl exum2.n | nroff -ms | colcrt - | more*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*col*(1),\n" +"*more*(1),\n" +"*nroff*(1),\n" +"*troff*(1),\n" +"*ul*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*col*(1),\n" +"*more*(1),\n" +"*nroff*(1),\n" +"*troff*(1),\n" +"*ul*(1)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California. +#. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)colrm.1 6.6 (Berkeley) 3/14/91 +#. type: Title = +#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "colrm(1)" +msgstr "colrm(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:46 +msgid "colrm - remove columns from a file" +msgstr "colrm - 파일에서 칸(column)을 지운다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:50 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<colrm> I<[first [last]]>" +msgid "*colrm* _[first [last]]_\n" +msgstr "B<colrm> I<[시작_열 [종단_열]]>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:54 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "*colrm* removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from standard input. Output is sent to standard output.\n" +msgstr "E<.Nm Colrm> 필터는 파일에서 선택된 colum을 지운다. 표준 입력, 표준 출력을 사용한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:56 +msgid "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed starting with the specified _first_ column. If called with two parameters the columns from the _first_ column to the _last_ column will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:58 +msgid "Column numbering starts with column 1." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:66 +msgid "The *colrm* command appeared in 3.0BSD." +msgstr "*colrm* 명령은 3.0BSD 에서 처음 사용되었다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*awk*(1p),\n" +"*column*(1),\n" +"*expand*(1),\n" +"*paste*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*awk*(1p),\n" +"*column*(1),\n" +"*expand*(1),\n" +"*paste*(1)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 +#. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)column.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 +#. type: Title = +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "column(1)" +msgstr "column(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:46 +msgid "column - columnate lists" +msgstr "column - 목록을 가로 정열" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*column* [options] [_file_ ...]\n" +msgstr "*column* [옵션] [_파일_ ...]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:54 +msgid "The *column* utility formats its input into multiple columns. The util support three modes:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:55 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Fill columns before filling rows." +msgid "*columns are filled before rows*" +msgstr "가로로 먼저 나열하고, 다음 세로로 나열한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This option does nothing at all; it is provided only for backwards compatibility." +msgid "This is the default mode (required by backward compatibility)." +msgstr "아무런 작용도 하지 않는다. 호환성을 위해 제공될 뿐이다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:58 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Fill columns before filling rows." +msgid "*rows are filled before columns*" +msgstr "가로로 먼저 나열하고, 다음 세로로 나열한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:60 +msgid "This mode is enabled by option *-x, --fillrows*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:61 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<cdable_vars>" +msgid "*table*" +msgstr "B<cdable_vars>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters supplied using the E<.Fl s> option. Useful for pretty-printing displays." +msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. This mode is enabled by option *-t, --table* and columns formatting is possible to modify by *--table-** options. Use this mode if not sure. The output is aligned to the terminal width in interactive mode and the 80 columns in non-interactive mode (see *--output-width* for more details)." +msgstr "입력되는 내용의 가로칸 갯수를 조사하고, 그것을 바탕으로 출력 양식을 정한다. 입력되는 내용의 가로칸 갯수는 공백문자로 구분한다. (초기값) 이 구분 문자는 E<.Fl s> 옵션에서 따로 지정할 수도 있다. 예쁜 출력물을 얻는데, 유용하게 쓰인다. (아래 예제 참조)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:65 +msgid "Input is taken from _file_, or otherwise from standard input. Empty lines are ignored and all invalid multibyte sequences are encoded by x<hex> convention." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:74 +msgid "The argument _columns_ for *--table-** options is a comma separated list of the column names as defined by *--table-columns*, or names defined by *--table-column* or it's column number in order as specified by input. It's possible to mix names and numbers. The special placeholder '0' (e.g. -R0) may be used to specify all columns and '-1' (e.g. -R -1) to specify the last visible column. It's possible to use ranges like '1-5' when addressing columns by numbers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-J, --json*" +msgstr "*-J, --json*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:77 +msgid "Use JSON output format to print the table, the option *--table-columns* is required and the option *--table-name* is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c, --output-width* _width_" +msgstr "*-c, --output-width* _너비_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:80 +msgid "Output is formatted to a width specified as number of characters. The original name of this option is *--columns*; this name is deprecated since v2.30. Note that input longer than _width_ is not truncated by default. The default is a terminal width and the 80 columns in non-interactive mode. The column headers are never truncated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:82 +msgid "The placeholder \"unlimited\" (or 0) is possible to use to not restrict output width. This is recommended for example when output to the files rather than on terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d, --table-noheadings*" +msgstr "*-d, --table-noheadings*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:85 +msgid "Do not print header. This option allows the use of logical column names on the command line, but keeps the header hidden when printing the table." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o, --output-separator* _string_" +msgstr "*-o, --output-separator* _문자열_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:88 +msgid "Specify the columns delimiter for table output (default is two spaces)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s, --separator* _separators_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:91 +msgid "Specify the possible input item delimiters (default is whitespace)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t, --table*" +msgstr "*-t, --table*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters supplied using the E<.Fl s> option. Useful for pretty-printing displays." +msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters supplied using the *--output-separator* option. Table output is useful for pretty-printing." +msgstr "입력되는 내용의 가로칸 갯수를 조사하고, 그것을 바탕으로 출력 양식을 정한다. 입력되는 내용의 가로칸 갯수는 공백문자로 구분한다. (초기값) 이 구분 문자는 E<.Fl s> 옵션에서 따로 지정할 수도 있다. 예쁜 출력물을 얻는데, 유용하게 쓰인다. (아래 예제 참조)" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:95 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-N, --table-columns> I<names>" +msgid "*-C, --table-column* _properties_" +msgstr "B<-N, --table-columns> I<다수이름>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:101 +msgid "Define one column by comma separated list of column attributes. This option can be used more than once, every use defines just one column. The properties replace some of *--table-* options. For example *--table-column name=FOO,right* define one column where text is aligned to right. The option is mutually exclusive to *--table-columns*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:103 +msgid "The currently supported attributes are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*name=string*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specify your real name." +msgid "Specifies column name." +msgstr "사용자 실재 이름" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*trunc*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:108 +msgid "The column text can be truncated when necessary. The same as *--table-truncate*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*right*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:110 +msgid "Right align text in the specified columns. The same as *--table-right*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*width=number*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:113 +msgid "Specifies column width. The width is used as a hint only. The width is strictly followed only when *strictwidth* attribute is used too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*strictwidth*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:115 +msgid "Strictly follow column *width=* setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*noextreme*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:117 +msgid "Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long cells. See *--table-noextreme* for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:117 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*wrap*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:119 +msgid "Specify columns where is possible to use multi-line cell for long text when necessary. See *--table-wrap*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hide*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:121 +msgid "Don't print specified columns. See *--table-hide*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*json=type*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:123 +msgid "Define column type for JSON output, Supported are string, number and boolean." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:124 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-N, --table-columns> I<names>" +msgid "*-N, --table-columns* _names_" +msgstr "B<-N, --table-columns> I<다수이름>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:127 +msgid "Specify the columns names by comma separated list of names. The names are used for the table header or to address column in option argument. See also *--table-column*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:128 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-l, --table-columns-limit> I<number>" +msgid "*-l, --table-columns-limit* _number_" +msgstr "B<-l, --table-columns-limit> I<숫자>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:130 +msgid "Specify maximal number of the input columns. The last column will contain all remaining line data if the limit is smaller than the number of the columns in the input data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:131 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-R, --table-right> I<columns>" +msgid "*-R, --table-right* _columns_" +msgstr "B<-R, --table-right> I<열>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:133 +msgid "Right align text in the specified columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:134 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-T, --table-truncate> I<columns>" +msgid "*-T, --table-truncate* _columns_" +msgstr "B<-T, --table-truncate> I<열>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:136 +msgid "Specify columns where text can be truncated when necessary, otherwise very long table entries may be printed on multiple lines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:137 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-E, --table-noextreme> I<columns>" +msgid "*-E, --table-noextreme* _columns_" +msgstr "B<-E, --table-noextreme> I<열>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:139 +msgid "Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long (longer than average) cells when calculate column width. The option has impact to the width calculation and table formatting, but the printed text is not affected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:141 +msgid "The option is used for the last visible column by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e, --table-header-repeat*" +msgstr "*-e, --table-header-repeat*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:144 +msgid "Print header line for each page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:145 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-W, --table-wrap> I<columns>" +msgid "*-W, --table-wrap* _columns_" +msgstr "B<-W, --table-wrap> I<열>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:147 +msgid "Specify columns where is possible to use multi-line cell for long text when necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:148 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-H, --table-hide> I<columns>" +msgid "*-H, --table-hide* _columns_" +msgstr "B<-H, --table-hide> I<열>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:150 +msgid "Don't print specified columns. The special placeholder '-' may be used to hide all unnamed columns (see *--table-columns*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:151 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-O, --table-order> I<columns>" +msgid "*-O, --table-order* _columns_" +msgstr "B<-O, --table-order> I<열>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:153 +msgid "Specify columns order on output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:154 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-n, --table-name> I<name>" +msgid "*-n, --table-name* _name_" +msgstr "B<-n, --table-name> I<이름>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:156 +msgid "Specify the table name used for JSON output. The default is \"table\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-m, --table-maxout*" +msgstr "*-m, --table-maxout*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:159 +msgid "Fill all available space on output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-L, --keep-empty-lines*" +msgstr "*-L, --keep-empty-lines*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:162 +msgid "Preserve whitespace-only lines in the input. The default is ignore empty lines at all. This option's original name was *--table-empty-lines* but is now deprecated because it gives the false impression that the option only applies to table mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:163 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-r, --tree> I<column>" +msgid "*-r, --tree* _column_" +msgstr "B<-r, --tree> I<열>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:165 +msgid "Specify column to use tree-like output. Note that the circular dependencies and other anomalies in child and parent relation are silently ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:166 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-i, --tree-id> I<column>" +msgid "*-i, --tree-id* _column_" +msgstr "B<-i, --tree-id> I<열>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:168 +msgid "Specify column with line ID to create child-parent relation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:169 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-p, --tree-parent> I<column>" +msgid "*-p, --tree-parent* _column_" +msgstr "B<-p, --tree-parent> I<열>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:171 +msgid "Specify column with parent ID to create child-parent relation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:172 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x, --fillrows*" +msgstr "*-x, --fillrows*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:174 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fill columns before filling rows." +msgid "Fill rows before filling columns." +msgstr "가로로 먼저 나열하고, 다음 세로로 나열한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:180 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The environment variable *COLUMNS* is used to determine the size of the screen if no other information is available." +msgstr "이 환경 변수는 가로칸의 기본 넓이를 지정하는데 사용된다. (기본적으로 콘솔에서는 특별히 지정하지 않는 한은 80이 되겠지요?)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:184 +msgid "The *column* command appeared in 4.3BSD-Reno." +msgstr "*column* 명령은 4.3BSD-Reno 에서 처음 나타났다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:188 +msgid "Version 2.23 changed the *-s* option to be non-greedy, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "printf \"a:b:c\\n1::3\\n\" | column -t -s ':'\n" +msgstr "printf \"a:b:c\\n1::3\\n\" | column -t -s ':'\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:194 +msgid "Old output:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"a b c\n" +"1 3\n" +msgstr "" +"a b c\n" +"1 3\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:201 +msgid "New output (since util-linux 2.23):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"a b c\n" +"1 3\n" +msgstr "" +"a b c\n" +"1 3\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:208 +msgid "Historical versions of this tool indicated that \"rows are filled before columns\" by default, and that the *-x* option reverses this. This wording did not reflect the actual behavior, and it has since been corrected (see above). Other implementations of *column* may continue to use the older documentation, but the behavior should be identical in any case." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:212 +msgid "Print fstab with header line and align number to the right:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:215 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ>\n" +msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ\n" +msgstr "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ>\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:218 +msgid "Print fstab and hide unnamed columns:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:221 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide ->\n" +msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide -\n" +msgstr "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide ->\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:224 +msgid "Print a tree:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:232 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "B<echo -e '1 0 A\\en2 1 AA\\en3 1 AB\\en4 2 AAA\\en5 2 AAB' | column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3>\n" +#| "1 0 A\n" +#| "2 1 |-AA\n" +#| "4 2 | |-AAA\n" +#| "5 2 | `-AAB\n" +#| "3 1 `-AB\n" +msgid "" +"echo -e '1 0 A\\n2 1 AA\\n3 1 AB\\n4 2 AAA\\n5 2 AAB' | column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3\n" +"1 0 A\n" +"2 1 |-AA\n" +"4 2 | |-AAA\n" +"5 2 | `-AAB\n" +"3 1 `-AB\n" +msgstr "" +"B<echo -e '1 0 A\\en2 1 AA\\en3 1 AB\\en4 2 AAA\\en5 2 AAB' | column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3>\n" +"1 0 A\n" +"2 1 |-AA\n" +"4 2 | |-AAA\n" +"5 2 | `-AAB\n" +"3 1 `-AB\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*colrm*(1),\n" +"*ls*(1),\n" +"*paste*(1),\n" +"*sort*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*colrm*(1),\n" +"*ls*(1),\n" +"*paste*(1),\n" +"*sort*(1)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 +#. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)hexdump.1 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94 +#. type: Title = +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "hexdump(1)" +msgstr "hexdump(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:48 +msgid "hexdump - display file contents in hexadecimal, decimal, octal, or ascii" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hexdump* _options file_ ...\n" +msgstr "*hexdump* _옵션 파일_ ...\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*hd* _options file_ ...\n" +msgstr "*hd* _옵션 파일_ ...\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The *hexdump* utility is a filter which displays the specified files, or standard input if no files are specified, in a user-specified format." +msgstr "B<hexdump> 풀그림은 지정한 파일, 또는 표준 입력으로 부터 입력된 것을 사용자가 지정한 형식으로 보여주는 연장틀이다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:60 +msgid "Below, the _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-b*, *--one-byte-octal*" +msgstr "*-b*, *--one-byte-octal*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E<.Em One-byte octal display>. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, three column, zero-filled, bytes of input data, in octal, per line." +msgid "_One-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, zero-filled bytes of input data, in octal, per line." +msgstr "E<.Em 8진수 1 바이트씩 보기.> 입력된 파일의 내용을 세자리 씩 한줄에 16개로 나누워 8진수로 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E<.Em One-byte character display>. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, three column, space-filled, characters of input data per line." +msgid "_One-byte character display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, space-filled characters of input data per line." +msgstr "E<.Em 캐릭터 1 바이트씩 보기.> 입력된 파일의 내용을 세자리 씩 한줄에 16개로 나누워 문자형식으로 보여준다. 문자형식이 아닌 문자는 세자리 8진수로 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-C*, *--canonical*" +msgstr "*-C*, *--canonical*" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} and {underscore} untranslated. +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E<.Em One-byte octal display>. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, three column, zero-filled, bytes of input data, in octal, per line." +msgid "_Canonical hex{plus}ASCII display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, hexadecimal bytes, followed by the same sixteen bytes in *%{underscore}p* format enclosed in *|* characters. Invoking the program as *hd* implies this option." +msgstr "E<.Em 8진수 1 바이트씩 보기.> 입력된 파일의 내용을 세자리 씩 한줄에 16개로 나누워 8진수로 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--two-bytes-decimal*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--two-bytes-decimal*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E<.Em Two-byte decimal display.> Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, five column, zero-filled, two-byte units of input data, in unsigned decimal, per line." +msgid "_Two-byte decimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, five-column, zero-filled, two-byte units of input data, in unsigned decimal, per line." +msgstr "E<.Em 10진수 2 바이트씩 보기.> 입력된 파일의 내용을 다섯자리 씩 한줄에 8개로 나누워 10진수로 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:74 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Fl e Ar format_string" +msgid "*-e*, *--format* _format_string_" +msgstr "Fl e Ar format_string" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Specify a format string to be used for displaying data." +msgstr "보여줄 형식을 I<format_string> 형식으로 지정한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--format-file* _file_" +msgstr "*-f*, *--format-file* _파일_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Specify a file that contains one or more newline-separated format strings. Empty lines and lines whose first non-blank character is a hash mark (#) are ignored." +msgstr "보여줄 형식이 하나 또는 그 이상의 줄로 나뉘어진 파일을 지정한다. 비여있는 줄, # 글자로 시작하는 줄은 무시된다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:82 +msgid "Accept color units for the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *Colors* subsection and the *COLORS* section below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:83 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgid "*-n*, *--length* _length_" +msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Interpret only E<.Ar length> bytes of input." +msgid "Interpret only _length_ bytes of input." +msgstr "입력된 파일의 E<.Ar length> 바이트만 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-o*, *--two-bytes-octal*" +msgstr "*-o*, *--two-bytes-octal*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E<.Em Two-byte octal display.> Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, six column, zero-filled, two byte quantities of input data, in octal, per line." +msgid "_Two-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, six-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of input data, in octal, per line." +msgstr "E<.Em 8진수 2 바이트씩 보기.> 입력된 파일의 내용을 여섯자리 씩 한줄에 8개로 나누워 8진수로 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:89 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" +msgid "*-s*, *--skip* _offset_" +msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:91 +msgid "Skip _offset_ bytes from the beginning of the input." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-v*, *--no-squeezing*" +msgstr "*-v*, *--no-squeezing*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The *-v* option causes *hexdump* to display all input data. Without the *-v* option, any number of groups of output lines which would be identical to the immediately preceding group of output lines (except for the input offsets), are replaced with a line comprised of a single asterisk." +msgstr "이 옵션은 모든 입력 자료를 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-x*, *--two-bytes-hex*" +msgstr "*-x*, *--two-bytes-hex*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:97 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E<.Em Two-byte hexadecimal display.> Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight, space separated, four column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of input data, in hexadecimal, per line." +msgid "_Two-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, four-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of input data, in hexadecimal, per line." +msgstr "E<.Em 16진수 2바이트씩 보기.> 입력된 파일의 내용을 4자리씩 한줄에 8개로 나누워 보여준다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "For each input file, E<.Nm hexdump> sequentially copies the input to standard output, transforming the data according to the format strings specified by the E<.Fl e> and E<.Fl f> options, in the order that they were specified." +msgid "For each input file, *hexdump* sequentially copies the input to standard output, transforming the data according to the format strings specified by the *-e* and *-f* options, in the order that they were specified." +msgstr "각 입력 파일을 위해, E<.Nm hexdump> 명령은 각각 표준 출력으로 연속적으로 복사한다. 그리고, E<.Fl e> 또는 E<.Fl f> 옵션이 사용되고 있으면, 지정한 출력 양식에 따라 입력되는 자료를 변환한다." + +#. type: Title == +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FORMATS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:105 +msgid "A format string contains any number of format units, separated by whitespace. A format unit contains up to three items: an iteration count, a byte count, and a format." +msgstr "포멧 문자열은 공백문자로 구분되는 여러개의 포멧 유닛을 가진다. 하나의 포멧 유닛은 세 부분으로 구성된다. 반복횟수, 바이트 횟수, 포멧 형식이다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:107 +msgid "The iteration count is an optional positive integer, which defaults to one. Each format is applied iteration count times." +msgstr "반복횟수는 선택적인 양수 정수이며, 초기값은 1이다. 각각의 포멧은 이 횟수만큼 적용된다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:109 +msgid "The byte count is an optional positive integer. If specified it defines the number of bytes to be interpreted by each iteration of the format." +msgstr "바이트 횟수는 선택적인 양수 정수이며, 이 값이 정해지면, 이 바이트 만큼 변화하면, 반복횟수를 읽어 또 이 바이트만큼 변환한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:111 +msgid "If an iteration count and/or a byte count is specified, a single slash must be placed after the iteration count and/or before the byte count to disambiguate them. Any whitespace before or after the slash is ignored." +msgstr "반복횟수와 바이트 횟수가 둘다 사용되면, 슬래쉬(/)로 구분한다. 슬래쉬 앞뒤의 어떠한 공백문자도 모두 무시된다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:113 +msgid "The format is required and must be surrounded by double quote (\" \") marks. It is interpreted as a fprintf-style format string (see *fprintf*(3)), with the following exceptions:" +msgstr "포멧은 따움표(\" \")로 묶겨져야 한다. 포멧은 fprintf 함수(*fprintf*(3)) 에서 사용하는 것과 비슷하다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1." +msgstr "1." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:116 +msgid "An asterisk (*) may not be used as a field width or precision." +msgstr "* 기호는 필드 넓이나, 정밀도로 사용되지 않을 수도 있다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:117 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2." +msgstr "2." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A byte count or field precision E<.Em is> required for each ``s'' conversion character (unlike the E<.Xr fprintf 3> default which prints the entire string if the precision is unspecified)." +msgid "A byte count or field precision _is_ required for each *s* conversion character (unlike the *fprintf*(3) default which prints the entire string if the precision is unspecified)." +msgstr "바이트 카운트나 필드 정밀도 지정에서는 ``s'' 변환문자가 필요하다. (이것은 E<.Xr fprintf 3> 함수의 사용법과 다르다.)" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "3." +msgstr "3." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:122 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The conversion characters ``h'', ``l'', ``n'', ``p'' and ``q'' are not supported." +msgid "The conversion characters *h*, *l*, *n*, *p*, and *q* are not supported." +msgstr "``h'', ``l'', ``n'', ``p'', ``q'' 변환 문자는 지원되지 않는다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "4." +msgstr "4." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:125 +msgid "The single character escape sequences described in the C standard are supported:" +msgstr "다음은 C 표준에서 지원하는 \\e 문자들이다." + +#. type: Table +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|NULL |\\0\n" +"|<alert character> |\\a\n" +"|<backspace> |\\b\n" +"|<form-feed> |\\f\n" +"|<newline> |\\n\n" +"|<carriage return> |\\r\n" +"|<tab> |\\t\n" +"|<vertical tab> |\\v\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Conversion strings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hexdump also supports the the following additional conversion strings:" +msgid "The *hexdump* utility also supports the following additional conversion strings." +msgstr "Hexdump에서는 부가적으로 다음 변환 문자들도 지원한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*_a[dox]*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:145 +msgid "Display the input offset, cumulative across input files, of the next byte to be displayed. The appended characters *d*, *o*, and *x* specify the display base as decimal, octal or hexadecimal respectively." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*_A[dox]*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:148 +msgid "Almost identical to the *_a* conversion string except that it is only performed once, when all of the input data has been processed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*_c*" +msgstr "*_c*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:151 +msgid "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are displayed in three-character, zero-padded octal, except for those representable by standard escape notation (see above), which are displayed as two-character strings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*_p*" +msgstr "*_p*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:154 +msgid "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are displayed as a single '*.*'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*_u*" +msgstr "*_u*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:157 +msgid "Output US ASCII characters, with the exception that control characters are displayed using the following, lower-case, names. Characters greater than 0xff, hexadecimal, are displayed as hexadecimal strings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|000 nul |001 soh |002 stx |003 etx |004 eot |005 enq\n" +"|006 ack |007 bel |008 bs |009 ht |00A lf |00B vt\n" +"|00C ff |00D cr |00E so |00F si |010 dle |011 dc1\n" +"|012 dc2 |013 dc3 |014 dc4 |015 nak |016 syn |017 etb\n" +"|018 can |019 em |01A sub |01B esc |01C fs |01D gs\n" +"|01E rs |01F us |0FF del | | |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:172 +msgid "When put at the end of a format specifier, *hexdump* highlights the respective string with the color specified. Conditions, if present, are evaluated prior to highlighting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:174 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*_L[color_unit_1,color_unit_2,...,color_unit_n]*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:176 +msgid "The full syntax of a color unit is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*[!]COLOR[:VALUE][@OFFSET_START[-END]]*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*!*" +msgstr "*!*" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:181 +msgid "Negate the condition. Please note that it only makes sense to negate a unit if both a value/string and an offset are specified. In that case the respective output string will be highlighted if and only if the value/string does not match the one at the offset." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*COLOR*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:184 +msgid "One of the 8 basic shell colors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*VALUE*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:187 +msgid "A value to be matched specified in hexadecimal, or octal base, or as a string. Please note that the usual C escape sequences are not interpreted by *hexdump* inside the color_units." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:188 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<IPC_SET>" +msgid "*OFFSET*" +msgstr "B<IPC_SET>" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:190 +msgid "An offset or an offset range at which to check for a match. Please note that lone OFFSET_START uses the same value as END offset." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Counters" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:194 +msgid "The default and supported byte counts for the conversion characters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:195 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*%_c*, *%_p*, *%_u*, *%c*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:197 +msgid "One byte counts only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*%d*, *%i*, *%o*, *%u*, *%X*, *%x*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:200 +msgid "Four byte default, one, two and four byte counts supported." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*%E*, *%e*, *%f*, *%G*, *%g*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:203 +msgid "Eight byte default, four byte counts supported." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:205 +msgid "The amount of data interpreted by each format string is the sum of the data required by each format unit, which is the iteration count times the byte count, or the iteration count times the number of bytes required by the format if the byte count is not specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:207 +msgid "The input is manipulated in _blocks_, where a block is defined as the largest amount of data specified by any format string. Format strings interpreting less than an input block's worth of data, whose last format unit both interprets some number of bytes and does not have a specified iteration count, have the iteration count incremented until the entire input block has been processed or there is not enough data remaining in the block to satisfy the format string." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:209 +msgid "If, either as a result of user specification or *hexdump* modifying the iteration count as described above, an iteration count is greater than one, no trailing whitespace characters are output during the last iteration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:211 +msgid "It is an error to specify a byte count as well as multiple conversion characters or strings unless all but one of the conversion characters or strings is *_a* or *_A*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:213 +msgid "If, as a result of the specification of the *-n* option or end-of-file being reached, input data only partially satisfies a format string, the input block is zero-padded sufficiently to display all available data (i.e., any format units overlapping the end of data will display some number of the zero bytes)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:216 +msgid "Further output by such format strings is replaced by an equivalent number of spaces. An equivalent number of spaces is defined as the number of spaces output by an *s* conversion character with the same field width and precision as the original conversion character or conversion string but with any '*{plus}*', ' ', '*#*' conversion flag characters removed, and referencing a NULL string." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:218 +msgid "If no format strings are specified, the default display is very similar to the *-x* output format (the *-x* option causes more space to be used between format units than in the default output)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:222 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "The E<.Nm logger> utility exits 0 on success, and E<gt>0 if an error occurs." +msgid "*hexdump* exits 0 on success and > 0 if an error occurred.\n" +msgstr "E<.Nm logger> 풀그림은 오류 없이 끝나면 0, 오류가 있으면, 0보다 큰 수를 리턴한다." + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The E<.Nm logger> command is expected to be E<.St -p1003.2> compatible." +msgid "The *hexdump* utility is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") compatible." +msgstr "E<.Nm logger> 명령은 E<.St -p1003.2> 시스템과 호환되고자 한다." + +#. type: delimited block _ +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:230 +msgid "Display the input in perusal format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" \"%06.6_ao \" 12/1 \"%3_u \"\n" +" \"\\t\" \"%_p \"\n" +" \"\\n\"\n" +msgstr "" +" \"%06.6_ao \" 12/1 \"%3_u \"\n" +" \"\\t\" \"%_p \"\n" +" \"\\n\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:238 +msgid "Implement the *-x* option:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:242 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" \"%07.7_Ax\\n\"\n" +" \"%07.7_ax \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\n\"\n" +msgstr "" +" \"%07.7_Ax\\n\"\n" +" \"%07.7_ax \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\n\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:245 +msgid "MBR Boot Signature example: Highlight the addresses cyan and the bytes at offsets 510 and 511 green if their value is 0xAA55, red otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:249 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\"%07.7_Ax\\en\"\n" +#| "\"%07.7_ax \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\en\"\n" +msgid "" +" \"%07.7_Ax_L[cyan]\\n\"\n" +" \"%07.7_ax_L[cyan] \" 8/2 \" %04x_L[green:0xAA55@510-511,!red:0xAA55@510-511] \" \"\\n\"\n" +msgstr "" +"\"%07.7_Ax\\en\"\n" +"\"%07.7_ax \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\en\"\n" + +#. This page is in the public domain +#. type: Title = +#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "line(1)" +msgstr "line(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:13 +msgid "line - read one line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*line*\n" +msgstr "*line*\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:21 +msgid "The utility *line* copies one line (up to a newline) from standard input to standard output. It always prints at least a newline and returns an exit status of 1 on EOF or read error." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*read*(1p)\n" +msgstr "*read*(1p)\n" + +# +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1988, 1990 The Regents of the University of California. +#. Copyright (c) 1988 Mark Nudleman +#. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)more.1 5.15 (Berkeley) 7/29/91 +#. Copyright (c) 1992 Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) +#. type: Title = +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "more(1)" +msgstr "more(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:49 +msgid "more - display the contents of a file in a terminal" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*more* [options] _file_ ...\n" +msgstr "*more* [옵션] _파일_ ...\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "E<.Nm More> is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. This version is especially primitve. Users should realize that E<.Xr less 1> provides E<.Xr more 1> emulation and extensive enhancements." +msgid "*more* is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. This version is especially primitive. Users should realize that *less*(1) provides *more*(1) emulation plus extensive enhancements.\n" +msgstr "E<.Nm More> 명령은 파일 보기 풀그림이다. 이 풀그림은 유닉스에서 처음부터 사용한 풀그림이다. 하지만, 이 풀그림의 기능을 보다 보강한 E<.Xr less 1> 명령을 사용하기를 바란다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command line options are described below. Options are also taken from the environment variable E<.Ev MORE> (make sure to precede them with a dash (``-'')) but command line options will override them." +msgid "Options are also taken from the environment variable *MORE* (make sure to precede them with a dash (*-*)) but command-line options will override those." +msgstr "다음은 이 풀그림에서 사용할 수 있는 옵션이며, 이 옵션은 E<.Ev MORE> 환경변수로도 지정할 수 있다. 이미 이 환경 변수로 옵션들이 지정되어 있는데, 명령행으로 옵션을 사용하면, 그 환경 변수는 무시된다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-d*, *--silent*" +msgstr "*-d*, *--silent*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E<.Nm more> will prompt the user with the message \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\" and will display \"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is pressed." +msgid "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display \"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is pressed." +msgstr "E<.Nm more> 명령은 글쇠를 입력받아야할 때, \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\" 내용을 보여주고, 글쇠가 잘못 입력되었을 때, \"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" 내용을 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-l*, *--logical*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--logical*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:67 +msgid "Do not pause after any line containing a *^L* (form feed)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*, *--exit-on-eof*" +msgstr "*-e*, *--exit-on-eof*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:70 +msgid "Exit on End-Of-File, enabled by default if POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is not set or if not executed on terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-f*, *--no-pause*" +msgstr "*-f*, *--no-pause*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Count logical lines, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not folded)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p*, *--print-over*" +msgstr "*-p*, *--print-over*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text." +msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text. Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the executable is named *page*." +msgstr "스크롤하지 않고, 화면을 모두 지우고, 텍스트를 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-c*, *--clean-print*" +msgstr "*-c*, *--clean-print*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:79 +msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the remainder of each line as it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-s*, *--squeeze*" +msgstr "*-s*, *--squeeze*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:82 +msgid "Squeeze multiple blank lines into one." +msgstr "여러 줄의 빈 줄을 한 줄로 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-u*, *--plain*" +msgstr "*-u*, *--plain*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This option does nothing at all; it is provided only for backwards compatibility." +msgid "Suppress underlining. This option is silently ignored as backwards compatibility." +msgstr "아무런 작용도 하지 않는다. 호환성을 위해 제공될 뿐이다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:86 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" +msgid "*-n*, *--lines* _number_" +msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:88 +msgid "Specify the _number_ of lines per screenful. The _number_ argument is a positive decimal integer. The *--lines* option shall override any values obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported by terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:89 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**-**__number__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:91 +msgid "A numeric option means the same as *--lines* option argument." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:92 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**+**__number__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Display current line number." +msgid "Start displaying each file at line _number_." +msgstr "현재 줄번호를 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**+**/__string__" +msgstr "**+**/__문자열__" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:97 +msgid "The _string_ to be searched in each file before starting to display it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Interactive commands for E<.Nm more> are based on E<.Xr vi 1>. Some commands may be preceeded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. In the following descriptions, ^X means control-X." +msgid "Interactive commands for *more* are based on *vi*(1). Some commands may be preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. In the following descriptions, *^X* means *control-X*." +msgstr "E<.Nm more> 실행 중에 사용되는 각종 명령은 E<.Xr vi 1 > 명령에 바탕을 두고 있다. B<vi>(1)에서와 같이 몇 명령은 먼저 숫자가 지정될 수 있다. 아래에 k로 표시되는 것이 숫자다. 아래에서 ^X로 표기되는 것은 Ctrl 글쇠를 누르고 X 글쇠를 누르는 것을 의미한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*h* or *?*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:106 +msgid "Help; display a summary of these commands. If you forget all other commands, remember this one." +msgstr "도움말: 지금 설명되는 각종 명령의 요약을 볼 수 있다. 다른 모든 명령을 다 잊어도 좋지만, 이 명령만큼은 잊지 말기를." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:107 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Ic SPACE" +msgid "*SPACE*" +msgstr "Ic SPACE" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:109 +msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size." +msgstr "k 줄 만큼 앞으로(순방향, 아래로) 이동. 초기값은 한 화면이다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*z*" +msgstr "*z*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:112 +msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size. Argument becomes new default." +msgstr "k 줄 만큼 앞으로 이동. 초기값은 현재 화면 크기이다. k 값이 지정되면 바로 그 값이 현재 화면 크기가 된다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:113 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Ic RETURN" +msgid "*RETURN*" +msgstr "Ic RETURN" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:115 +msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to 1. Argument becomes new default." +msgstr "k 줄 만큼 앞으로 이동. 초기값은 한 줄. k 값이 지정되면 그 값이 초기값으로 바뀐다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*d* or *^D*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:118 +msgid "Scroll k lines. Default is current scroll size, initially 11. Argument becomes new default." +msgstr "k 줄 만큼 앞으로 이동. 초기값은 현재 스크롤 크기. 내정치는 11 줄이다. k 값이 지정되면 그 값이 초기값으로 바뀐다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*q* or *Q* or *INTERRUPT*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:121 +msgid "Exit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:124 +msgid "Skip forward k lines of text. Defaults to 1." +msgstr "k 줄 만큼 앞으로 이동. 초기값은 한 줄." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*f*" +msgstr "*f*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:127 +msgid "Skip forward k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1." +msgstr "한 화면씩 앞으로 이동. 초기값은 한 화면." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*b* or *^B*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1." +msgid "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1. Only works with files, not pipes." +msgstr "한 화면씩 뒤로(역방향, 위로) 이동. 초기값은 한 화면." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:131 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*'*" +msgstr "*'*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Go to place where previous search started." +msgid "Go to the place where the last search started." +msgstr "이전에 찾았던 문자열이 있는 곳으로 이동." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*=*" +msgstr "*=*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:136 +msgid "Display current line number." +msgstr "현재 줄번호를 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:137 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Ic \\&/ Ns Ar pattern" +msgid "*/pattern*" +msgstr "Ic \\&/ Ns Ar 표현식" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:139 +msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression. Defaults to 1." +msgstr "k 번째 발견되는 정규표현식 내용을 찾는다. 초기값은 첫번째." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression. Defaults to 1." +msgid "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression. Defaults to 1." +msgstr "k 번째 발견되는 정규표현식 내용을 찾는다. 초기값은 첫번째." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:143 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<command> [B<-pVv>] I<command> [I<arg> ...]" +msgid "*!command* or *:!command*" +msgstr "B<command> [B<-pVv>] I<명령> [I<인수> ...]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:145 +msgid "Execute _command_ in a subshell." +msgstr "쉘 __명령__을 실행한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*v*" +msgstr "*v*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:148 +msgid "Start up an editor at current line. The editor is taken from the environment variable *VISUAL* if defined, or *EDITOR* if *VISUAL* is not defined, or defaults to *vi*(1) if neither *VISUAL* nor *EDITOR* is defined." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*^L*" +msgstr "*^L*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:151 +msgid "Redraw screen." +msgstr "화면 갱신." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*:n*" +msgstr "*:n*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:154 +msgid "Go to kth next file. Defaults to 1." +msgstr "k 번째 다음 파일을 연다. 초기값은 첫번째." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*:p*" +msgstr "*:p*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:157 +msgid "Go to kth previous file. Defaults to 1." +msgstr "k 번째 이전 파일을 연다. 초기값은 첫번째." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:158 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*:f*" +msgstr "*:f*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:160 +msgid "Display current file name and line number." +msgstr "현재 보고 있는 파일의 이름과 현재 줄번호를 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*.*" +msgstr "*.*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:163 +msgid "Repeat previous command." +msgstr "이전에 실행했던 명령을 반복한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E<.Nm More> utilizes the following environment variables, if they exist:" +msgid "The *more* command respects the following environment variables, if they exist:" +msgstr "E<.Nm More> 명령은 다음 환경 변수가 지정되어 있으면 그 값을 이용한다:" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*MORE*" +msgstr "*MORE*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This variable may be set with favored options to E<.Nm more>." +msgid "This variable may be set with favored options to *more*." +msgstr "E<.Nm more>에서 사용되는 옵션을 지정한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:173 +msgid "Current shell in use (normally set by the shell at login time)." +msgstr "현재 사용하고 있는 쉘(이 값은 일반적으로 로그인 때에 자동으로 지정된다.)" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:174 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:133 +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*TERM*" +msgstr "*TERM*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specifies terminal type, used by more to get the terminal characteristics necessary to manipulate the screen." +msgid "The terminal type used by *more* to get the terminal characteristics necessary to manipulate the screen." +msgstr "E<.Nm more>에서 화면 처리를 위한 터미날 형태를 지정한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*VISUAL*" +msgstr "*VISUAL*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:179 +msgid "The editor the user prefers. Invoked when command key _v_ is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:182 +msgid "The editor of choice when *VISUAL* is not specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:185 +msgid "Disable exit-on-eof (see option *-e* for more details)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The E<.Nm more> command appeared in E<.Bx 3.0>. This man page documents E<.Nm more> version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of the man page, and extensive inspection of the source code." +msgid "The *more* command appeared in 3.0BSD. This man page documents *more* version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of the man page, and extensive inspection of the source code." +msgstr "E<.Nm more> 명령은 E<.Bx 3.0 > 시스템에서 처음 나타났다. 이 매뉴얼 페이지 문서는 E<.Nm more> 버전 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88)를 바탕으로 작성되었다. 현재 리눅스 협회에서 사용하고 있는 풀그림이다. 또한 이 매뉴얼 페이지는 다양한 종류가 있는데, 각각 소스의 변경에 따라 확장, 축소되기도 한다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley" +msgid "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley." +msgstr "버클리 대학의 Eric Shienbrood가 처음 만들었고," + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing" +msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing." +msgstr "같은 대학의 Geoff Peck이 밑줄속성 문자와 공백문자 처리 부분을 첨가했고," + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable" +msgid "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable." +msgstr "같은 대학의 John Foderaro가 \\-c 옵션과 MORE 환경변수를 사용할 수 있게 했다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*less*(1),\n" +"*vi*(1)\n" +msgstr "" +"*less*(1),\n" +"*vi*(1)\n" + +#. Copyright 2001 Gunnar Ritter +#. type: Title = +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pg(1)" +msgstr "pg(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:13 +msgid "pg - browse pagewise through text files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*pg* *-*_amount_ *-p* _prompt_ *-cefnrs* +line +/pattern/ file_ ...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*pg* displays a text file on a CRT one screenful at once. After each page, a prompt is displayed. The user may then either press the newline key to view the next page or one of the keys described below.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:23 +msgid "If no filename is given on the command line, *pg* reads from standard input. If standard output is not a terminal, *pg* acts like *cat*(1) but precedes each file with its name if there is more than one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:25 +msgid "If input comes from a pipe, *pg* stores the data in a buffer file while reading, to make navigation possible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*pg* accepts the following options:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Display current line number." +msgid "Start at the given line number." +msgstr "현재 줄번호를 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**+/**__pattern__*/*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:35 +msgid "Start at the line containing the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ given." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:38 +msgid "The number of lines per page. By default, this is the number of CRT lines minus one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:41 +msgid "Clear the screen before a page is displayed, if the terminfo entry for the terminal provides this capability." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-e*" +msgstr "*-e*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:44 +msgid "Do not pause and display _(EOF)_ at the end of a file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:47 +msgid "Do not split long lines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-n*" +msgstr "*-n*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:50 +msgid "Without this option, commands must be terminated by a newline character." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:52 +msgid "With this option, *pg* advances once a command letter is entered." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-p* _string_" +msgstr "*-p* _문자열_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:55 +msgid "Instead of the normal prompt _:_, _string_ is displayed. If _string_ contains *%d*, its first occurrence is replaced by the number of the current page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-r*" +msgstr "*-r*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:58 +msgid "Disallow the shell escape." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:61 +msgid "Print messages in _standout_ mode, if the terminfo entry for the terminal provides this capability." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:67 +msgid "The following commands may be entered at the prompt. Commands preceded by _i_ in this document accept a number as argument, positive or negative. If this argument starts with *+* or *-*, it is interpreted relative to the current position in the input file, otherwise relative to the beginning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "__i__**<Enter>**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Display help text and exit." +msgid "Display the next or the indicated page." +msgstr "도움말을 보여주고 마친다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "__i__**d** or *^D*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:73 +msgid "Display the next halfpage. If _i_ is given, it is always interpreted relative to the current position." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "__i__**l**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Display help text and exit." +msgid "Display the next or the indicated line." +msgstr "도움말을 보여주고 마친다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "__i__**f**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:79 +msgid "Skip a page forward. _i_ must be a positive number and is always interpreted relative to the current position." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "__i__**w** or __i__**z**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:82 +msgid "As *<Enter>* except that _i_ becomes the new page size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*.* or *^L*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Redraw screen" +msgid "Redraw the screen." +msgstr "화면 갱신." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*$*" +msgstr "*$*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I</etc/mtab> table of mounted file systems" +msgid "Advance to the last line of the input file." +msgstr "I</etc/mtab> 마운트된 화일 시스템에 대한 테입르" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "__i__**/**__pattern__**/**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:91 +msgid "Search forward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts after the current page and stops at the end of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a positive number." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "__i__**?**__pattern__**?** or __i__**^**__pattern__**^**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:94 +msgid "Search backward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts before the current page and stops at the beginning of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a positive number." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:96 +msgid "The search commands accept an added letter. If *t* is given, the line containing the pattern is displayed at the top of the screen, which is the default. *m* selects the middle and *b* the bottom of the screen. The selected position is used in following searches, too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid "__i__**n**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:99 +msgid "Advance to the next file or _i_ files forward." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "__i__**p**" +msgstr "__i__**p**" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:102 +msgid "Reread the previous file or _i_ files backward." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:103 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "List all filenames." +msgid "*s* _filename_" +msgstr "검사하는 파일시스템 안에 있는 모든 파일이름을 보여준다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:105 +msgid "Save the current file to the given _filename_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "cal - display a calendar" +msgid "Display a command summary." +msgstr "cal - 달력 출력" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**!**__command__" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Execute E<lt>cmdE<gt> in a subshell" +msgid "Execute _command_ using the shell." +msgstr "쉘 E<lt>명령E<gt>을 실행한다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*q* or *Q*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:114 +msgid "Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:116 +msgid "If the user presses the interrupt or quit key while *pg* reads from the input file or writes on the terminal, *pg* will immediately display the prompt. In all other situations these keys will terminate *pg*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The following environment variable is used:" +msgid "The following environment variables affect the behavior of *pg*:" +msgstr "사용하는 환경변수는 다음과 같다:" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*COLUMNS*" +msgstr "*COLUMNS*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:123 +msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of columns if set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LANG*, *LC_ALL*, *LC_COLLATE*, *LC_CTYPE*, *LC_MESSAGES*" +msgstr "*LANG*, *LC_ALL*, *LC_COLLATE*, *LC_CTYPE*, *LC_MESSAGES*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:126 +msgid "See *locale*(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*LINES*" +msgstr "*LINES*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:129 +msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of lines if set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:132 +msgid "Used by the *!* command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "setterm - set terminal attributes" +msgid "Determines the terminal type." +msgstr "setterm - 터미날 속성 지정" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*pg* expects the terminal tabulators to be set every eight positions.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:141 +msgid "Files that include NUL characters cannot be displayed by *pg*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*cat*(1),\n" +"*more*(1),\n" +"*sh*(1p),\n" +"*terminfo*(5),\n" +"*locale*(7),\n" +"*regex*(7),\n" +"*term*(7)\n" +msgstr "" +"*cat*(1),\n" +"*more*(1),\n" +"*sh*(1p),\n" +"*terminfo*(5),\n" +"*locale*(7),\n" +"*regex*(7),\n" +"*term*(7)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1985, 1992 The Regents of the University of California. +#. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)rev.1 6.3 (Berkeley) 3/21/92 +#. type: Title = +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "rev(1)" +msgstr "rev(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:46 +msgid "rev - reverse lines characterwise" +msgstr "rev - 파일의 줄 내용을 꺼꾸로 바꾼다" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:50 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "B<unalias> [-B<a>] [I<name> ...]" +msgid "*rev* [option] [_file_...]\n" +msgstr "B<unalias> [-B<a>] [I<이름> ...]" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The *rev* utility copies the specified files to standard output, reversing the order of characters in every line. If no files are specified, standard input is read." +msgstr "E<.Nm rev> 명령은 지정한 I<파일>을 줄 단위로 읽어, 그 줄의 내용을 꺼꾸로 표준 출력으로 출력한다. I<파일>이 지정되지 않으면, 표준 입력에서 입력 받는다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:56 +msgid "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated buffer for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without line breaks then allocating the memory for the file may be unsuccessful." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-0*, *--zero*" +msgstr "*-0*, *--zero*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:63 +msgid "_Zero termination_. Use the byte '\\0' as line separator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*tac*(1)\n" +msgstr "*tac*(1)\n" + +# +# +# +#. Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 +#. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +#. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +#. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +#. are met: +#. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +#. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +#. notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +#. documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +#. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +#. must display the following acknowledgement: +#. This product includes software developed by the University of +#. California, Berkeley and its contributors. +#. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +#. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +#. without specific prior written permission. +#. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +#. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +#. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +#. ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +#. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +#. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +#. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +#. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +#. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +#. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +#. SUCH DAMAGE. +#. @(#)ul.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 +#. type: Title = +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ul(1)" +msgstr "ul(1)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:46 +msgid "ul - do underlining" +msgstr "ul - 밑줄 처리" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*ul* [options] [_file_...]\n" +msgstr "*ul* [옵션] [_파일_...]\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:54 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "E<.Nm Ul> reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment variable E<.Ev TERM>. The file E<.Pa /etc/termcap> is read to determine the appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of underlining, but is capable of a standout mode then that is used instead. If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining automatically, E<.Nm ul> degenerates to E<.Xr cat 1>. If the terminal cannot underline, underlining is ignored." +msgid "*ul* reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment variable *TERM*. The _terminfo_ database is read to determine the appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used instead. If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining automatically, *ul* degenerates to *cat*(1). If the terminal cannot underline, underlining is ignored.\n" +msgstr "E<.Nm Ul> 명령은 I<이름> 으로 지정한 파일을 읽어(또는 이것이 빠지면, 표준입력으로 읽어), 밑줄 속성을 가진 문자들은 밑줄 처리를 해서 터미날로 보여준다. 이때 터미날로 사용될 값은 E<.Ev TERM> 환경 변수값을 사용한다. 밑줄 처리 방법에 대한 지정은 E<.Pa /etc/termcap> 파일을 읽어 처리한다. 이때, 터미날이 밑줄 문자를 보여주지 못한다면, 그냥 일반 문자로 보여준다. B<ul> 명령은 이런 밑줄 처리를 하고, E<.Xr cat 1 > 명령에 의해 보여준다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-i*, *--indicated*" +msgstr "*-i*, *--indicated*" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes `\\-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is present in an E<.Xr nroff> output stream on a crt-terminal." +msgid "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes `-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is present in an *nroff* output stream on a crt-terminal." +msgstr "밑줄 처리를 밑줄 속성 문자로 표시하지 않고, 그 문자가 있는 그 다음 줄에서 밀줄 문자(`\\-')로 표시한다. 이 옵션은 밑줄 속성 문자를 지원하지 못하는 터미날에서 유용하게 쓰인다." + +#. type: Labeled list +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*-t*, *-T*, *--terminal* _terminal_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:62 +msgid "Override the environment variable *TERM* with the specified _terminal_ type." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:68 +msgid "The following environment variable is used:" +msgstr "사용하는 환경변수는 다음과 같다:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The *TERM* variable is used to relate a tty device with its device capability description (see *terminfo*(5)). *TERM* is set at login time, either by the default terminal type specified in _/etc/ttys_ or as set during the login process by the user in their _login_ file (see *setenv*(3))." +msgstr "이 값은 밑줄 처리를 해서 보여줄 터미날을 지정한다. 자세한 이야기는 E<.Xr termcap 5 > 파일의 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조한다. 이 값은 로그인 될 때 자동으로 지정되거나, E<.Pa /etc/ttys> 파일에서 지정한 터니날 값이 사용된다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The E<.Nm> command appeared in E<.Bx 3.0>." +msgid "The *ul* command appeared in 3.0BSD." +msgstr "E<.Nm> 명령은 E<.Bx 3.0> 시스템에서 처음 나타났다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:79 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "E<.Xr Nroff> usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize the backward motion." +msgid "*nroff* usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize the backward motion.\n" +msgstr "E<.Xr Nroff> 에서는 보통 밑줄 처리를 위해서 백스페이스 문자를 사용하는데, backward motion(?)을 최적화 하는 모드에는 영향을 주지 않는다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*colcrt*(1),\n" +"*login*(1),\n" +"*man*(1),\n" +"*nroff*(1),\n" +"*setenv*(3),\n" +"*terminfo*(5)\n" +msgstr "" +"*colcrt*(1),\n" +"*login*(1),\n" +"*man*(1),\n" +"*nroff*(1),\n" +"*setenv*(3),\n" +"*terminfo*(5)\n" |